The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About7248 Gall Blvdl 1 ,1 1 1 1 II 1 1 I 11 111 1 _ 1 I I 1J L' 11. 21 ' • ,__LL_1 - - -- T Mobl"leo ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY 'WITH PREVAILING CODES FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, NATIONAL_ ELECTRIC CODE, AND THE CITY OF ZFPHYRHILLS ORDINANCE• REVIEW DATE- CITY OF ZEPHY -I- LS BUILDING OFFICIALt GALL BLVD & MEDICAL CENTER AVE 2 7248 GALL BOULEVARD ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 ISSUED - 01-23-2020 ' C1PE. CIF 'lit - ALTERATION LEVEL 2 NO CHANGES PROPOSED FOR BUILDING TYPE OR OCCUPANCY GROUP 1. NEW • SALES AREA FIXTURES • FINISHES IN SALES AREA AND BACK OF HOUSE • LIGHTING, EM LIGHTING, AND EXIT SIGNS IN ALL AREAS • CEILING GRID SYSTEM AND TILES • GYP CEILINGS AND SOFFITS • INTERIOR PARTITIONS AND DOORS • TOILET ROOM • MOP SINK & WATER HEATER • DRINKING FOUNTAIN • KITCHENETTE 2•EXISTING TO REMAIN • STOREFRONT • STOREFRONT DOOR(S) • EXTERIOR SERVICE DOOR(S) • MECHANICAL SYSTEM • FIRE SAFETY EQUIPMENT 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT: rmUZION, 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM WWW.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21,11.212680 . O F F� O,Q LOUIS z, �' t 0 4 'STFRED A�G�` 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: N W LLJ Z�cM W C) W J J = U. V 0 J - m J W �a� 06 00 0. > N W m�N J Q MCRI TIO DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: COVER SHEET SHEET NUMBER: GOOO 4 3 2 J Q GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT'S RULES AND REGULATIONS. 3. MODIFICATIONS TO THE BASE BUILDING STRUCTURE, CORE AREAS, AND UTILITY SYSTEMS ARE NOT IN THIS CONTRACT, EXCEPT AS NOTED ON THESE DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK INDICATED ON THESE DRAWINGS. 4. THE G C. SHALL MAKE ALL ARRANGEMENTS AND PAY FOR ALL FEES AND PERMITS REQUIRED, AS WELL AS ANY ADDITIONALCHARGES FOR HAULING, RIGGING, AND TRANSPORTATION CHARGES. 5. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONSIST OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN T-MOBILE AND G.0 (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THE AGREEMENT) WITH CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT (GENERAL, SUPPLEMENTARY, AND OTHER CONDITIONS), DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, ADDENDA ISSUED PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION OF THE AGREEMENT, OTHER DOCUMENTS LISTED IN THE AGREEMENT, AND MODIFICATIONS ISSUED AFTER EXECUTION OF THE AGREEMENT 6. THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS TO INCLUDE ALL ITEMS NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK BY THE CONTRACTORS. PERFORMANCE BY THE G.C. SHALL BE REQUIRED ONLY TO EXTENT CONSISTENT WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND REASONABLY INFERABLE FROM THEM AS BEING NECESSARY TO PRODUCE THE INTENDED RESULTS, 7. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO CREATE A CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP OF ANY KIND (1 BETWEEN THE ARCHITECT AND G.C., (2) BETWEEN T-MOBILE AND A SUBCONTRACTOR OR SUB -SUBCONTRACTOR, OR (3) BETWEEN ANY PERSONS OR ENTITIES OTHER THAN T-MOBILE AND G.C. 8. EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT BY G.C. IS A REPRESENTATION THAT THE G.C. HAS VISITED THE SITE AND HAS BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE LOCAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE COMMENCING WORK AND SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER IF A CONDITION EXISTS WHICH PREVENTS THE CONTRACTOR FROM ACCOMPLISHING THE INTENT OF DRAWINGS. 9. THE TERM "WORK" MEANS THE CONSTRUCTION AND SERVICES REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, WHETHER COMPLETED OR PARTIALLY COMPLETED, INCLUDES ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND SERVICES PROVIDED (OR TO BE PROVIDED) BY THE G.C. TO FULFILL THE G.0 'S OBLIGATIONS. THE WORK MAY CONSTITUTE THE WHOLE OR PART OF THE PROJECT. 10. G.C. SHALL NOT CUT OR DISTURB EXISTING STRUCTURAL SYSTEM. THE G.C. SHALL X-RAY/PACHOMETER SLAB TO DETERMINE IF POST TENSIONED SLAB OR IF DESIGN IS IN CONFLICT WITH EXISTING STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS WHEN THE FOLLOWING OCCURS: 10.1. TENANT SPACE IS LOCATED ON SECOND FLOOR OR ABOVE 10.2. LOWER LEVEL EXTENDS BELOW THE TENANT SPACE 10.3. ABSENCE OF STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FROM ARCHITECTS AND/OR LANDLORD 10.4. ABSENCE OF STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS INCLUDED WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 11 _ G C- SHALL ONLY INCLUDE AN ALLOWANCE IN HIS BID FOR THE X-RAY/PACHOMETER WHEN ANY OR ALL OF THE ABOVE OCCUR,TYP. 12. PROVIDE CONTROL KEY AND MASTER KEY AS REQUIRED BY CONTRACT. PERFORM ALL REQUIRED CLEANINGS AS PER CONTRACT INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ALL STOREFRONT WINDOWS, MULLIONS, CEILINGS, SUPPLY/RETURN AIR GRILLS, FLOORING AND FLOOR WAX, TOILET ROOMS, TOILET ROOM CAULKING, AND WALK -OFF MAT REMOVE ALL TRASH AND DEBRIS FROM THE SITE. 13. ALL REFERENCES HEREAFTER TO CONSTRUCTION PM OR ARCHITECT REFER TO THE CONTACT LISTED IN PROJECT TEAM. 14. PROVIDE OCCUPANCY SIGNS CONFORMING TO APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. 15. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL EXIT SIGNS AND FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN TYPE, NUMBER, AND LOCATION AS DIRECTED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD INSPECTOR. ABBREVIATIONS ACP. ACOUSTICAL CEILING J.H.A JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY ADJ. ADJACENT LAM. LAMINATE AL -ALUM ALUMINUM LAV. LAVATORY ALT- ALTERNATE ILL. LANDLORD A.P. ACCESS PANEL LT, LIGHT APPX APPROXIMATE L V.T LUXURY VINYL TILE ARCH, ARCHITECTURAL MAX. MAXIMUM BD, BOARD MECH. MECHANICAL BLDG. BUILDING MTL. METAL BILK. BLOCK MGR. MANAGER BLKG. BLOCKING MFR. MANUFACTURER BM. BEAM MIN. MINIMUM BOT, BOTTOM MIR. MIRROR CAB, CABINET MISC, MISCELLANEOUS CEM. CEMENT MTD. MOUNTED CKT. CIRCUIT MTG. MOUNTING CLG. CEILING N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT CLR. CLEAR NOM. NOMINAL CMU. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE COL, COLUMN O.C. ON CENTER CONC. CONCRETE O.D. OUTSIDE DIAMETER CONST. CONSTRUCTION OPP OPPOSITE CONT. CONTINUOUS PLYWD, PLYWOOD CPT. CARPET PNL. PANEL CTR. CENTER PROP. PROPERTY DET. DETAIL P.T. PRESSURE TREATED DIA. DIAMETER PWR, POWER DIFF. DIFFUSER CITY- QUANTITY DIM. DIMENSION R. RADIUS DWG(S). DRAWING, DRAWINGS REQ. REQUIRED EA. EACH R.O. ROUGH OPENING E.I.F.S. EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM S.C. SOLID CORE ELEC, ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL SCHED. SCHEDULE EM EMERGENCY SECT. SECTION EQ EQUAL SQ.FT. SQUARE FEET EQUIP. EQUIPMENT SIM. SIMILAR EWC. ELECTRIC WATER COOLER SPEC SPECIFICATION EXH. EXHAUST SQ. SQUARE EXIST EXISTING STD. STANDARD EXTIR EXTINGUISHER STL. STEEL FIN FINISH STRUCT. STRUCTURAL FIXT. FIXTURE SYM. SYMMETRICAL FLR. FLOOR TEL. TELEPHONE F.R. FIRE RATED/RETARDANT TELCO. TELE-COMMUNICATIONS F.R.P. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER PANEL TMO. T-MOBILE F R T. FIRE RETARDANT TREATED TMP. TYPICAL GA, GAUGE U.O.N. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED GALV. GALVANIZED VCT. VINYL COMPOSITION GND,GRND GROUND W/ WITH GYP. GYPSUM WD. WOOD HDW. HARDWARE W/O WITHOUT H.M. HOLLOW METAL WP. WATERPROOF HR. HOUR W R WATER RESISTANT HT HEIGHT Wr WEIGHT H.V.A.0 HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING SHEET SYMBOLS SECTION INTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR ELEVATION NUMBER X1 X1 X# X### X X### X### SHEET NUMBER SHEET NUMBER X3 DETAIL X# X### SHEET NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER X# X### l DRAWING TITLE KEYED NOTES ELEVATION NUMBER �X1 X1 X X### X2<X### X4 X3 EXTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR ELEVATION NUMBER X# X### SHEET NUMBER AREA REVISED ti TITLE REVISION NUMBER X# 1" = 1" (FULL) DRAWING NUMBER DRAWING SCALE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE GENERAL OBTAIN ALL APPLICABLE PERMITS AND CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY TM GC TM GC UTILITY FEES IF NEW CONSTRUCTION N/A N/A UTILITY SERVICES AND METERS EXISTING EXISTING ALL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS REPORTS IF REQUIRED LANDLORD LANDLORD CORE SHELL AND SITE WORK EXTERIOR SIGNAGE BLOCKING N/A N/A DEMOLITION — SITE/BUILDING N/A N/A STRUCTURE AND ROOF EXISTING EXISTING ROOF PENETRATIONS & REPAIRS TM GC TM GC EXTERIOR WALLS/REPAIRS LANDLORD LANDLORD EXIT DOOR NEW OR REPAIR AS NOTED PER PLANS TM GC TM GC TRIDENT EXIT DOOR LOCK GC to purchase direct from T-Mobile Vendor -Cushman &Wakefield TM GC TM DIRECT TELEPHONE SERVICE ESTABLISHED BETWEEN THE STREET & DEMARC EXISTING EXISTING PLUMBING MAIN SERVICE EXISTING EXISTING SPRINKLER MAINS - if applicable EXISTING EXISTING FIRE ALARM PANEL - if applicable EXISTING EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB EXISTING EXISTING EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SYSTEM AND GLAZING - if applicable TM GC TM GC WINDOW SECURITY FILM - if applicable TM DIRECT TM DIRECT DEMISING WALL STUDS EXISTING EXISTING DEMISING WALL SECURITY MESH TM GC TM GC DEMISING WALL / GYP/ INSULATION/FIRE CAULKING EXISTING EXISTING DEMISING WALL / PATCH & REPAIR AS REQUIRED TM GC TM GC SITE ACCESSIBILITY & SIDEWALKS LANDLORD LANDLORD PARKING LOT PAVING AND STRIPING LANDLORD LANDLORD INTERIOR MALLS BARRICADES - if applicable TM GC TM GC BARRICADE GRAPHICS - if applicable TM DIRECT TM DIRECT MALL TILE AROUND STOREFRONT - if applicable TM GC TM GC NEUTRAL PIERS NEW or REPAIR EXISTING PER PLAN - if applicable ITM GC TM GC REVEALS - if applicable TM GC TM GC MALL STOREFRONT SYSTEMS INCLUDES GLAZING & FINISHES - if applicable TM GC TM GC INTERIOR TENANT BUILD -OUT DEMOLITION — INTERIOR TM GC TM GC WALL PARTITION SALES AREA TO BOH WITH DOOR & HDW TM GC TM GC TRILOGY LOCK ON BOH PARTITION (GC to purchase direct from T-Mobile Vendor - Cushman & Wakefield) TM GC TM DIRECT INVENTORY ROOM WALLS/CEILINGS INCLUDES: MESH CEMENT BOARD AND DOOR/HDW TM GC TM GC POLICE LOCK AND LEVER SET ON INVENTORY ROOM DOOR (GC to purchase direct from T- Mobile Vendor - Cushman & Wakefield) TM GC TM DIRECT TRAINING ROOM OFFICE CONFERENCE ROOM -if applicable TM GC TM GC ALL ADDITIONAL WALL PARTITIONS TM GC TM GC MISC. WOOD BLOCKING FURRING ETC. TM GC TM GC GYPSUM BOARD CURTAINS WALLS CEILINGS SOFFITS ACCESS PANELS TM GC TM GC ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE & GRID TM GC TM GC ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS IF REQUIRED TM GC TM GC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - MAIN PANEL TM GC TM GC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - SUB PANELS TM GC TM GC LIGHTING SYSTEM - SALES AREA TM DIRECT TM GC LIGHTING SYSTEM - BACK OF HOUSE TM DIRECT TM GC ELECTRICAL WIRING. OUTLETS TM GC TM GC ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO T-MOBILE SUPPLIED FIXTURES TM GC TM GC LIGHTING INVERTER LCP TVSS SWITCHES SENSORS DIMMERS TM DIRECT TM GC ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND SENSORS IF REQUIRED TM GC TM GC LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT TM GC TM GC LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TM DIRECT TM DIRECT TELCO BACKER BOARD TM GC TM GC SECURITY SHUTTER - if applicable TM DIRECT TM DIRECT SECURITY SHUTTER BLOCKING - if applicable TM GC TM GC HVAC SYSTEM - DISTRIBUTION CONDENSATE PAN/DRAINS T-STATS ECONOMISERS TM GC TM GC HVAC SYSTEM - UNIT/CURBS/DROPS TM GC TM GC FIRE ALARM DEVICES/CONNECTION TO PANEL - if applicable TM GC TM GC PLUMBING BRANCH LINES NEW AND\OR MODIFICATIONS TM GC TM GC SPRINKLER BRANCH LINES AND HEADS - if applicable TM GC TM GC HOT WATER HEATER TM GC TM GC FLOOR PREPARATION & TRANSITIONS TM GC TM GC FLOORING/WALK OFF MATS SALES FLOOR TM DIRECT TM GC FLOORING BACK OF HOUSE TM GC TM GC PAINTING TM GC TM GC FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TM GC ITM GC INTERIOR SIGNAGE AS REQ'D PER CODE TM GC TM GC BACK OF HOU E ITEMS KITCHENETTE CASEWORK & WALL SHELVING TM GC TM GC KITCHENETTE SINK AND FAUCET TM GC TM GC MOP/UTILITY SINK TM GC TM GC SHELVING: INVENTORY ROOM WIRE SHELVES WALL MOUNTED ABOVE DESK TM GC TM GC PEG BOARD TM GC TM GC INSTA-KEY LOCK CORES, KEYS (GC to purchase direct from T-Mobile Vendor - Cushman & Wakefield) TM GC TM DIRECT TOILET ROOM -DRINKING FOUNTAINS TOILETS URINALS LAVATORIES TM GC TM GC HIGH LOW DRINKING FOUNTAINS TM GC TM GC PLUMBING FIXTURES TM GC TM GC WALL PARTITIONS & CEILINGS TM GC TM GC FINISHES: SHEET VINYL WITH INTEGRATED BASE FRP PAINT TM GC TM GC AUTOMATIC HAND DRYER & FAN/LIGHT COMBO TM DIRECT TM GC COAT HOOK/GRAB BARS/MIRROR/TP DISPENSERS/LOCKING CABINET ITM GC ITM GC WASTE RECEPTACLE TOILET SEAT COVER DISP OFFICE DEPOT TM DIRECT TM GC OWNER SUPPLIED SIGNAGE: BUILDING MOUNUMENT PYLON WINDOW GRAPHICS ETC. TM DIRECT TM DIRECT LOSS PREVENTION SYSTEM BURGLAR TM DIRECT TM DIRECT SHOPPER TRAK & MUSIC SYSTEM TM DIRECT TM DIRECT FIXTURES MERCHANDISING HARDWARE TABLES CHAIRS & STOOLS TM DIRECT TM DIRECT HAND SET SECURITY-IN-VUE TM DIRECT TM DIRECT STAPLES DESK CHAIRS TABLES FILE CABS WHITE BOARD APPLIANCES TM DIRECT TM GC LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TM DIRECT TM DIRECT NETWORK & COMPUTER INSTALLATION TM DIRECT TM DIRECT M R OFFICErrRAINING ROOM FURNITURE & EQUIP T- if amplicable ITM GC ITM GO CODE ANALYSIS PROJECT DESCRIPTION TENANTIMPROVEMENT MOBILE PHONE & SERVICE SALES (RETAIL) REFER TO EGRESS PLAN ON G101 PROJECT LOCATION GALL BLVD & MEDICAL CENTER AVE 2 7248 GALL BOULEVARD ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 GOVERNING CODES ALL WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY STATE AND LOCAL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION AS WELL AS THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING: BUILDING 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 7TH. EDITION MECHANICAL 2020 FLORIDA MECHANICAL CODE 7TH. EDITION PLUMBING 2020 FLORIDA PLUMBING CODE 7TH. EDITION ELECTRICAL 2020 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE ENERGY 2020 FLORIDA ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE 7TH. EDITION ACCESSIBILITY 2020 FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE 7TH. EDITION FUEL GAS 20201 FLORIDA FUEL GAS CODE 7TH. EDITION FIRE 20201 FLORIDA FIRE CODE 7TH. EDITION PROJECT INFORMATION CONSTRUCTION TYPE II-B FULLY SPRINKLERED NO OCCUPANCY GROUP M - MERCANTILE GROSS LEASED PREMISES 2,396 SQ. FT OCCUPANTLOAD ROOM NAME SQ. FT. LOAD FACTOR OCCUPANT LOAD SALES AREA 1528 T 60 26 BACK OF HOUSE 868 T 300 3 OFFICE 0 - 100 0 TRAINING ROOM 0 + 100 0 TOTAL NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS 29 EXIT REQUIREMENTS TWO EXITS REQUIRED WHEN OCCUPANT LOAD IS GREATER THAN 49 OR COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL EXCEEDS 75FT REQUIRED PROVIDED TOTAL NUMBER OF EXITS 2 2 FOR EXIT PATH OF TRAVEL SEE EGRESS PLAN ON SHEET G101 PLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS MIN. # OF FIXTURES 29 T 2 = 15 M 15 W FIXTURE LOAD FACTOR REQUIRED PROVIDED WATER CLOSET 15/500 M 15/500 W 1 1 LAVATORY 15/750 M 15/750 W 1 1 SEPARATE FACILITIES - - NO NO DRINKING FOUNTAIN 29/1000 1 1 SERVICE SINK - - 1 1 SEPARATE FACILITIES SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED IN MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES IN WHICH THE MAXIMUM OCCUPANT LOAD IS 100 OR LESS EXIT ILLUMINATION EMERGENCY EXIT ILLUMINATION SHALL BE PROVIDED AS SHOWN ON SHEET E111. MUNICIPAL REVIEW CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS BUILDING DEPARTMENT 5335 8TH. STREET ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33542 (813) 780-0020 WORK BY OTHERS UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND APPROVALS MUST BE OBTAINED FROM THE FIRE DEPARTMENT BEFORE SPACE IS OCCUPIED. DRAWING INDEX ARCHITECTURAL 0000 COVER SHEET G001 ARCHITECTURAL DATA SHEET G002 ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS G101 KEY PLAN, VICINITY MAP, AND EGRESS PLAN G111 SITE PLAN (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) A101 EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DEMOLITION PLAN A102 SAW CUTTING DEMOLITION PLAN A111 CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN A121 FINISH FLOOR PLAN A131 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A141 FIXTURE FLOOR PLAN A201 SALES FLOOR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A202 BACK OF HOUSE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A401 ENLARGED TOILET ROOM A501 PARTITION DETAILS A511 DOOR DETAILS A521 FIXTURE BLOCKING DETAILS A531 KITCHENETTE, MOP SINK AND MANAGERS DESK DETAILS A541 CEILING DETAILS A561 FLOORING AND BASE DETAILS A601 FINISH SCHEDULE A611 DOOR SCHEDULE A621 FIXTURE, FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND GRAPHIC SCHEDULES A701 - A706 SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL M101 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN ELECTRICAL E101 POWER FLOOR PLAN E111 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN E112 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULES E113 LIGHTING CONTROLS E114 ENTOUCH LIGHTING CONTROLS E115 ENTOUCH LIGHTING CONTROLS E301 ELECTRICAL PANELS E502 FIXTURE FEED WIRING DETAILS E601 LIGHTING ENERGY CALCULATIONS E602 LIGHTING ENERGY CALCULATIONS E701 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS PLUMBING P101 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN P501 PLUMBING DETAILS CLIENT T-MOBILE 12920 SE 38TH STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.t-mobile.com CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION PM KIM YANEZ 484-639-3309 kim.yanez2@t-mobile.com PROJECT TEAM ARCHITECTURE FUZION ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 WILLIAM PALUCH (808) 797-4068 william@fuzionve.com www.fuzionve.com ELECTRICAL ERIC M. AIELLI, PE 435 SCHENCK AVE OAKWOOD, OH 45409 (937) 486-4233 eric@phase3eng.com LANDLORD COLIN MOHAMED 212-709-8120 colin.mohamed@cpa.com MECHANICAL & PLUMBING DENNIS J. LEWIS, PE 2010 KITTY HAWK DRVIE XENIA, OH 45385 (937) 219-9498 T Mobile 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORM UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION. BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT. ruzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM VWWV.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 0 FC LOUIS oo RFD A� 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER. N W LU IRT r LO W > M C� J J J = LL- Q V m J J o JUj - 2 V = 00 0. � N W mti N J J ,Q V ## DESCRIPTION DATE DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: ARCHITECTURAL DATA SHEET 4 3 2 f SHEET NUMBER: G001 t 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 `r m 4 36"MIN. TC FL FF421 FF421 A SIDE ELEVATION B FRONT ELEVATION ;�A ADA SERVICE COUNTER ELEVATIONS v-r / 1/2"=V-0" NOTE: 1. TACTILE SIGNAGE SHALL BE ALLOWED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF A DOOR WHEN THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS EXIST: DOOR HAS A CLOSER, DOOR DOES NOT HAVE A HOLD OPEN DEVICE THAT PREVENTS IT FROM CLOSING. 2. REFER TO ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE TABLE ON SHEET A401 WALL MOUNTED SIGN BACKGROUND COLOR: TACTILE SIGNAGE PMS262C. REFER TO SPEC TO BE LOCATED ON FOR ADDITIONAL LATCH SIDE OF INFORMATION. DOOR CLEAR OF DOOR SWING. MOUNT @ 48 MIN. LETTERS AND (TO BOTTOM) 60" NUMBERS SHALL T I MAX. (TO TOP) OF BE AT LEAST 5/8" - SIGN TO FLOOR. HIGH, BUT NO -' HIGHER THAN 2" EMI CORRESPONDING GRADE 2 BRAILLE REFER TO TACTILE NOTES (THIS DETAIL) FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. A TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE (PLASTIC SIGN) B EXIT SIGN DETAIL 0 TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE DETAILS y-v 1 1/4"=V-0" NOTE: EQUIPMENT PERMITTED IN SHADED AREA s' MAX. tM1 I B„ MIN 8"MAX SPOUT HEIGHT AND KNEE CLEARANCE AO.•rll KI 6X6 INTERNATIONAL SIGN OF ACCESSIBILITY AT CORNER OF SALES COUNTER LETTERING RAISED 1/32" LETTERS AND NUMBERS SHALL BE UPPER CASE, SANS SERIF TYPE COLOR: WHITE I ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT UNIT Z O M c 36"MIN. 30" CLEAR FLOOR AREA ADA COUNTER PLAN TOP OF COUNTER TO BE @ +34" A.F.F. MAX. 1. EACH GRADE -LEVEL EXTERIOR DOOR SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE SIGN WITH THE WORD "EXIT". 2. EACH EXIT DOOR THAT LEADS DIRECTLY TO A GRADE -LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT BY MEANS OF AN EXIT ENCLOSURE OR AN EXIT PASSAGEWAY IS IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS, "EXIT ROUTE". 3. EACH EXIT DOOR THAT LEADS DIRECTLY TO A GRADE- LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT BY MEANS OF A STAIRWAY OR RAMP IS IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE EXIT SIGN THAT STATES "EXIT STAIR DOWN", "EXIT RAMP DOWN", "EXIT STAIR UP" OR "EXIT RAMP UP", AS APPROPRIATE. 4. EACH EXIT ACCESS DOOR FROM AN INTERIOR ROOM OR AREA TO A CORRIDOR OR HALLWAY THAT IS REQUIRED TO HAVE A VISUAL EXIT SIGN IS IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS, "EXIT ROUTE". 5. EACH EXIT DOOR THROUGH A HORIZONTAL EXIT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A SIGN WITH THE WORDS, 'TO EXIT". 6. LETTERS ON SIGNS ARE RAISED 1/32", SANS SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS AND ARE ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2 BRAILLE. 7. RAISED CHARACTERS ARE BETWEEN 5/8" AND 2" HIGH. 8. BRAILLE DOTS ARE 1/10" ON CENTER IN EACH CELL WITH 2/10" SPACE BETWEEN CELLS, MEASURED FROM THE SECOND COLUMN OF DOTS IN THE FIRST CELL TO THE FIRST COLUMN OF DOTS IN THE SECOND CELL. [NOTE: CA AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS ONLY] 9. BRAILLE DOTS ARE RAISED A MINIMUM OF 1/40" ABOVE THE BACKGROUND. 10. CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUND OF SIGNS IS EGGSHELL, MATTE, OR OTHER NON -GLARE FINISH. 11. CHARACTERS CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND (LIGHT CHARACTERS ON A DARK BACKGROUND, OR DARK CHARACTERS ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND.) 12. LETTERS ON SIGNS HAVE A WIDTH -TO -HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 3:5 AND 1:1 AND A STROKE WIDTH -TO -HEIGHT BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:10. 13. SIGNS ARE TO BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. (AT DOUBLE LEAF DOORS AND WHEN THERE IS NO WALL SPACE AT THE LATCH SIDE, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT.) 14. MOUNTING HEIGHT IS 60" MAX. FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE TOP OF THE SIGN. 15. MOUNTING LOCATION ALLOWS A PERSON TO APPROACH WITHIN 3" OF THE SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF A DOOR. 4 n 4 t2" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FREE-STANDING FOUNTAIN BUILT-IN FOUNTAIN OR COOLER OR COOLER w DRINKING FOUNTAIN ADA CLEARANCES 7-7) N.T.S. u 18"MIN. 24" PREFERRED FRONT APPROACH SWINGING DOOR PULL SIDE t�i HINGE SIDE APPROACH SWINGING DOOR PULL SIDE NOTE: X=36" MIN. IF Y=60"; X=42" MIN, IF Y=54" MIN. 54"MIN. L FRONT APPROACH HINGE SIDE APPROACH SWINGING DOOR SWINGING DOOR PUSH SIDE PUSH SIDE NOTE: X=12" MIN, IF DOOR HAS NOTE: Y=48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER BOTH A LATCH AND A CLOSER MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS V L / N.T.S. ELEVATION VIEW ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM SIGNAGE VL 1 1/4"=V-0" 4 130" I 24"MIN. z_ g 00 LATCH SIDE APPROACH SWINGING DOOR PULL SIDE NOTE: Y=54" MIN. IF DOOR HAS A CLOSER LATCH SIDE APPROACH SWINGING DOOR PUSH SIDE NOTE: Y=48" MIN. IF DOOR HAS A CLOSER 6" AREA OF PICTOGRAM 0 00 I _� _rTEXT J RESTROOM PLAQUE WHEELCHAIR TURNING DIAMETER CLEAR FLOOR SPACE NOTE:X £ 25"; Z 3 25" IF X < 20", Y = 48" MAX. IF X = 20" - 25", Y = 44" MAX. NOT TO 10" 30" EXCEED X X FOUNTAIN MAX. DEPTH 11 �¢ ' o IM Z1 7711 48" 48" o> HIG & LOW MAX. FORWARD REACH SIDE REACH LIMITS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION WHEELCHAIR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AND REACH REQUIREMENTS A2 ACCESSIBLE ROUTE 32"MAIN. 7 I I 36"MIN. 42"MIN. "�l 48"MIN. 48"MIN. NOTE: 1. ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE: PROVIDE ACRYLIC REVERSE SILK SCREENED SIGNS WITH INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY, RAISED LETTERS, AND BRAILLE, AT ACCESSIBLE TOILET FACILITIES; ONE FOR EACH SEX OR ONE UNISEX. 2. REFER TO ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE TABLE ON SHEET A401 UPPER CHARACTERS RAISED 1/32" HEIGHT OF LETTERING EXT 5/8" MIN. TO 2" MAX. --..,-T 48" 101, MAX. 30" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE PARALLEL APPROACH 30" 24" ZD H 1 - SIGN VIEW 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 CORRESPONDING GRADE 2 BRAILLE • .. 0 1 e® 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 US.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT ruzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM VWVW.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11,212680 n 010 4 0 q!� \pg , S ' 100 4 ' Rip pR 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS (ANSI) SHEET NUMBER G002 4 3 2 1 M 0. 0 EXTERI( EXIT WALL MOUNTEE CONFIRM FINAL MARSHAL. TO BI ANYWHERE IN L B4 EGRESS PLAN V 9 Mulpiry tl6P, F,,'v,•1 Coinslw Kw J �h410 'ix1„ r:ppxnr.nm Chick GI -A �- Pv ICA Oak Run Apartments n,uy tuna Fd vrMty tuna au iH " Pretty Pond Rd Q Tractor Supply Co� Sonic DrivUlne �Arby' -, 1 ,„ n n :w.. rn er rot t.j " a Popeyns Loulalana Kltchen� Air erlcnn House �Z phylhdL. - k Bea lloF.. ,;� � �r. ,e .. - rQ vRural King i •� M. n ,t•, SquareQ Speedway Gall Blvd, t or.•rp rro •7248 Zephyrhllls, FL 33540... n. Fitness Q All.boy 1 I 'r tH. alth 1 ;h1 v 8 I Cc ter Zrpl vlh II;. Nurlh Pn>Tar•, Ra1I Lobbv I? p.pl,an;ah Altov Dairy O r o Grill $ Chill j Practice Zephyyrhllls Family & Geratnc Care® Pasco Cardlology Associates O ® a ©," I j Panera Cr ad Premier Heart and Premier Community ,Vascular Center® HealthCare.. RiverChase- Dermatology ,atop. nvc Lbsv,on Hiva nvn ''� and Cosmmlc SurQcry Randolph Knight MD p',o l x r•r.rnnu sl I ® " � a Hit s Pharmacy •. R•�urA,Ara L^ n 0 „ n . ,.,I Florida Hosp,tal +. a v y! „• Spanish Trails® SenloYVlllage G 'j'. Y' 2ephyrhills .. 5' Spmxxl' 1'.''.•. a .�! Y. ^—` © Zephyrhllls Hoapit AdvenlHaalth Zephyrhllls Tr."['', Nh^+t Mudexa Arr �� 99 9 Carol H .)....Inge. MPH FIX I VICINITY MAP ZEPHYRHILLS, FL GALL T Mobile BOULEVARD EVARD Q KEY PLAN _ N '� LEVEL 1 OF 1 N ADJACENT TENANT rul EXTERIOR EXIT 01 EO 2 TILE EXIT 'NAGE ni 0 4 101 --"� N I ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL SUMMARY PATH START POINT PATH END POINT DESCRIPTION TRAVEL DISTANCE (X < 75'-0") TRAVEL DISTANCE (X < 200'-0") A EXIT 01 EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE 69' - 0" NA B EXIT 02 EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE 39' - 6" NA ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE 691.016. LEGEND TRAVELPATH GENERAL NOTES 1. SEE SHEET G001 FOR CODE ANALYSIS. 2. SEE SHEET 0002 FOR ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE. 3. ACCESSIBILITY ROUTE OF TRAVEL SLOPES NOT TO EXCEED RUNNING SLOPE OF 1:20 (5%) MAXIMUM AND CROSS SLOPE OF 1:50 (2%). 4. SITE ACCESSIBILITY PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. 5. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER(S) PER FIRE MARSHAL'S INSTRUCTION. s�Mobile 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE. AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY ARCHITECT FU ION 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM WWW.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 CONSULTING ENGINEER N W Q W 0 �- Z Q M W > M UJJ J LL VmJ J_ W J = °6�_ 00 > N W -j ti N m J J /Q^ V ## DESCRIPTION DATE DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: KEY PLAN, VICINITY MAP AND EGRESS PLAN 4 3 2 1 SHEET NUMBER: 4 3 i 1 01 Ill Es SITE PLAN (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) A4N.T.S. p 2 N B1 PHOTO OF EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING_ N.T.S. FOR REFERENCE ONLY LEGEND — — — — -< — — — — < —o ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL GENERAL NOTES SITE PLAN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY - SCOPE OF ALTERATION / TENANT IMPROVEMENT DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY EXTERIOR WORK, NO SITE IMPROVEMENTS N.I.C. 1. MAXIMUM PERMITTED SLOPE OF ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES IS 2% IN ANY DIRECTION. 2. WALKWAYS ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES OF TRAVEL ARE AS FOLLOWS: 2.1. CONTINUOUSLY ACCESSIBLE 2.2. HAVE MAXIMUM 1/2" CHANGES IN ELEVATION 2.3. ARE MINIMUM 48" IN WIDTH 2.4. WHERE NECESSARY TO CHANGE ELEVATION AT A SLOPE NOT EXCEEDING 5% ••Mobl*le� 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM VWWV.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11,212680 Alp, i,°F 0 0 4 ' FRFD ARG� 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER' N W Q W zQM W > M C� J J J D u- V0J - m J � J - � Q � Io0_ ova > N W m ~. N J J Q ## DESCRIPTION DATE DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: SITE PLAN (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) SHEET NUMBER: 4 3 2 1 4 -- -- _-- 1 1 1 II 1 1 I_ I I .1_ I I I- - I I I I e I e I I if 3 I 2 UI ml ¢I EXTERIOR 69' 11" LEASE LINE V.I.F. e j ADJACENT TENANT EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DEMOLITION PLAN 1 /4" = 1'-0" 1 E ED OTES O NOTES 1 EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM, GLAZING, AND DOOR(S) TO REMAIN. 2 EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 3 EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO REMAIN. REMOVE ALL EXISTING FINISHES AND PREPARE FOR NEW FINISH AS INDICATED IN THESE PLANS. 4 EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES TO BE REMOVED DOWN TO SLAB. PREPARE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SURFACE FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOORING MATERIALS AS INDICATED IN THESE PLANS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (TYPICAL THROUGHOUT LEASED SPACE) 5 EXISTING SERVICE DOOR TO REMAIN. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR NEW HARDWARE. 6 EXISTING RETAIL DISPLAY FIXTURES, FURNITURE, SIGNAGE, AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ANY T-MOBILE EQUPMENT DESIGNATED TO BE RETAINED FOR FUTURE USE IS TO BE DECOMMISHIONED BY OWNERS VENDOR AND STORED IN BACK OF HOUSE. LEASE LINE $ EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL(S) TO REMAIN. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 9 EXISTING THRESHOLD TO REMAIN. REPLACE IF IT EXCEEDS 1/2" IN HEIGHT. 10 EXISTING INTERIOR WALL PARTITION TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. 11 NOT USED 12 EXISTING INTERIOR DOOR TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. 13 EXISTING TOILET ROOM TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY INCLUDING ALL WALLS, DOOR, CEILING AND PLUMBING FIXTURES. EXTEND SUPPLY AND WASTE LINES AS REQ'D TO NEW PLUMBING FIXTURES AS INDICATED IN THESE PLANS. PREPARE FOR CONSTRUCTION OF NEW TOILET ROOM. SEE A111 AND A401 FOR ENLARGED TOILET ROOM PLAN. EXISTING CEILING SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. PREPARE FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW CEILING SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON SHEET A131. PAINT ANY EXISTING GYP SOFFIT AS NOTED ON SHEET A131. EXISTING LIGHTING, EMERGENCY LIGHTING, AND EXIT SIGNS TO BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY. PREPARE FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW LIGHTING, EM LIGHTING, AND EXIT SIGNS AS SHOWN ON SHEET A131. EXISTING DIFUSERS TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW BLACK DIFUSERS IN THE SALES AREA AND 14 HALLWAY/VESTIBULE. EXISTING DIFUSERS TO REMAIN AND BE RELOCATED AS REQ'D DUE TO NEW CONSTRUCTION IN ALL BACK OF HOUSE AREAS. PERFORM PRE -DEMO AND FINAL BALANCING TEST AND ADJUST ALL SYSTEM BALANCING DAMPERS AND/OR SUPPLY AIR FAN TO PROVIDE THE ORIGINAL AIR QUANTITIES AT EACH AIR DEVICE. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. IF AUXILLARY EQUIPMENT (TYCO, FIRE ALARM, SPRINKLERS, SHOPPER TRAK, ETC.) NEED TO BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED, COORDINATE WITH T-MOBILE'S VENDOR AND/OR APPROVED FIRE SPRINKLER SUB -CONTRACTOR. T-MOBILES VENDOR TO RELOCATE SECURITY CAMERAS AS NEEDED PER NEW FIXTURE LAYOUT. (TYPICAL THROUGHOUT LEASED SPACE) 15 1EXISTING FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT RACK TO REMAIN. ADJACENT TENANT PI 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND/OR SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL REVIEW THE EXISTING FACILITY TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION REQUIRED TO INSTALL THE NEW WORK. A WRITTEN OUTLINE OF ALL REQUIRED DEMOLITION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO T-MOBILE DESCRIBING THE FOLLOWING (BUT NOT LIMITED TO): 1.1 CONDITION OF EXISTING POWER PANELS AND TRANSFORMERS; FEASIBILITY FOR RELOCATION AND REFURBISHING, OR NEED FOR REPLACEMENT DUE TO AGE OR EXISTING CONDITION. 1.2 CONDITION OF EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD ON EXISTING DEMISING WALLS AND RECOMMENDATION OR WHETHER TO REMOVE EXISTING OR REUSE TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD, 1.3 SUMMARIZE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR REUSE OF EXISTING MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES. ONCE REFURBISHED TO A LIKE -NEW CONDITION, ITEMIZE THE CREDIT TO THE CONTRACT. 1.4 TENANT G.C. SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY UN - NOTED EXISTING CONDITION WHICH CONFLICTS WITH THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS AND MAY REQUIRE MODIFICATION, RELOCATION, OR REMOVAL TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT WITHIN 24 HOURS SO THAT THE NECESSARY DRAWING REVISIONS MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. 1.5 IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, REFER TO GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES INDICATED IN SPECIFICATION DIVISION 2- EXISTING CONDITIONS. 1.6 CONDITION OF EXISTING MECHANICAL SYSTEM; FEASIBILITY OF REUSING, RELOCATION, OR REFURBISHING EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK; AND RECOMMENDATION OF REPLACEMENT, IF NECESSARY, PRIOR TO BID. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SCOPE OF MECHANICAL WORK. u t n R 0 w z J w U) a w (V ('7 G ►ii N 1. CHECK MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS PRIOR RO DEMOLITION 14. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO REMAIN - G.C. TO RE -WORK/ MODIFY SYSTEM AS WITH REGARD TO UTILIZING ANY EXISTING WIRING, LINES, COMPONENTS, REQUIRED FOR NEWCONSTRUCTION. VERIFY IN FIELD. ETC. 15. WHERE REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION, G.C. SHALL PREPARE A 2. PROVIDE TRASH CONTAINER AS REQUIRED AT LOCATION TO SUIT "RECYCLING PLAN" TO DIVERT DEBRIS FOR RECYCLING. G.C. SHALL KEEP LANDLORD. REMOVE DEBRIS DAILY AND HAUL FROM THE SITE AT TIME TO RECORDS OF DIVERTED MATERIAL AS REQUIRED. G.0 TO VERIFY SUIT LANDLORD. REQUIREMENTS WITH JURISDICTION AND TO MALL OPERATIONS/ LANDLORD 3. NOTIFY ARCHITECTS IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCPRENANCIES OR WHERE APLLICABLE. UNFORESEEN ITEMS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 16. REMOVE ALL EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITIONS, DOORS, AND DOOR FRAMES 4. ALL REMOVED MATERIAL AND DEBRIS, NOT OTHERWISE DESIGNATED, SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION. REMOVE ALL MILLWORK, EQUIPMENT, ETC. THAT BECOMES THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR, WHO SHALL REMOVE IT IS ATTACHED TO PARTITIONS SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION. FROM THE SITE. 17. REMOVE EXISTING HVAC CEILING DIFFUSERS AND RETURN GRILLES AS 5. G.C. SHALL NOT DEMOLISH AND LOAD BEARING WALLS OR CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION AND AS REQUIRED BY PARTITION DEMOLITION THAT WILL COMPROMISE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING AND NEW CONSTRUCTION. MODIFY EXISTING DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED BY SPACE. G.C. TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY STRUCTURAL NEW CONSTRUCTION, OR IF NOT REQUIRED, TERMINATE AND CAP OFF SUPPLY CONCERNS DURING CONSTRUCTION. AND RETURN DUCTS AT NEAREST SOURCE ABOVE CEILNG. 6. EXISTING EQUIPMENT NOT BEING USED MUST BE COMPLETELY 18. REMOVE ALL EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES, FITTINGS, AND PIPING AS REMOVED/DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. NOTHING CAN BE ABANDONED ABOVE SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION AND AS REQUIRED BY PARTITION DEMOLITION THE CEILING. AND NEW CONSTRUCTION, OR IF NOT REQUIRED, TERMINATE AND CAP OFF AT 7. REMOVE EXISTING ACCOUSTICAL CEILING GRID AND TILES, LIGHT FIXTURES, WET STACK. AND GYPSUM WALL BOARD SOFFITS AS SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION AND 19. REMOVAL/ RELOCATION OF ALL CEILING EQUIPMENT (TYCO, FIRE ALARM, AS REQUIRED BY PARTITION DEMOLTION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION WORK. SPRINKLER, SHOPPER TRAK, ETC.) MUST BE PERFORMED BY THE REQUIRED MAINTAIN EXISTING CEILING WIRE HANGERS FOR FUTURE USE. VENDORS. T-MOBILE'S VENDOR TO RELOCATE SECURITY CAMERAS AS NEEDED 8. REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, OUTLETS, TELEPHONE AND DATA PER NEW FIXTURE LAYOUT. JACKS AND THERMOSTATS IN PARTITIONS SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION. 20. G.C. TO CONFIRM FLOOR SLAB IS SMOOTH AND LEVEL AND NOTIFY MODIFY EXISTING WIRING AS REQUIRED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION OR, IF NOT CONSTRUCTION PM OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. REQUIRED, TERMINATE AND CAP OFF AT NEAREST PANEL OR SOURCE 21. MAINTAIN EXISTING EXITS, EMERGENCY LIGHTING, AND ILLUMINATION MEANS ABOVE CEILING. OF EGRESS DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED BY JHA 9. REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL AND AS AND ALL GOVERNING CODES. REQUIRED BY PARTITION DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION. PREPARE 22. SAW -CUTTING SHOWN ON PLANS IS AN INDICATION OF THE INTENDED WORK EXISTING FLOOR SURFACE PER MANUFACTURER FOR INSTALLATION OF FOR BIDDING AND COORDINATION PUPOSES ONLY. IT IS NOT INTENDED FOR BE NEW FLOORING MATERIAL INDICATED IN THESE PLANS. G.C. MAY NEED TO AS SPECIFICATION OR METHOD. PERFORM A MOISTURE TEST PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION OR NEW FLOORING 23. WHEN EXISTING MECHANICAL SYSTEM IS TO REMAIN, G.C. TO CLEAN INSTALLATION. NEWLY REPLACED OR LIKE -NEW FINISHES MAY REMAIN AT DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, AND REPLACE HVAC AIR FILTERS AFTER THE DISCRETION OF THE CONSTRUCTION PM. G.C, TO VERIFY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND CLEANUP IS COMPLETE PRIOR TO TURNING PROJECT REMOVAL. PROTECT ALL NEW FLOOR FINISHES UNTIL FINAL CLEANING. OVER TO T-MOBILE. 10. REMOVE ALL CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS FROM AREA. REPAIR ALL ADJACENT 24. DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE G.C. IS TO PROVIDE A PORTABLE FIRE DAMAGED SURFACES, AS NECESSARY. PREPARE ALL DAMAGED SURFACES EXTINGUISHER WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 2-A WITHING A 75 FOOR FOR FINISHES AS SCHEDULED OR REFINISH TO MATCH EXISTING. TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ALL PORTIONS OF THE SPACE. 11. PROVIDE A SMOOTH, NEAT, AND CONTIUOUS APPEARANCE WHERE DEMOLITION WORK MEETS ADJACENT EXISTING WORK, REMOVED EXISTING FINISHES AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE NEAT, STRAIGHT SEAMS AND TRANSITIONS BETWEEN EXISTING AND MATCHING NEW FINISHES. 12. IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES, REPLACE ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION AND FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT DISTURBED BY DEMOLITION WORK. MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF FIRE SUPPRESSION AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. VERIFY IN FIELD. 13. IN THE CASE THAT THE EXISTING CABLE LINE, PHONE LINE AND BLOCK, T-1 LINE AND DATA CABLING PRESENT, G.C. SHALL SALVAGE AND REWORK TO FACILITATE NEW INSTALLATION. T Mobl*le@ 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003, THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM WWW.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 o 'S' e Q 4 FRED ARG�I► 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: N W a Apr W > M C� J J e.e.l = L=- a C.)m J � J � J � 06 0 own. .JtN�.N CO J _el a f jp0$q MPTIQIN DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DEMO PLAN SHEET NUMBER: A101 4 I 3 I 2 ' 4 I 3 . 1 11 •11V1III�l I ._ 91 I 2 t m Ill ¢I -— - - jI - I Jul L i I II Al ICI I I II SAW -CUTTING DEMOLITION PLAN 1 /4" = 1'-0" NEW CONCRETE SLAB THICKNESS TO MATCH EXISTING (MIN 3500 PSI) ON GRADE TO ALIGN WITH EXISTING. FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING. MIN 10 MIL VAPOR BARRIER TO MATCH EXISTING, IF EXISTING OS DAMAGED � _ I III, A102A102 I I I , I I 8' 5" PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SEPARATED CHEMICAL PEST BARRIER AT ALL DISTURBED AND EXPOSED SOIL PRIOR TO COVERING WITH CONCRETE AND ABC FILL EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE — 1I � COMPACTED FILL AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE COMPACTION TO 95% MODIFIED PROCTOR #3 REBAR CONT. (TYP) AT ALL INTERSECTIONS AND LAPS REBAR SHALL BE TIED WITH 16 GA. REBAR TIE WIRE. TAPE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. — #3 REBAR (TYP) EPDXY COATED WITH HILTI HIT-HY 200. INSTALL PER ICC-ES-3187 EXISTING SLAB ON GRADE AS OCCURS PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SEPARATED CHEMICAL PEST BARRIER @ ALL DISTURBED AND EXPOSED SOIL PRIOR TO COVERING WITH CONCRETE AND ABC FILL SAW CUT AND REMOVE EXISTING SLAB FOR TRENCH AS REQUIRED NEW 3,500 PSI CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE TO MATCH DEPTH OF EXIST., WITH #3 BARS AT 16" O.C. EACH WAY AT MIDDLE DEPTH OF SLAB, DRILL AND EPDXY 6" INTO EXIST. SLAB. VAPOR BARRIER TO MATCH EXISTING G.C. SHALL KEEP TRNCHING TO A MINIMUM TO PROVIDE STUB -UPS FOR ALL FIXTURES. 36" MAXIMUM w 41 SLAB DOWELING AT TRENCH LOCATE CONDUIT ABOVE VAPOR BARRIER COMPACTED FILL AS REQUIRED Mobl"lv 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003, THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM VWWV.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 100 4 •� 'srFRED 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: N W a Z � M W C� � J J = LL V I J — IM J 0 _ W J = 00 CL � N W mt� N J J a c� DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: SAW -CUTTING DEMO PLAN SHEET NUMBER: An l SLAB INFILL AT SUPPLY/WASTE /1L 1 3"=l'-0" Jm% 1 1 3"=1'-0" 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 III 4 3 1wit laLA... — I 1 11 -! _._—_�i l _=. _!�1'.II I.. III,_. I, I I I II 1 II 1 1 1 1 II 2 I I I I I I II 11 II I' I 1 U co PROVIDE AND INSTALL AMICO ASM .5-13F SECURITY — MESH TO 12'-0" AFF ON TENANT SIDE OF DEMISING WALL PRIOR TO WALL FURRING. SEE A501 FOR PARTITION TYPE, CONSTRUCTION OF PARTITION, STUD SIZING, AND INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. EXTERIOR O EXISTING EQUIPMENT RACK 16' 2" INVENTORY A2 A511 7 �C C4 A501 BACK OF HOUSE EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS 2' 0"L L13' 10" Al O B 1 3 X A511 TYP (E) o 0 EN N B 1113 X B 1 3 A B 1113 IX WALL MOUNTED I TOILET ROOM I VESTIBULE FIRE EXTINGUISHER I I BI 113 JA 0 l ooe l B 4 3 X B 4 3 X C2 A4 A401 G002 9101. 8' 0" 5' 0" CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN v T / 1 /4" = 1'-0" ADJACENT TENANT PROVIDE AND INSTALL AMICO ASM .5-13F SECURITY MESH TO 12'-0" AFF ON TENANT SIDE OF DEMISING WALL PRIOR TO WALL FURRING. SEE A501 FOR PARTITION TYPE, CONSTRUCTION OF PARTITION, STUD SIZING, AND INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. %mo_ - J �� r B2 A2 A521 A521 I�o PROVIDE BLOCKING ON OUTSIDE OF PARTITION WALL FOR NEW PRODUCT BAY FIXTURES. SEE A141 FOR EXACT LOCATION OF FIXTURES. 62 A521 I I B 1 1 X (ALL 4 SIDES) I_ EXISTING COLUMN I I I (V fV 0o 0 m bD A2 A521 CV PROVIDE AND INSTALL AMICO ASM .5-13F SECURITY MESH TO 12'-0" AFF ON TENANT SIDE OF DEMISING WALL PRIOR TO WALL FURRING. SEE A501 FOR PARTITION TYPE, CONSTRUCTION OF PARTITION, STUD SIZING, AND INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. ADJACENT TENANT SALES AREA - PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL FURRING FOR NEW FAST LANE FIXTURES. SEE A141 FOR EXACT LOCATION OF FIXTURES. ----r W"- 45' 1" EXISTING DOOR. PATCH AND REPAIR TO "AS -NEW' CONDITION AS NECESSARY NEW DOOR AS SCHEDULED LINETYPE INDICATES ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCE I I I I A2 I I A521 i I OI (E) I I I 1 I I I I I I I OI I I I I I I I WALL MOUNTED (- FIRE EXTINGUISHER r- I I I I I I I I I I i I I OI (E) I I DOOR NUMBER. SEE D# SHEET A511 FOR DETAILS AND SHEET A611 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. u u lj EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM AND GLAZING �--- EXISTING SINGLE ENTRY DOOR EXTERIOR EXISTING SINGLE ENTRY DOOR EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM AND GLAZING NOT J 1. G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECTS IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR UNFORESEEN ITEMS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 2. FOR ALL PARTITION CONNECTION DETAILS (TOP AND BOTTOM) SEE SHEET A501 3. ALL ANGLED WALLS ARE 45', 90°, OR 135' U.O.N. 4. MAINTAIN FIRE RESISTANCE RATING FOR ALL TENANT DEMISING WALLS. 5. PROVIDE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL WET LOCATIONS (UTILITY SINK, KITCHENETTE, DRINKING FOUNTAIN, TOILET ROOM, ETC.) 6. G.C. TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL FLOOR BOXES WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND FIXTURE PLAN. 7. WHERE EXISTING INSULATION IS REMOVED OR MISSING, PATCH AND REPLACE INSULATION TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND MAINTAIN REQUIRED R-VALUES. 8. ALL DOORS TO BE LOCATED 4" FROM PERPENDICULAR WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL DOORS DIMENSIONED TO ROUGH OPENING OF DOOR. 9. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD TO FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 10. SLAB PENETRATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITH PROPER LOCATION AND X-RAY IDENTIFICATION OF EXISTING REBAR AND/OR POST TENSION CABLES. Mobl*lev 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM VWWV.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212660 ,i ' OF F4O W.MLOur,q •','� STFRFD 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER N W Q 0 r W > M 0 JJ J = LL C.)Im J - m � G _ W J = 00 ova. JtiN to J Q 0. IDE$CMPTIPN DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 I I III I I ul 11 I 11 1 I1. ! I I �. 4 1 II 11 1 1 1 L 1-- .. __ I 1 3 A ---A! 1'I1 II Ip -N11 .,-'I'!'�-'S"4'1.. .ae1 11� I 1'.. 911 I._ 1_ Ip,I ll , . 1 1' 1 _1�___ ��L II !.11 11 VIL fJ L MI -IL! 1 i.L I I I 1 11 2 I 1 - _ . - ___ L,f ml INVENTORY F F403 B B102 W P105 PAINT 4" WIDE SAFETY YELLOW STRIPE AND WORDS "NO STORAGE" ON FLOOR. MAINTAIN 36" CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL PANELS. BACK OF HOUSE F F403 B B102 W P105 NOTE: GC TO PAINT ONE WALL IN THE BACK OF HOUSE THE ACCENT COLOR P103 "PEONY". COORDINATE WITH CONSTRUCTION PM AND STORE MANAGER FOR EXACT LOCATION. ALL OTHER WALLS TO BE PAINTED P105. LE B2 NqI ms TOILET ROOM VESTIBULE NOTE: GC TO PAINT TOILET ROOM SIDE F F307 F F307 AND HALLWAYNESTIBULE SIDE B B102 B B203 OF DOOR AND FRAME P106. W P106 W P106 W W105 FINISH FLOOR PLAN vT % 1/4" = 1'-0" WORKSHOP F F307 B B203 W P106 VE TICAL WALq PAINT TR NSITION LINE TO ALIGN TH FL ORING TRANSITION, TY . ALIGN FULL START 3' 0" TILE WITH COLUMN 12'10" EXISTIN COMUMN. AINT ALL SIDES P1 6 AND INSTALL W203 CORNER GUARD AT ALL FOUR CORNER . VE TICAL WALq PAINT TR NSITION LINE TO ALIGN FLOORING TRANSITION. TYI 12' 0" (6 FULL TILES) __ _ uj J J J .... 0 FINISH SUMMAR, SYMBOL DESCRIPTION Bl ## BASE -RUBBER B2## BASE - WOOD FO## FLOORING - WOOD F2## FLOORING - VINYL TILE - SALES AREA F3## FLOORING - CERAMIC / PORCELAIN TILE F4## FLOORING - VINYL - BOH, HALLWAY, TELECOM, OTHER ENTRANCES F5## FLOORING - CARPET F9## FLOORING - WALK -OFF MATS - VESTIBULE, SALES AREA P l ## PAINT W I ## WALLCOVERING - WET AREA SURROUND W2## CORNER GUARD ALL EQUIPMENT, FINISHES, FIXTURES, FURNITURE, AND GRAPHICS TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SEE A600 SERIES SHEETS FOR ALL SCHEDULES. E 0'E 1. PREPARE EXISTING FLOOR SURFACE PER MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOORING MATERIALS AS INDICATED IN THESE PLANS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL FLOOR INSTALLATION NOTES. CLEAN AND FINISH FLOOR PER MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. 2. FOR FLOOR FINISHES, COMPLY WITH THESE RECOMMENDATIONS AT MINIMUM OR NOT LESS THAN MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL FINISHES INCLUDING FLOOR LEVELING REQUIREMENTS, EXPANSION SPACES, VAPOR BARRIERS, UNDERLAYMENT, SITE CONDITIONS, ETC. 2.1. SUBFLOOR PREPARATION: GRIND HIGH SPOTS AND FILL LOW SPOTS TO PRODUCE A MAXIMUM 1/8" (3-MM) DEVIATION IN ANY DIRECTION WHEN CHECKED WITH A 10' (3-M) STRAIGHT EDGE 2.2. EXPANSION: PROVIDE EXPANSION SPACE AT WALLS AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS AND TERMINATIONS OF FLOORING OF NOT LESS THAN DIRECTED BY MANUFACTURER. 2.3. PROTECTION: PROVIDE FLOOR PROTECTION UP UNTIL FINAL CLEANING. 3. CENTER FLOORING WITHIN EACH ROOM. FIRST PLANK SHOULD BE CENTERED BETWEEN THE DEMISING WALLS AND PLACED SO THAT PARTIAL PLANKS ARE NEAR THE DEMISING WALLS AND UNDERNEATH THE SYSTEM WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. G.C. TO INSTALL SALES AREA FLOOR FINISHES WALL TO WALL U.O.N. TMobl'o e® 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK- UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM VWVW.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 F FL O,A �C, TFR�D ARG� 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER CV W Q wow Z W Q > M M V J J = 'J Lj. V - 0 W � mtiN 0 � J Q 0o N J J - � W _! _II Q DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: FINISH FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 —� —. I II 1 1 I!I I ' 11 1 Y 11 1 -A-11 1 11 1 1 1 i _ --. I ;. 1 1. , m T II _ I I ,-- .; i _-- —L--! - -- - i.. ■ -- -- , _.! i — — -- - ` 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 ml SHEET SYMBOLS EXISTING AREA N.I.C. GYP BOARD CEILING T xwar ROOM TAG CEILING TYPE CEILING FINISH H" CEILING HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE LIGHTING 2' X Z LIGHTING TTf EMERGENCY LIGHTING N E) GENERAL LIGHTING 0 -D BUZZISHADE PENDANT LIGHT zVENT LIGHT COMBO BAFFLE - EXIT SIGNAGE EMERGENCY LIGHTING NOTED WITH AN EM TAG. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1 /4" = V-0" 1. G.C. TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECTS IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPENCIES OR UNFORESEEN ITEMS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, INCLUDING CEILING HEIGHT. 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS, ALL CEILING EQUIPMENT SHOULD FOLLOW THE LAYOUT GUIDE ON THIS SHEET. 3. G.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING EGRESS LIGHTING AND PROVIDE EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES AS REQUIRED BY FIRE MARSHALL. 4. REFER TO MECHANIC& DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON SCOPE AND LOCATION OF MECHANICAL ITEMS. 5. REFER TO VENDOR INSTALLATION GUIDE AND MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS FOR FIXTURE INSTALLATION. 6. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE TYPES AND LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION Cl ## CEILING - LAY IN TILE GYP GYP BOARD CEILING, SEE DETAILS ON SHEET A541 P1## PAINT ALL EQUIPMENT, FINISHES, FIXTURES, FURNITURE, AND GRAPHICS TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SEE A600 SERIES SHEETS FOR ALL SCHEDULES. I LIGHT TOP PORTION OF CABINET MERCHANDISE B❑ LIGHT BOTTOM HALF OF MERCHANDISE I NOTE: AVOID VIDEO SCREENS, COORDINATE WITH T-MOBILE PM AIMING SECTION FASTLANE V&IMING SECTION WORKSHOP -� PI TYCAL AIMING SECTIONS nv / 1/2" = V-0" I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IT I I I FO I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 ENTER PRNKLING GRll� ANDNDMOUNTEDEQUIPMENT 2 2X2RCEILING DGRID ORSECONDLOOK TILES A2 EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT IN GRID E. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION QUANTITY C201 24" BAFFLE 0 C202 48" BAFFLE 0 C203 96" BAFFLE 48 BAFFLES TO BE INSTALLED BY FIXTURE VENDOR T Mobl*le,) 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM V1MNV.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 OF Fi0 mac..- ♦' �FRFD 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: N W a Z � M W (.) J J J = V- Q V m J J W J = 00 N W mn.N J _J a c� #I a DmmpTm pA t I DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET NUMBER: A131 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 I I I I I I II I 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 oI co PLAN TUBE EXISTING FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT RACK TO REMAIN EXISTING ELEC PANEL EXTERIOR EXISTING SERVICE — DOOR WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER GC TO PAINT ONE WALL IN THE BACK OF HOUSE THE ACCENT COLOR P103 "PEONY". COORDINATE WITH _ CONSTRUCTION PM AND STORE MANAGER FOR EXACT LOCATION. ALL OTHER WALLS TO BE PAINTED P101. EG106 LADDER �— HOOKS ADJACENT TENANT CASH POS DRAWER 0' - 2'-0" -- _ 2'-5" Z- M117 M118 CASH CHARGER � _--�\ -_ M10: M45 i REMO POS - ---" 2 M102 M102 FW115 M101 M101 M101 ES104 i- \� M50 - - FW223 FW221 FW221 - - -- FW413 - - - - - FW127 �, FW126 DRAWER FW222 FW221 - FW223 l- FF501 j r• ET414 FW902 FW905 FW905 ET406 FW905 FW902 FG304 X4 i 5' 0" TUKN DIA. j M116 FW903 D13 FW901 FW903 PEG FW125 ET101 = BOARD '� INVENTORY ; j ET414 i o I T-4" ` i I ` r -- - . 55 FFI309 1 I FG302 ES105 I FG203 FG205 1 FG305 X3 M115 I I FF911 � I FW123 12'-0" 3'-8" _. °--_.....-....__� ET413 - - D36 I I 16 M38 M114 FF420 FF625 FF624 �� `j FF221 A521 FW124 _ Z FF620 X4 C1 i ET414 I q (D Lu 5 0" TURN DIA. 44" CLR. TYF `Y' < EXISTING I I "' STRUCTURAL - SALES AREA i COLUMN \� ---- - EQ ' - WALL M113 �: s e, � MOUNTED FIRE I Q XTINGUISHER I �-� jF623 I I A4 FW FF420 - -- Z B2 A201 A2 M112 I o C7 FF620 X4 7 q' o - 1 FW122 I ih Q Q FF624 FF625 B4 M38 V-6" EG107 FF221 M55 :OA I M111 A AS RVICE COUNTER _ FF309 I FW121 _ ° I FF911 ET414 S E D TAIL C4-C/G002 _ I ET413 I ,,. I - FF421 ��-- -�� M., CASH FF621 X2 6'-11" - - - - -- - � I `-`- � DRAWER I - - - - -- -- - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- - b _ i- i l \� I � ' 6 _FUT DI . I 5' 0" TURN DIIA. M103 M103 M14 M104 M104 'TOILET ROOM; I 11 VEST113U�E � I M103 FW221 FW221 U FW116 FW221 FW221 M104 - FW222 FW901 FW902 FW410 FW905 FW905 FW221 I I i FW903 FW905 FW905 ET412 FW903 FW901 FW905 O ------ - _._._ - ---- -- -- 1 M61 1 I 1 0 oI 3'-3" 3'-3" 1'-0' 2'_0' 2' 0,. 2'-5 L 64 FIXTURE FLOOR PLAN 1 /4" = V-0" t'? 64 FG203 C2 A202 B2 FG103 C4 FG101 ET102 FG201 X4 ET410 BACK OF HOUSE I I I EG101 I I EG104 CASH DRAWER FIXTURE, FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT SUMMARY SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION EG1## EQUIPMENT GENERAL FG1## FURNITURE GENERAL - TABLE ES1## EQUIPMENT SECURITY FG2## FURNITURE GENERAL - SEATING ET1## EQUIPMENT TECHNOLOGY FG3## FURNITURE GENERAL - STORAGE ET2## EQUIPMENT TELCO COMMUNICATIONS FG5## FURNITURE GENERAL - WALL MOUNTED FF1## FLOOR FIXTURE - SALES COUNTER FG6## FURNITURE GENERAL - KITCHENETTE FF2## FLOOR FIXTURE - FEATURE TABLE FW1## FIXTURE WALL - DISPLAY WALL FF3## FLOOR FIXTURE - DIGITAL MONITOR FW2## FIXTURE WALL - ACCESSORY FF4## FLOOR FIXTURE - CONSULTATION TABLE FW3## FIXTURE WALL - SYSTEM WALL FF5## FLOOR FIXTURE - 2 SIDED FRAME FW4## FIXTURE WALL - DIGITAL MONITOR FF6## FLOOR FIXTURE - SEATING FW5## FIXTURE WALL - WALL GRAPHIC FF9## FLOOR FIXTURE - POWER POLE TOTAL NUMBER OF POS 2 TOTAL NUMBER OF CASH DRAWER LOCATIONS 4 ALL EQUIPMENT, FINISHES, FIXTURES, FURNITURE, AND GRAPHICS TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SEE A600 SERIES SHEETS FOR ALL SCHEDULES. a EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM AND GLAZING EXISTING SINGLE STOREFRONT ENTRY DOOR a I I w I I I I EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM AND GLAZING EXISTING STRUCTURAL _ COLUMN --I EXISTING SINGLE STOREFRONT ENTRY DOOR EXTERIOR EXISTING d EXTERIOR —� OVERHANG � I I EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM AND GLAZING I I I I I I EXISTING EXTERIOR COLUMN GENERAL NOTES 1. G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECTS IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR UNFORESEEN ITEMS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 2. G.C. TO VERIFY THAT ADA COUNTERTOPS COMPLY WITH C4/G002. 3. FIXTURES FURNISHED BY T-MOBILE AND INSTALLED BY G.C. OR FIXTURE VENDOR. REFER TO FIXTURE MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL ATTACHMENTS TO WALL AND FLOOR. PROVIDE ALL BLOCKING AND ANCHORS AS REQUIRED. 4. DIMENSIONS ON THIS SHEET ARE FOR FIXTURE LOCATIONS. G.C. TO COORDINATE FLOOR POWER AND/OR POWER POLE LOCATIONS WITH DIMENSIONS ON ELECTRICAL SHEETS. 5. RELOCATE ALL THERMOSTATS AND OTHER WALL MOUNTED DEVICES AS PER LOCAL CODE AS REQUIRED PER NEW FIXTURE LAYOUT. COORDINATE WITH CONSTRUCTION PM/ARCHITECT. 6. SEE SHEET A621 FOR FIXTURE SCHEDULES. SCHEDULES WILL CLARIFY ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN VERSUS NEW FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED. SHEET SYMBOLS EXISTING FIXTURES. NEW AND/OR EXISTING FURNITURE. NEW FIXTURES. EXISTING AREA N.I.C. M_Tag MERCHANDISING CONTENT TAG F_Tag FIXTURE TAG D_Tag DIGITAL CONTENT TAG LINETYPE INDICATES ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCE mTm Mobile� 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile,com COPYRIGHT NOTICE' THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN `ARCHITECTURAL WORK' UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003 THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM. ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM WWW-FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 o F Ft 9 LOIIPS ,P, 100 41 c� •' L ST'�RED A ,r 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER N W a W 0 zQM W > M (.) J J J = V- a V O J — coJ o_- W _I = °6�_ o.a > N W mti N J a �^ I DESCRIPTION DATE 1 DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: FIXTURE FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: Al 41 - 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 4 I 3 I I I 11 I 1 I 1 I I I. 2 1 m I INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0" FW904 v-v I r V 0 DRAWER INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4" = l'-0" FW903 ET406 D13 e ,. 0 2' 4' 8' FW901 I FW903 0 2' 4' !' B.O. CEILING \ FINISHED FLR. n B.O. CEILING � FINISHED FLR. � sMobile4' 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC, 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. P 106 — — ► ARCHITECT B.O. CEILING � IrmUZION 0" 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM WWW.FUZIONVE.COM OPEN TO VESTIBULE VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 t- ��-OF-FCOR FINISHED FLR. 0�1 f` LOUtS ,a1 +-9 01-01, CASH M111 M112 M113 M114 M115 Ml16 FW904 �� 'y+ DRAWER FW121 FW122 FW123 FW124 FW123 FW125 CASH 63 ET414 ET414 ET414 DRAWER p A561 02/10/2022 B2 INTERIOR ELEVATION CONSULTING ENGINEER: 1/4" = 1'-0" 0 2' 4' a' �® B.O. CEILING � FINISHED FLR. � 0. 0- EXISTING SINGLE M55 EXISTING SINGLE STOREFRONT FF309 B3 STOREFRONT — ENTRY DOOR FF911 A561 ENTRY DOOR ET413 D36 A2 INTERIOR ELEVATION - --// 1 /4" = V-0" M55 L EXISTING STOREFRONT FF309 SYSTEM AND GLAZING FF911 ET413 D35 GENERAL NOTES 1. G.C. TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECTS IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR UNFORESEEN ITEMS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 2. REFER TO FIXTURE MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL ATTACHMENTS TO WALL AND FLOOR. PROVIDE ALL BLOCKING AND ANCHORS AS REQUIRED. SHEET SYMBOLS MERCHANDISING CONTENT TAG M_Tag FIXTURE TAG F_Tag DIGITAL CONTENT TAG D_Tag SEE A141 FOR FIXTURE, FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT SUMMARY x 060 OR FINISH TAGS - SEE A121 FOR FINISH SUMMARY X 000 N W Q W ZQc� W > M UJJ LL J = V0J m J J — LLIa06 plea. 00 > N W J r` N m J J rQ V ## DESCRIPTION DATE DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY LEO V SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: SALES FLOOR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS — I 4 I 3 I ----- 2 A201 U .2 �� 4 P 105 E_ l F_7__] A4 B2 A531 A531 INTERIOR ELEVATION V _T f 1 /4" = V-0" B4 INTERIOR ELEVATION 1 /4" = V-0" 3 B.O. CEILING � 10'-101, FINISHED FLR. n 0,_0�0� B.O. CEILING � FINISHED FLR. n 0,_000 I I I 'I 1 III I IP I I I 9 I 1 I 2 I 1 P 105 B4 G002 ELECTRICAL PANELS �t�m B.O. CEILING � �GUh 10' 101, �_w I I ❑ I I I - FINISHED FLR. WALL MOUNTED FIRE PLAN TUBE. COORDINATE EXACT 01-01, EXTINGUUISHER JA3 LOCATION WITH CONSTRUCTION PM A561 2 (RAMSET 26204) LADDER HOOKS OR E302 EQUAL. PROVIDE BLOCKING. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH JLL PM. INTERIOR ELEVATION C � 1 /4" = V P 103 64 A521 B.O. CEILING � r 1 I I � I FINISHED FLR. n 0,-000 B2 INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4" = V.0" C3 A561 GENERAL NOTES 1. G.C. TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECTS IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR UNFORESEEN ITEMS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 2. REFER TO FIXTURE MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL ATTACHMENTS TO WALL AND FLOOR. PROVIDE ALL BLOCKING AND ANCHORS AS REQUIRED. 3. THE FINAL FULL SET OF AS -BUILT DRAWINGS SHALL BE PLACED INO A SECTION OF 6" PVC PIPE AND SECURELY MOUNTED TO THE WALL. INCLUDE SCREW ON CAPS TO THE PIPE, AND CLEARLY LABEL "AS -BUILT DRAWINGS." COORDINATE LOCATION WITH CONSTRUCTION PM. SHEET SYMBOLS MERCHANDISING CONTENT TAG M_Tag FIXTURE TAG F_Tag DIGITAL CONTENT TAG D_Tag SEE A141 FOR FIXTURE, FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT SUMMARY (X 000) OR X 000 FINISH TAGS - SEE A121 FOR FINISH SUMMARY sTo Mobile, 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 WWW.T-Mobile,com COPYRIGHT NOTICE THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO 1 COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT. 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION. BUILDING SEIZURE. AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT' rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM VWWV.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 CONSULTING ENGINEER. N Lu Q LLJ Lo W > M U J J J=U- VmJ p _j W J = C G Q 06 0 _ 00 ova > W N _j N W J J Q 0 ## DESCRIPTION I DATE DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SKEET TITLE: BACK OF HOUSE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER: 4 3 2 1 Ill I L I II 1 ll 1ZLL 4 I 3 , I. ! !! 11 , �. ■ .,• l! ! 11 ', 1_. t„a !1! I!l.� , •, � 11 ! , ,!. , 1 , ! , I! _ !L'_�. � _l: r1 _!'..1JL � ! I L. E c.� I B102 P 106 70 W105 2,-8„ / I DOOR / COAT / HOOK W105 o� \ \ \ vimo0 B102 LUQ co aU \ c2aXLU O Q 0 PAINT DOOR AND TRIM P106 PROTECTIVE / INSULATION WRAP AT WATER AND DRAIN LINES BELOW LAVATORY TOILET ROOM ELEVATIONS - TYPICAL V� / 1/2"=1'-0" wct wmoo 2: �0LULu = a. cQ Q AUTOMATIC HAND DRYER 2;I Ln Ln00 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER O MAC TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS V "f / 1 /2" = 1 '-0" 1-1/2" DIA. STAINLE STEEL GRAB BAR A A 1 GRAB BAR DETAIL A'* 1 3" = 1'-0" SEAT COVER DISPENSER (V 20 GA. TRACK SECURED TO STUDS (3) 14 X 2-1/2" TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL PHILLIPS ROUND -HEAD, SHEET METAL SCREWS PARTITION AS SPECIFIED 1 K X -v w U Q LL CD 'TU Mw U. w X P 106 FLUSH VALVE TO BE ON "OPEN" SIDE OF WATER CLOSET COMPARTMENT MIRROR WALL MOUNTED WATER LAVATORY CLOSET—n GRAB BtC�TE A 1) GC TO INSTALL WITH MOUNTING KIT # 252-30. 2) THE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH OF GRAB BARS SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS: (A) BENDING STRESS IN A GRAB BAR INDUCED BY THE MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF 250 LBF (1112N) SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE STRESS FOR THE MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR. (B) SHEAR STRESS INDUCED IN A GRAB BAR BY THE APPLICATION OF 250 LBF (1112N) SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS FOR THE MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR. IF THE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR AND ITS MOUNTING BRACKET OR OTHER SUPPORT IS CONSIDERED TO BE FULLY RESTRAINED, THEN DIRECT AND TORSIONAL SHEAR STRESSES SHALL BE TOTALED FOR THE COMBINED SHEAR STRESS, WHICH SHALL NOT EXCEED THE ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS. (C) SHEAR FORCE INDUCED IN A FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICE FROM THE APPLICATION OF 250 LBF 0112N) SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE LATERAL LOAD OF EITHER THE FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICE OR THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE, WHICHEVER IS THE SMALLER ALLOWABLE LOAD. (D) TENSILE FORCE INDUCED IN A FASTENER BY A DIRECT TENSION FORCE OF 250 LBF (1112N) PLUS THE MAXIMUM MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF 250 LBF (1112N) SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE WITHDRAWAL LOAD BETWEEN THE FASTENER AND THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. (E) GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. 48"MIN. L CLEAR FLOOR S A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE o., LAVATORY DETAIL u A 1 /2" = 1'-o" ACCE� IBA E SIGNAGE ADA SIGN DESCRIPTION MODEL # SIGNAGE WINDOW / COUNTER DECAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY - SIZE 6" X 6" ADA-1006 "EXIT" - SIZE: 6" X 6"; W/ ADA/CBC BRAILLE ADA-1242' "EXIT ROUTE" - SIZE: 6" X 6"; W/ ADA/CBC BRAILLE ADA-1243 a WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE - ADA-1070 g 01 SIZE: 6" X 8" "WOMEN" WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM - WALL - SIZE: 6" X 8" ADA-1024 "MEN" WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM - WALL - SIZE: 6" X 8" ADA-1025 "ALL GENDER" WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM - WALL - SIZE: 8" X 8" ADA-1026bY "ALL GENDER" ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM-TACTILE BRAILLE -WALL-8"X9" ADA-1245 "WOMEN" ACCESSIBILE RESTROOM - DOOR - SIZE: 12" DIA. CIRCLE T24-1001 �b "MEN" ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM - DOOR - SIZE: 12" TRIANGLE T24-1000 A& "ALL GENDER" WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM - DOOR - 12" T24-1003 TRIANGLE / CIRCLE "ALL GENDER" WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM-DOOR -12' X 12" ADA-1251 G.0 IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ALL ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE. SIGNAGE TO BE ADA WHITE ON BLUE AVAILABLE FROM WWW.ADASIGNDEPOT.COM "NOT ALL USED AT THIS LOCATION .•Mobi'lee 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com A D C4 B COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION C INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION. UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT: ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE. SEE DETAIL B2/G002 rUZION RECESSED HAND DRYER 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM 30" X 48" CLR. SPACE 1MNV.FUZIONVE.COM MIRROR w z m z z owof �(n N Ncl O~ �-- ADA TRAP GUARD 8"MIN. 6"MAX. TOE CLEARANCE KNEE CLEARANCE B MOUNTING HEIGHTS EOT NERAL. 1. DISPENSERS THAT CONTROL DELIVERY OR THAT DO NOT PERMIT CONTINUOUS PAPER FLOW SHALL NOT BE USED. 2. INTERIOR SURFACES - TOILET ROOM FLOORS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, HARD, NON -ABSORBENT SURFACE, SUCH AS PORTLAND CEMENT, CONCRETE, CERAMIC TILE, OR OTHER APPROVED MATERIALS WHICH EXTEND UPWARD ONTO THE WALLS AT LEAST 5". 3. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES OR SINKS. 4. PROVIDE BLOCKING AT ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES. 1�CESStat21E5 1. FRAMES MIRROR: BOBRICK B-1652436 2. SEAT COVER DISPENSER: ITEM #420660 3. GRAB BAR: BOBRICK B06806 (36"L, 42"L, AND 18"L - WHEN REQUIRED) 4. AUTOMATIC HAND DRYER: EXCEL XL-SB WITH ADA RECESSED MOUNTING KIT 40502 5. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER: BOBRICK B-2888 6. DOOR COAT HOOK: BOBRICK B-6827 VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212880 � ' OF FAO LOUIS 100 4 'S�FRED ARG`r� 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: N a W G � Z a M W > M CI� J J J = U. v0co _ m J J G _ W J = 0 >- co > N W mt`N J J a DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: ENLARGED TOILET ROOM SHEET NUMBER: A401 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 I II 1 1 11 1 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 1/4" STEEL PLATE @ (2) 3/8" HARDENED STEEL EXISTING EACH CONNECTION "U" BOLTS @EACH CONN. DECK ABOVE CONTINUOUS TRACK TO MATCH WALL STUD CEILING JOIST PER METAL DEPTH. ANCHOR WITH (2) #10 SS TEK SCREWS FRAMING SCHEDULE BELOW TO CEILING JOIST OR (3) #10 FOR 8" STUDS @ 16" O.C. EXISTING #12-24 TEK MAX 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD. STRUCTURE SCREWS @ MAX TAPE, SAND, PREPARE FOR 16" O.C. FINISH PER SPECS. fn r- w I IJi a RIM JOIST > I co p #12-24 TEK SCREWS 3 5/8" X 18 GA. 'C' CHANNEL EXISTING BAR @ EACH STUD. I TRACK ATTACHED TO STUDS, P1000 UNISTRUT @ 6'-0" CLG HEIGHT F CONDITION) O.C. ATTACH TO TOP FLOATING 1" BELOW ROOF JOIST (VERIFY AS NOTED I ( STRUCTURE IN DEEP'C' N I CHORD OF EXISTING BAR CHANNEL. JOIST (VERIFY CONDITION) AMICO EXPANDED METAL LONG LEG RUNNER TRACK 20 GA DEEP LEG TRACK WITH 2" CEILING ACOUSTICAL TILE SECURITY MESH I W! 2" MIN. VERT. SLOTTED FLANGE. (DEPTH TO MATCH I PROVIDE SINGLE HEAD HOLES ATTACHED TO VERTICAL STUD DEPTH) ATTACH I I TRACK AT SOFFIT STRUCTURE. TO STRUCTURE WITH (2) 0.205" DIA. 5/8" FIBER CEMENT PAF OR (2) #12-24 TEK SCREWS I I CONDITIONS, AND PROVIDE INVENTORY ROOM SIDERD ON @16" O.C. DEEP LEG SLIP TRACK WITH SUSPENDED I I I 1/2" GAP AT FULL HEIGHT 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD ACOUSTICAL I I WALLS TO STRUCTURE TILE CEILING, io WHERE OCCURS REFER TO A541 I I _ PARTITION AS SPECIFIED METAL STUDS AS SPECIFIED I I STANDARD TRACK WITH (1) METAL STUDS FRAMING I #8 WAFERHEAD SCREW IN Li PER FLOOR PLAN ( I EACH FLANGE OF EACH INVENTORY I I C4 INVENTORY ROOM PARTITION TO CEILING CONNECTION C2 ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE C� ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE FASTENERS: FOR WALLS TO 10'-0" - BRACE WITH 362S137-33 AT 48" O.C. MAX. ALTERNATE AT PLYWOOD FLOOR (MIN. 3/4" CDX): DIRECTION OF BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL WHERE POSSIBLE. PROVIDE (2) NO. 8 X 3/4" WOOD SCREWS AT 24" O.C. MAX. STAGGERED FOR (1) LAYER GYP. BD. EACH SIDE, 16" O.C. MAX. STAGGERED FOR (2) LAYERS GYP. BD. EACH SIDE. FOR WALLS TO 15'-0" -BRACE WITH DOUBLED 362S137-33 AT 48" O.C. MAX. /4 EXISTING ROOF DECK VERIFY AT CIP CONCRETE FLOOR: ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL. FASTEN EXACT CONDITION IN FIELD. PROVIDE HILTI X-DNI .145" O X 1" EMBED (POWDER -ACTUATED FASTENERS PER ES REPORT DOUBLED STUDS TOGETHER WITH NO. 8 SCREWS AT 24" O.C. MAX. AT SINGLE BRACE -FASTEN UNISTRUT P5000 HS @ 6'-0" O.C. AFFIX ESR-1663) AT 24" O.C. MAX. STAGGERED FOR (1) LAYER GYP. BD. EACH SIDE, 16" O.C. MAX. ANGLE TO BRACE WITH (3) 3-5/8" X 20 GA. MET. STUD TO TOP CHORD OF TRUSS W/ UNISTRUT STAGGERED FOR (2) LAYERS GYP. BD. EACH SIDE. BEAM CLAMPS AT EACH END. NO. 8 SCREWS. SECTION ATTACHED TO AT POST -TENSIONED CONCRETE FLOOR: � UNISTRUT WITH (3) #10 PROVIDE HILTI X-DNI .1450 X 3/4" EMBED (POWER -ACTUATED FASTENERS PER ES REPORT AT DOUBLE BRACE - SCREWS ESR-1663 AT 24" O.C. MAX. STAGGERED FOR 1 LAYER GYP. BD. EACH SIDE, 16" O.C. MAX. B1 FASTEN DOUBLE BRACE TO O Y BEAM CLAMP STAGGERED FOR (2) LAYERS GYP. BD. EACH SIDE. B ��l _ �� J - o BOTH ANGLES WITH (6) NO. 8 SCREWS THROUGH 00 BRACE AND BOTH ANGLES i METAL STUDS FINISH MATERIALS VARY (PER ES REPORT 4943P), (MAX. WEIGHT EQUAL TO / 3" X 3" X 3" ANGLE 20 GA. Q i MAX. HEIGHT 20'-0". (2) LAYERS GYP. BD. EACH + +\ MIN.), FASTENED TO TRACK ` SIDE PLUS APPLIED AND BRACE PER DETAIL'B' FINISHES ± ♦ a CHANNEL O�� (3) #10 TEK SCREWS. NUT AT SINGLE BRACE - FASTEN ` ` EA. CONN. AT ALL ACOUSTICAL I I ANGLE TO TRACK WITH (4) \ \ PARTITIONS PARTITIONS FINISH MATERIALS VARY � � ( I I 20 GA. MIN. TRACK NO. 8 SCREWS CONT 20 GA BOTTOM TRACKWEIGHT EQUAL TO 2 0 CONTAINING ACOUSTICAL (MAX.( () i I (PER ES REPORT � INSULATION), APPLY A WITH HILTI' X-U SHOT PIN LAYERS GYP. BD. EACH SIDE o WITH 1 1!4" EMBEDMENT AT I I ESR-1042) o AT DOUBLE BRACE -FASTEN FILLET OF ACOUSTICAL PLUS APPLIED FINISHES) I I 9 N (2) ANGLES TO TRACK WITH I �� SEALANT AT BOTTOM BOTTOM TRACK TO SECURE i I J J CORNER OF TRACK, EACH TRACK TO CONCRETE SLAB I I ANGLE 8 SCREWS AT EACH \ \ SIDE, PRIOR TO AT 24" O.C. (ICC ESR 2269) I I APPLICATION OF GYP. BD. (INSTALL PER METAL I METAL STUDS, CUT \ \ FRAMING MANUFACTURER'S I 1/2" SHORT FOR 1/2" EXISTING TRUSS BEYOND. INSTALLATION MANUAL) i i DEFLECTION VERIFY EXACT CONDITIONS. �\\ 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUD BRACING / I #10 SCREW CONNECTION A SECTION ACROSS PARTITION B SECTION ACROSS BRACING @ 48" O.C. CLIP AND BEND 20 GA. MIN. TRACK I L AT EACH STUD \ \ �\ �\ B4 PARTITION FLOOR CONNECTION TOP OF WALL BRACING DETAIL 61 ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE B3 3" = 1'-0" '� PARTITION TYPES I E ERA TES 2 �O�t�TR��TI�I� �?� �ART�T��D� C _ � L �� C1 ` B3 1. G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECTS IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR UNFORESEEN ITEMS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. IT] 2. MAINTAIN FIRE RESISTANCE RATING FOR ALL TENANT DEMISING WALLS. METAL " I I I 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM 3. PROVIDE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL WET LOCATIONS. (UTILITY SINK, STUD — I 5/8" TYPE "X" I 5/8" TYPE 'X I I KITCHENETTE, DRINKING FOUNTAIN, TOILET ROOM, ETC.) BRACING GYPSUM BOARD GYPSUM BOARD I I BOARD (REFERENCE 4. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR WALL FINISH INSTRUCTIONS. �-- CEILING JOIST I I III I I LAYERS UL CHART FOR io C4 20 GA METAL STUDS BOARD.) OF GYPSUM _ OR 25 GA 7" III I 20 GA METAL CHANNELS @ 16" O.C. I I I I1- SECURITY MESH UNDERSIDE DE OF DEOCK I I CAP TOP OF WALL CEILING AS � AS SPECIFIED I I I I 20 GA METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. CEILING AS SPECIFIED I I AS SPECIFIED INSULATION I I STUDS @ 16" O.C. AS SPECIFIED ( I AS SPECIFIED SPECIFIED I I I I I I I I III I I l r INSULATION EXISTING WALL I I I INSULATION AS SPECIFIED I CONSTRUCTION ONS RUCT ON AND/OR I I I I JLJ 11 I I I I AS SPECIFIED METAL STUD WIDTH As I I I I I a 0 SCHEDULED METAL STUD FINISH MATERIALS I I I I WIDTHEDUCED AS SPECIFIED I 5/8" TYPE "X" 5/8" TYPE "X" 5/8" TYPE "X" I 5/8" TYPE "X" Z I I I I GYPSUM BOARD I I GYPSUM BOARD GYPSUM BOARD L GYPSUM BOARD O= I 5/8" CEMENT SECURITY MESH TO I 5/8" CEMENT BOARD BOARD 12'-0" AFF SECURITY MESH TO SECURITY MESH TO PARTITION DESIGNATION 12'-0" AFF OR TO FINISH MATERIALS I 12'-0" AFF OR TO I AS SPECIFIED I I SECURITY MESH I 20 GA METAL STUDS @ CEILING IF IN INVENTORY ( CEILING IF IN INVENTORY 16" O.C. AS SPECIFIED THE PARTITION -TYPE DESIGNATION OR WALL -TYPE 20 GAMETAL STUDS @ B4 I I B4 I B4 I I B4 I I 118 GA METAL I I 16" O.C. AS SPECIFIED DESIGNATION IS A FOUR -UNIT CODE THAT INDICATES 1 2 3 4 STUDS @ 16 O.C. INSULATION AS THE CONFIGURATION, CONSTRUCTION AND AS SPECIFIED I I SPECIFIED I f INSULATION AS SPECIFIED INSULATION OF THE PARTITION AS FOLLOWS: INSULATION EXISTING WALL EXISTING WALL I EXISTING WALL 1. PARTITION TYPES — --- % I I I AS SPECIFIED I CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION t CONSTRUCTION 2. CONSTRUCTION OF PARTITION ♦ ♦ 3. STUD SIZING A B O O O O O O 4. INSULATION O O 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 7AL �R�#11�IR� a+�W��3'111LE SPAN STUD SIZE SSMA# 8'-8" MAX 3-5/8" X 20 GA 362S137-33 9'-5" MAX 3-5/8" X 1$ GA 362S137-43 10'-1" MAX 6" X 20 GA 600S137-33 10'-11" MAX 6" X 18 GA 600S137-43 16'-9" MAX 8" X 16 GA 800S162-54 FIRE RESISTANCE UL U-419 RATING LAYERS INSULATION 1 HOUR 1 LAYER OPTIONAL 2 HOUR 2 LAYERS OPTIONAL 3 HOUR 3 LAYERS OPTIONAL 4 HOUR 4 LAYERS OPTIONAL �TUU Slt�� TAG DESCRIPTION E EXISTING 1 1 5/8" METAL STUD 3 3 5/8" METAL STUD 6 6" METAL STUD Z 1" 25 GA. "Z" CHANNEL 4 # "INSULATION TAG DESCRIPTION A SOUND ATTENUATION BATT INSULATION T THERMAL BATT INSULATION R RIGID THERMAL INSULATION E EXISTING X NO INSULATION CAVITY FILL G GROUTED SOLID • 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK'UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 UBA. AS AMENDED JANUARV 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION. UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION. BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECTOF FLo rmUzioN i 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM VVWVV.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT N0: 21.11.212680 r4SIR A501 y CONSULTING ENGINEER: N Q W�� Z WPM Q M C� J J = J LL V W otS � mtiN � m IJ 00 N J J = = W J J a DATE: Februa 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: PARTITION DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: I I IlL 'lIDl L—' 1 I --_�1 II 1 1 _ —�----�-=L �. 4�.n I..'. -� !! n. ! !. _k" _. u. �,.:. _..1--=.__.. LI _1. _ ._iai__. ..------=---J. I ! I !! _ _iu! ! l!. l! 1_ I 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 U m PARTITION AS SPECIFIED B2} ��„ 3"-1'-0" INVENTORY PARTITION AS PARTITION E SPECIFIED SPECIFIED SECURITY MESH REFER TO C4 / A501 CONTINUOUS SEALANT TYP. c� WELDED HOLLOW METAL Z iv FRAME, 5 1/2" THROAT w ZU Ln �Z �u: O 1— DOOR AS SCHEDULED DOOR AS SCHEDULEC INVENTORY CONTINUOUS SEALANT TYP. SECURITY MESH PARTITION AS 2 DOOR AS SCHEDULED SPECIFIED N STEEL STUD JAMB ANCHOR (3 PER JAMB, MIN.) DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMBS AS SCHEDULED TYP. PARTITION AS WELDED HOLLOW METAL SPECIFIED FRAME, 5 1/2" THROAT. PAINT PER DOOR SCHEDULE. A2 INVENTORY JAMB DETAIL 3" = 1'-0" 4 I 3 2 ( B1 }3" ' - T1'-0� " CONTINUOUS SEALANT TYP. PARTITION AS SPECIFIED CONTINUOUS SEALANT TYP. HOLLOW METAL KNOCKDOWN FRAME PARTITION AS SPECIFIED 2„ DOOR AS SCHEDULED __ _._.:— — — — — — — — — — O NOTCH WOOD WALL BASE —' PARTITION AS AROUND DOOR JAMB IN SPECIFIED SALES AREA. CONTINUOUS BEAD OF CAULK AND PAINT FINISH, TYP. A TYPICAL JAMB DETAIL On 1 / 3"=1'-0" 1 -"—STEEL STUD JAMB ANCHOR (3 PER JAMB, MIN.) DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMBS AS SCHEDULED TYP. HOLLOW METAL KNOCKDOWN FRAME. PAINT PER DOOR SCHEDULE. T Mobl*le(D 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT: rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM VWWV.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 O F F� O W ;*\,oA LOUls R��✓ • �-y► ti, pO, �[tlao 4 /,- 'SHRED 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: N W a W � j z<m W > ch t) J J J = LL V 0 J mJ W J = 06 = 00 > N W -J N _!J J a c� DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: DOOR DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: �1— I _ I I I'.' I I I ! II 1i _I 'Nn 11 111 ! IIII, I_ I' I ---1-= — _. 4 I 3 I I I ! I I I I '._I I- F'R.' III III, 'r + 'u'I'- I I I I 'I If I A I I I I I I I'I - —_.. 7 ' 1 u -. I 2 I _ II 11.I I11 14 C+7 co I QI NEW BOH MONITOR LOCATION OF r CONVERGENT MEDIA PLAYER u u s ELECTRICAL OUTLETS NEW DATA LINE TO BE RAN TO PORT 31 ON SWITCH 3RACKET EC VIDE '0 SUPPORT 3RACKET MA � BACK OF HOUSE MONITOR MOUNTING DETAIL & "'r J 1/2"=V-0" VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR FIXTURE. 2'-4 7/8" 11.911 cV Cl) OD M N PLAN VIEW INSTALL SIMPSON STRONG -TIE OR HILTI EXISTING SLAB WEDGE ALL, NO EXCEPTION SECTION A A � BOTTOM FLOOR ANCHOR DETAIL t''1''f' / 1 1 /2"=1'-0" 1 n T co O o PARTITION AS SPECIFIED 16" O.C. G.G. TO PROVIDE 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD BLOCKING ATTACHED TO OUTSIDE OF PARTITION B3� OUTSIDE WALL BLOCKING DETAIL (PRODUCT BAYS 16" O.C. G.C. TO PROVIDE 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD BLOCKING ATTACHED TO NEW OR EXISTING STUDS A3� IN WALL BLOCKING DETAIL (FASTLANE BAYS, MONITORS, GRAB BARS, ETC. W TYPICAL PRODUCT BAY FIXTURE BLOCKING B2 f 1"=1'-0" A2 TYPICAL FASTLANE FIXTURE IN WALL BLOCKING TUD ON I,NE BAYS T Mobl*le" 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF N U OUS THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH 3" PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS )OD MMAY RESULT ONETARY IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, ANDIOR :ING DED BY ARCHITECT: roUZION, 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE VUOUS SUITE 103 ;I, SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 )OD DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM ;ING VWWV.FUZIONVE.COM DED BY VENDOR PROJECT NO. 21.11.212680 .OF PLO l `��,NPM Louis ��,�✓ • 1-g 1 ,• FD 02/10/2022 VUOUS 31� )OD .ING DED BY VUOUS I,1 )OD .ING DED BY CONSULTING ENGINEER: N W Q W Z M W > V J 'j J = U. V J — m J ❑ J — LLI J � -J N m J ..I Q DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: FIXTURE BLOCKING DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: 4 3 E A521 I-- I 11 1 1. 111 I - 4 I 3 I 2 ml STANDARDS: KNAPE & VOGT 87 ANO 36 BRACKETS: KNAPE & VOGT 187LL ANO 12 SCREWS: 87-10 WH 100 REFER TO MFR INSTRUCTIONS n n B3 - BLOCKING AS /REQUIRED. TYP. n n 3/4" X 12"D X 72" WHITE LAMINATE SHELVES (3) PROVIDE BLOCKING PER MFR SPECIFICATIONS. 1'-5" V-5" ----------------------------------------------------- DESK BY T-MOBILE oA� MANAGER'S DESK ELEVATION ELECTRICAL OUTLETS. SEE ELEC FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. N (V BASE AS SCHEDULED tom. tw. tc�t. tom. A3_A I 0< > V II II II z J V A3-B MICROWAVE � z 0 n L r D i i a V 3-0" 3'-0" HOLD w KITCHENETTE ELEVATION 7-7) 1"=1'-0" FROSTY WHITE LAMINATE CABINETS, EDGEBAND EXPOSED ENDS. r- DARK GRAY LAMINATE COUNTERTOP WITH INTEGRATED BACKSPLASH FROSTY WHITE LAMINATE CABINETS, EDGEBAND EXPOSED ENDS. BLOCK REQUI 5/8" WI UP TO SHELV CONTII SEALA REQUI PARTIl SPECif MANAGER'S DESK SECTION 1/4" ADJUSTABLE SHELF > MM HOLES @ 2" O.C. 'OR SHELF SUPPORT ;UT DOWN BASE IIS REQUIRED AT "OE KICKS 'v Al I I v I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PE PLAN 1 j WATER HEATER - SEE PLUMBING I I I I DRAWINGS I I I I I t 5/8" WR GYP BD ON I I I I TOP OF 3/4 FRT I I I I PLYWOOD I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 6" x 16 GA. METAL STUDS I I I I ATTACHED WITH #10 TEK I I I I SCREW&IM09AE FE--- - ---- ------ I I STUD. TYP. --- - ---- ---- I I- — — — — 5----- ------------ - - -- - - - - - I I I I I 5/8" WR I I GYP BD I I I - - I I -I ---------- I i I I STANDARDS: KNAPE & VOGT 87 ANO 24 1 BRACKETS: KNAPE & VOGT 187LL ANO 12 i I I I P 105 SCREWS: 87-10 WH 100tn REFER TO MFR INSTRUCTIONS I I - 3/4" X 12"D X 36" WHITE MELAMIN�Ej'j SHELVES (2) PROVIDE BLOCKINGPER MFR SPECIFICATIONS, I I I I I I MOP HOLDER T-0" A.F.F. PROVIDE j j I I W 103 BLOCKING AS REQUIRED I I I I c`' � I I I I 8 I I 1 ' 2" FRT. BLOCKING I. AS REQUIRED, INTERIOR SURFACES TYP. TO BE WHITE IVN. • MELAMINE FINISH 3/4" PLYWOOD ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ON RECESSED STANDARDS - I ; ALL EXPOSED SURFACES I I ON SHELVES TO BE I ; ; WHITE MELAMINE U.N.O. I lo WALL CABINET - ALL SURFACES TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE I I 4" STAINLESS I I I • STEEL WIRE PULL I I I P 105 I I SINGLE LEVER, SINGLE HOLE MOUNT I I SINK FAUCET. CONTINUOUS SEALANT AS REQUIRED I 5 1/2" DEEP ADA ACCESSIBLE SINK HOLE AND SINK I 2 111 PARTITION AS SPECIFIED - FLOORING AS SCHEDULED - MOP SINK ELEVATION 6dL 1 3/4"=l'-0" PARTITION AS I DARK GRAY LAMINATE OPEN AREA SPECIFIED I _ COUNTERTOP WITH BELOW SINK FOR I INTEGRATED ADA COMPLIANCE I I BACKSPLASH I 04 - FRT BLOCKING AS 4" STAINLESS STEEL REQUIRED, TYP. I ; ; WIRE PULL / I 3/4" PLYWOOD PARTITION AS I ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ON SPECIFIED RECESSED STANDARDS - ALL EXPOSED SURFACES I ON SHELVES TO BE I I I I WHITE MELAMINE U.N.O. I i., U i I ALL INTERIOR'11 I I PLASTIC LAMINATE ON 3/4" SURFACES OF PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE, TYP. Z I I CABINENT TO BE I I WHITE MELAMINE I I I RUBBER BASE ON 3/4" CPI ` I I "v P SUBSTRATE, TYP. BASE AS 6" MAX 10'I 8" MIN. PROTECTIVE INSULATION 3" FINISHED FLOOR SCHEDULED . WRAP AT WATER AND V-6" MIN. DRAIN LINES BELOW SINK A SECTION e SECTION SECTION :A:3 1KIToCHENETTE PARTITION AS SPECIFIED o v I I I I 17-7 FLOOR MOUNTED I I UTILITY SINK I 1 PER PLAN 6" x 16 GA. METAL STUDS ATTACHED WITH #10 TEK SCREWS. 2 MIN AT EACH STUD. TYP. BLOCKING AS REQUIRED - MOP HOLDER 3'-0" A.F.F. -0 PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED PARTITION AS SPECIFIED w 4 MOP SINK SECTION SECTION WATER HEATER - SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS 5/8" WR GYP BD ON TOP OF3/4 FRT PLYWOOD 5/8" WR GYP BD • SHELVES (2) BRACKETS (6) UTILITY SINK b T Mobl"leo 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S,C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM. ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT: ruzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM WWW.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 �o(�FFL_O,A tb •' GPM tours �,� ° • y D ARCS► 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER CV W Lu Z W � Lo M (.) J J = J LL vO — p�J W > m J Q CO N I` V� J � W N J J Q DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 04SIRi� CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: KITCHENETTE, MOP SINK AND MANAGERS DESK DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 4 3 9"L ILL F_: '9.'!1-].�'�.w _.I+r !�j!'9E L!.0 1L'.. 1.L!! L. �.!1.1 1.p :!I: IIIII ! !y II 1L I 1 2 1 1 ! 1 1 1 1 '! ! IF IL A m Ci 3 #12 WIRES AT EACH 5/8" FRT PLYWOOD #8 SCREWS AT 12" O.C. MAX: A SECTION DO NOT ATTACH TO METAL DECK OR BOTTOM CHORD OF TRUSSES. ATTACH TO EXISTING TOP CHORD OF TRUSSES PER CISCA 0-2 UNISTRUT SYSTEM OR TOP CHORD OF TRUSSES PENDANT FIXTURE BELOW 5/8" FRT PLYWOOD B PLAN BLOCKING AT PENDANT LIGHT V v / N.T.S. r �o B2 SUSPENDED - CEILING. FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION HANGER WIRE / PER DETAILS TIE TWO ADJACENT WALLS TO CEILING MAIN AND CROSS RUNNERS. SUSPENDED CEILING BRACING 12 GA. MIN. HANGER WIRES, RODS, OR FLATS - MAX. 4'-0" O.C. AND NO MORE THAN 6" FROM MAIN RUNNER ENDS - 1" MIN. FROM MASONRY OR CONCRETE WALLS FASTEN TO STEEL FRAMING, WOOD FRAMING, CONCRETE STRUCTURE, CONCRETE DECK, OR STEEL DECK PER ES REPORT ER-4071 (PARA 2.2.2.) OR PER CISCA 3-4 (FIGURES 2, 3, 4, AND 5) 2" X 2" SHEET METAL ANGLE 5/8" GYP. BD A PERIMETER SUPPORT GRID -TYPE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. COMPLY WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS OF IBC SECTION 2508. G.0 SHALL INSTALL SUSPENDED BOARD CEILINGS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ICC ESR 1289. t%q, INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING �✓L / USING GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM HANGER WIRE ALLOWABLE TENSION #12 170 lbs. 4'-0" OC MAX #10 300 lbs. 5'-0" OC MAX 45° MAX 45° MAX VERTICAL - 12 GA HANGER WIRE @ 4'-0" OC TO HILTI (CC27XZF37) CEILING CLIP & HANGER ASSEMBLY. ICC-ES# ESR-2184. 45° (3) TURNS MIN IN 1 1/2" (TYPICAL) 45° MAX MAIN RUNNERV_ v \ (4)-12 GA SPLAY WIRES NOTE: CROSS TEE SPLAYED 90° FROM EACH G.0 SHALL INSTALL ACOUSTIC OTHER AND 450 FROM CEILING TILE CEILING IN ACCORDANCE PLANE 12" OC EACH WAY AND WITH ICC ESR 1308, WITHIN 4'-0" OF EACH WALL SUSPENDED CLNG NON -SEISMIC 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING SHEET METAL SCREW, TYP. CENTERLINE OF METAL STUD BLOCKING ABOVE, TYP. - 18" X 18" FIBERGLASS DROP -IN DOOR PANEL ACCESS PANEL MANUFACTURED BY: INTEX FORMS INC, (510) 887-8000 18" x 18" GFRG FIBERGLASS ACCESS PANEL, 12"X12" GFRG FIBERGLASS ACCESS PANEL. NOTE: THIS ACCESS PANEL IS NOT TO BE USED IN FIRE -RATED LOCATIONS. V-6" ACCESS OPENING 24" ROUGH OPENING FILL, TAPE AND SAND SMOOTH AT JOINT BETWEEN FRAME AND DRYWALL, TYP. PUSH OUT ACCESS PANEL V 1 / N.T.S. • TRUSS JOIST HANGER WIRE NOT TO EXCEED 4'-0" 'SPLAY BRACE WIRE 8" (MAX) OR 1/4 LENGTH OF DIST TO FIRST MAIN CROSS TEE MAIN RUNNER SCHEDULED LAY 62 IN CEILING TILE -/ CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL STRUT SHALL PREVENT SPREADING OF WIRES — \ SUSPENDED CEILING BRACING ACCESS PANEL FRAME, BY MFR. (3) TURNS MIN IN 1 1/2" (TYP) AT TRUSS JOIST 3/4" T Mobi*leoD 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORM' UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT: r -uzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN c@FUZIONVE.COM WWW.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 OF* F( O �I! `�`,`PM LOlitg ��4i� • 9 tit loo D 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: N W Lu 0 r W > M VJJ LL V 0 J — Ln J 0 WJ2 obi = 0o CL > N W m�N J _J a DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: CEILING DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: 7� 111=1'-O" 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 L- I r_,; Ill , 11 1' I 111 1 ' 1 1 II 1 1 ri ifII ' 1_ II1 1 1 - I I I I I 1 11 I 1 1 1 1 1 L. 1 I1 11141 j"A.11111. L p,,M IL,11: ;._il' 1�.. 111 '11?--1-:. 1. ❑ , 11 1 1 C111 I I. '1 111 , I, L -- 1 --1 --- -- ,qz 1'� 1 a i t 0 ud�� .�I•i m 4 4 C3 RUBBER B3 WOOD 6" = 1'-0" 3 SEE MFR SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLOORING EXPANSION TYP. kSE E PARTITION AS SPECIFIED B 01 NOTCH BASE OVER EXISTING DOOR JAMBS, TYP. RUN / CONTINUOUS LINE OF CAULK AT JOINT AND PAINT P101 FINISH. v FRT. BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR FASTENING OF BASE TOP OF FLOORING SEE MFR SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLOORING EXPANSION TYP. SCHLUTER SCHIENE — (ITEM #E-60, 6MM) WITH STAINLESS STEEL FINISH - INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS LUXURY VINYL TILE - INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS I(oQ z o J zo- af OLu a u_ UIJ LL. Z O Q OIU Ow I Pa LUXURY VINYL TILE - INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS EXISTING SUBFLOOR LUXURY VINYL TILE TO LUXURYVINYL TILE V L J 6"=1'-0" SCHLUTER VINPRO- S — EDGE VPS60ATBG WITH BRUSHED NICKEL FINISH - INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS VCT - INSTALL WITH SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION DOOR - SEE PLAN LUXURY VINYL TILE - INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS EXISTING SUBFLOOR o,,�_VCT FLOORING TO LUXURY -VINYL TILE vL 16"=V-0" I 1 •�Mobi"leo 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com I DOOR IN CLOSED POSITION SEE COPYRIGHT NOTICE SCHEDULE THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SU13ECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND INTERIOR w EXTERIOR COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH U PROTECTION. UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS Q MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. I N = ARCHITECT: I O O mUZION THRESHOLD I Z FINISH: BLACK ANODIZED Z ALUMINUM I 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE u SUITE 103 WALK OFF MAT Z EXTERIOR SIDEWALK SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 INSTALL PER :2 TO REMAIN - MAINTAIN DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM MANUFACTURER'S I o EXISTING VAPOR WWVV.FUZIONVE.COM REQUIREMENTS BARRIER AND ANY EXISTING WATER EXISTING PROOFING SUBFLOOR I N VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 .OF F4 ap Laurs 5 0 4 r, � EXTERIOR SIDEWALK TO WALK OFF MAT 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: 1 I DOOR IN CLOSED POSITION SEE SCHEDULE EXTERIOR Lu INTERIOR Q I V O O � I EXTERIOR SIDEWALK � TO REMAIN - MAINTAIN z THRESHOLD I N EXISTING VAPOR Z FINISH: BLACK BARRIER AND ANY ANODIZED W EXISTING WATER Ou I ALUMINUM PROOFING Z I VCT - INSTALL PER Q MANUFACTURER'S o REQUIREMENTS Lu 0 r iv I EXISTING SUBFLOOR W > M C� J J U. V J — m J_ 5 LU j VCT TO EXTERIOR SIDEWALK o 0o = B 1 =1'-0° � N W mP...N J I J Q I IU) z za O� 0w a u_O 0 Z Q SCHLUTER SCHIENE OIU (ITEM #E-60, 6MM) WITH < a STAINLESS STEEL W FINISH - INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S g REQUIREMENTS CARPET AS SCHEDULED - INSTALL PER LUXURY VINYL TILE MANUFACTURER'S - INSTALL PER I REQUIREMENTS MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS EXISTING SUBFLOOR .. ... .-. ........_.._..�.- .................-..-....... ............ ....... .-...-.-........-.-.....-...-.____-._.._•_•-_ Ad � LUXURY VINYL TILE TO CARPET P1 1 / 6"=V-0" 3 I 2 I 1 DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: FLOORING AND BASE DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: 1 4 3 I 2 U Ill L /KING FINIS ► H w ,JE DUL TAG DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER PRODUCT STYLE COLOR SIZE FLAME SPREAD / SMOKE DEVELOPMENT FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY NOTES F207 WOOD LOOK LVT PLANKS MOHAWK GROUP HOT AND HEAVY SECOYA (C0009) 148 ATWELL MILL 9"W X 59"L PLANK, 5mm THICK CLASS A T-MOBILE G.C. MAIN SALES FLOORING F307 CONCRETE LOOK LVT TILES MOHAWK GROUP HOT AND HEAVY BOULDER CUSTOM COLOR GHALY GRAY 36" X 36" TILE, 5mm THICK CLASS A T-MOBILE G.C. WORKSHOP, RESTROOM FLOORING F403 VCT FLOORING -HALLWAY, BACK OF HOUSE, TELECOM ROOM, INVENTORY ARMSTRONG - IMPERIAL TEXTURE CHARCOAL 51915 12" X 12" X 1/8" CLASS A G.C. G.C. INSTALLATION: GLUE DOWN WITH MOHAWK ENPRESS ADHESIVE. MONOLITHIC F404 SHEET VINYL FLOORING ARMSTRONG - CONNECTION CORLON ANTHRACITE 88700 - CLASS A G.C. G.C. F407 CARPET TILES PATCRAFT CARPET TILE #A2394-0 24"X 24" TILE, .125" THICK - T-MOBILE G.C. FOH CARPET, CONFIRM FINISH WITH T-MOBILE PM F502 CARPET FLOORING -DISTRICT MANAGER OFFICE MOHAWK (BIGELOW) RECKLESS BT353 / QB353 LEATHER JACKET 999 24"X24" - T-MOBILE G.C. COLOSTRAND SD NYLON FIBER TYPE, TUFTED CONSTRUCTION, SOLUTION YED, SENTRY PLUS PROTECTIVE TREATMENT F905 WALK -OFF MAT - SALES AREA MOHAWK GROUP STEP UP II GT311 MODULAR OBSIDIAN 989 24"X24" CLASS 1 T-MOBILE G.C. INSTALLATION: GLUE DOWN WITH MOHAWK ENPRESS ADHESIVE. MONOLITHIC. CONCRETE LOOK CERAMIC TILE - MALL LOCATIONS LANDMARK CERAMICS ATTITUDE DARK GRAY 24" X 24" GROUT: MAIPEI - 09 GRAY. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WOOD LOOK CERAMIC TILE - MALL LOCATIONS LANDMARK CERAMICS TRUE ELEGANT WALNUT 8" X 40" GROUT: MAIPEI - 47 CHARCOAL. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ;.. PA d■1�ARrirPw IIOF� NT NI V 0 L FLAME SPREAD / TAG DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER COLOR FINISH SMOKE FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY NOTES DEVELOPMENT P103 PAINT - ACCENT WALL BENJAMIN MOORE & COMPANY PEONY 2079-30 WALLS: EGGSHELL CLASS A G.C. G.C. WALLS: EGGSHELL P105 WHITE PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE & COMPANY SIMPLY WHITE 2143-70 CEILING: FLAT CLASS A G.C. G.C. DOOR AND FRAMES: SEMI -GLOSS RESTROOM: SATIN P106 MEDIUM GRAY PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE & COMPANY RAIN STORM CSP-50 WALLS: EGGSHELL CLASS A G.C. G.C. CEILING: FLAT DOOR AND FRAMES: SEMI -GLOSS P107 DARK GREY PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE & COMPANY WITCHING HOUR 2120-30 DRYWALL FINISH CLASS A G.C. G.C. GENERAL CEILING W103 FIBRE -REINFORCED PLASTIC (WHITE) FORMICA MISSION WHITE - 933 HARDSTOP - G.C. G.C. HARDSTOP DECORATIVE PROTECTION PANELS; 120" L X 48" H; WITH CLEAR ANODIZED TOP TRIP (OWNER TO PROVIDE) W104 FIBRE -REINFORCED PLASTIC (GRAY) FORMICA FOG - 961 HARDSTOP - G.C. G.C. HARDSTOP DECORATIVE PROTECTION PANELS; 120" L X 48" H; WITH CLEAR ANODIZED TOP TRIP (OWNER TO PROVIDE) W105 FIRBE -REINFORCED PLASTIC - RESTROOM WALL TILE PANEL MARLITE SMARTSEAM SYMMETRIX SYM SS916 G63-R1 WHITE/BLACK SUBWAY, FINISH: SS916 - G.C. G.C. INTERLOCKING PANELS WITH STAINLESS TRIM CAP W203 CORNER GUARD - FRONT OF HOUSE TRIAD L-ANGLE HOT ROLLED STEEL CLEAR COAT - VENDOR VENDOR 1.25" X 1.25" X 48"H; FRONT OF HOUSE CORNER GUARDS W204 CORNER GUARD - BACK OF HOUSE WALLGUARD STAINLESS STEEL DEFENDER SERIES 2330.1; 2" WINGS - G.C. G.C. 90 DEGREE, 16 GA; 2" X 2" X 48"H; BACK OF HOUSE CORNER GUARDS - INSTALLATION: MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE, MOUNTED ABOVE WALL BASE. W301 SECURITY FILM - CLEAR LLUMAR SCL SR PS7 .77" FILM THICKNESS T-MOBILE T-MOBILE TENSILE STRENGTH = 31050 PSI W302 WINDOW FILM - OPAQUE AVERY DENNISON SC 900 OPAQUE SUPER CAST SERIES G.C. G.C. APPLIED TO INTERIOR SIDE FOR GLAZING W303 WINDOW FILM - CLEAR MADICO CLEAR 6 MIL, 1500 GRAFFITI FREE T-MOBILE T-MOBILE TENSILE STRENGTH 32,000 PSI. BREAK STRENGTH 450 POUNDS PER INCH W304 WINDOW FILM - CLEAR MADICO CLEAR .004" THICK, CL400-XSR T-MOBILE T-MOBILE TENSILE STRENGTH 25,000 PSI AcElUN FINISKSCHEDULmob , FLAME SPREAD / TAG DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER PRODUCT STYLE COLOR SIZE SMOKE FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY NOTES DEVELOPMENT FINE FISSURED SECOND FINE FISSURED SECOND C101 LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM - BACK OF HOUSE ARMSTRONG LOOK 1761C LOOK, ANGLED TEGULAR WHITE 24" X 48" CLASS A G.C. G.C. ARMSTRONG PRELUDE XL 15/16" TEE GRID. 15/16" C102 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM - BACK OF HOUSE - REMODEL ONLY ARMSTRONG ARMATUFF 860 SQUARE LAY -IN - 24" X 48" CLASS A G.C. G.C. 16/16" TEE GRID. C103 LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM - SALES AREA ARMSTRONG MESA 681 ANGLED TEGULAR 15/16" WHITE 24" X 24" CLASS A G.C. G.C. ARMSTRONG PRELUDE XL 15/16" TEE GRID. C104 CEILING TILE FOR SMOKE EVACUATION - SALES AREA ARMSTRONG METALWORKS MESH WELDED WIRE 10ELL #6415AM WHITE 24" X 24" CLASS A G.C. G.C. C105 LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM - SALES AREA, HALLWAYNESTIBULE ARMSTRONG FINE FISSURED SQUARE LAY -IN PRELUDE XL 1728BL BLACK 24" X 24" CLASS A G.C. G.C. ARMSTRONG PRELUDE XL 15/16" TEE GRID IN COLOR TECH BLACK BFA1 CEILING BAFFLE - SALES AREA FIXTURE VENDOR ACCOUSTIC BAFFLES 2" THICK ACCOUSTIC BAFFLES WALNUT 2" THICK, 2' / 4' / 8' LENGTHS CUSTOM FINISH: QUARTERED CUT, NI-000 CLEAR WITH 10' SHEEN Mobi'le" 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT FU ION 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM VWWV.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 OFF C O R P i NPM LOUlS Fa4e 9 �c 10 'SrFRFn 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: N W a � Q r Lo W > M V J J ,J u- UOJ — m J � J — � Q � 06 0 _ 00 � N W _J ti N m _J J a C7 DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: FINISH SCHEDULE SHEET NUMBER: 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 4 I 3 --- I _.I--L-'- -—L---__ L---__--_---- -- .I -- --_ - — 1-1--A- 2 1 l T I , I 1 , . u ml , , ., , , CIF E E D DOOR FRAME DETAILS DOOR # DESCRIPTION 1 FIRE RATING HARDWARE FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY NOTES SIZE TYPE MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL FINISH SILL JAMB HEAD 1 (E) EXTERIOR ENTRY T-0" X T-0" X 1 3/4" V.I.F. B ALUMINUM / GLASS MFR ALUMINUM FMR A1/A561 _ _ Al, A2, A3, A4,A5, Cl, G3, (E) (E) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 29, 30, 31 2 (E) EXTERIOR ENTRY T-0" X T-0" X 1 3/4" V.I.F. B ALUMINUM / GLASS MFR ALUMINUM FMR A1/A561 _ _ - Al, A2, A3, A4, A5, Cl, G3, (E) (E) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 29, 30, 31 L1 3 (E) REAR/SERVICE T-0" X T-0" X 1 3/4" V.I.F. A INSULATED METAL P105 / MFR HOLLOW METAL P105 / MFR - - - - A6, C2, El, H1 (E) (E) 5, 6, 7, 8, 8, 10, 31 HOLLOW METAL 4 BACK OF HOUSE T-0" X T-0" X 1 3/4" A HOLLOW METAL P105 KNOCK DOWN P105 62/A561 A1/A511 B1/A511 - A8, A9, C3, E3, G1, H1 G.C. G.C. 7, 21, 32 5 INVENTORY ROOM T-0" X T-0" X 1 3/4" A HOLLOW METAL 16 GAUGE MFR HOLLOW KNOCK DOWN MFR - A2/A511 B2/A511 - A8, A9, C3, E2, G 1, H 1, H2, G.C. G.C. 10, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 L5 6 TOILET ROOM T-0" X T-0" X 1 3/4" A HOLLOW METAL P105IP106 HOLLOW METAL KNOCK DOWN P105/P106 - A1/A511 B1/A511 - A8, A9, C3, G2, H1, L6 G.C. G.C. 7, 20, 32 7 SECURITY SHUTTERS V.I.F. D CLEAR ANODIZED - - - - - - L2, L3 G.C. G.C. 11, 12, 13 u , ., D !� ;� L t�El� , s i ACCESSORIES CLOSERS SPECIALTY HARDWARE GASKETS HINGES LOCKSET Al PUSH/PULL BARS - ROCKWOOD BF 15847-1 A9 IVES 10 X 34 8400 KICK PLATE Cl LCN 6030 E1 SECURITECH TRIDENT, TEL-210S G1 IVES FS436 DOORSTOP H1 MCKINNEY TA2714 NRP 4.5 X 4.5 HINGE L1 INSTA-KEY MORTISE HOUSING WITH I/C CORE 7-PIN A2 INTERMEDIATE PIVOT - RIXSON #M19 - OFFSET A10 IVES #20 SILENCERS C2 LCN 5010 E2 SECURITECH 4850-MP POLICE LOCK, 4851-TT-BG-37 G2 IVES WS406 CCV DOORSTOP H2 HAGER 253** 4 1/2" WIDE PIVOT HINGE L2 QMI CYLINDER SILVER SHUTTER CURTAIN - LOCK OUTSIDE, INSTA KEY CYLINDER -LOCK A3 TOP PIVOT - RIXSON #180 - OFFSET All TOP PIVOT - RIXSON 340 C3 LCN 4000 SERIES E3 TRILOGY KEYPAD ACCESS CONTROL LOCK G3 DOOR SWEEP H3 HAGER BB1191 NRP HINGE L3 QMI CYLINDER SILVER SHUTTER CURTAIN - LOCK INSIDE -OUTSIDE, DL27001C/26D INSTA KEY CYLINDER -LOCK A4 BOTTOM PIVOT - RIXSON #147 - OFFSET Al2 CENTER HUNG PIVOT SET - RIXSON 370 C4 E4 DETEX ALARM CRASH BAR, V40xEB, EXIT ONLY G4 H4 BOTTOM PIVOT - RIXSON #147 - OFFSET L4 ARROW MLX01 SERIES PASSAGE LEVERSET GLASS STOREFRONT DOORS A5 NATIONAL GUARD US32D, US28, US15 FINISH A13 IVES U696 PEEP HOLE C5 E5 DETEX EAX-500, AUDIBLE ALARM USED IF CRASH G5 H5 L5 ARROW MLX82-SB26D306R21C I/C STOREROOM LEVERSET THRESHOLD BAR IS NOT AN OPTION. GIRL BRUSHED STAINLESS 48" EXTRA LENGTH RR ACCESS NTR L: TRILOGY - DL27001 /26D, & A6 NATIONAL GUARD MILL FINISH THRESHOLD A14 LADDER STYLE BACK-TO-BACK PULL C6 E6 SCHLAGE DOORBOLT OCCUPENCY INDICATOR B571- G6 H6 L6 ARROW MLX72 SERIES PRIVACY LEVERSET 626 A7 NATIONAL GUARD CRL8010ADJ THRESHOLD C7 E7 G7 H7 L7 ARROW MLX87-SB26D I/C CLASSROOM A8 IVES SR-64 SILENCERS C8 E8 G8 H8 L8 .................... .. . N�NrN NNrNrWN N w�wrBwr��wwrrwwrr��wirwpwNr�nrrrrr��r�r��rr�rNr�� wwwr�wNrw.�.a-� Nrrw�rrimp. - rrrwrTitl�iill rpr�rr�rwrw�irirrirNrwww�iww wrBN rrBrrrrN.NNN.NNrwrNr III NwNiir N�IwNwrww Nww r wwrwrlrwwNN��nrwr r wwrrwrrrNNrr rr ....NN. ■Nw wN■r w. rN.Nr r: :ri�■■■I■Ii�IN�QBI � .�� iPii�i wrww rrrr�rio ririirirwo r�iiiiNrrwNr �Ia�ilri wrwlrrwNwwrwNwwNNrrr N011 Lim, �,D 1. SIGNAGE BY G.C.; PROVIDE SIGNAGE ABOVE DOOR(S), SEE SHEET G002 2. POSTAL ADDRESS NUMBERS PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. 3. ADA PANIC HARDWARE TO BE INSTALLED ON INSIDE WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. 4. LOCKS SHALL BE KEY -OPERATED WITH INDICATOR TO BE READILY DISTINGUISHABLE AS LOCKED. 5. WEATHER STRIPPING AND SWEEPS TO BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED. 6. EXISTING DOOR - VERIFY EXISTING HARDWARE MEETS REQUIREMENTS OF, OR IS EQUAL TO SPECIFIED HARDWARE. REPLACE WITH SPECIFIED HARDWARE AS REQUIRED. 7. KICK PLATE TO BE PROVIDED ON PUSH SIDE. IF NOT, PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW KICK PLATE ON PUSH SIDE OF DOOR: IVES 8400 10"X2" LDW630. 8. VERIFY ALL EXISTING DOOR HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH CURRENT CODE. 9. HARDWARE PURCHASED AND INSTALLED BY G.C., DOOR PREP BY G.C.. 10. PROVIDE NON REMOVABLE PINS (NRP), PIANO TYPE HINGE OR GEARED HINGE (ROTON) AS APPROVED BY T-MOBILE ON IN -SWINGING DOOR. 11. ROLL DOWN SHUTTER SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT WHILE THE SPACE IS OCCUPIED. 12. SHUTTER SHALL REMAIN SECURED IN THE FULL OPEN POSITION DURING THE PERIOD OF OCCUPANCY BY THE GENERAL PUBLIC. 13. MAX SHUTTER SIZE: 160 SF OR 150" HIGH. 14. PROVIDE RISER AS REQUIRED FOR CARPET INSTALLATION. 15. PROVIDE LATCH GUARD USE "BG" GUARD PLATE. 16. PROVIDE 5 1/2" THROAT. 17. VERTICALLY STIFFED HOLLOW METAL DOOR RECOMMENDED FOR SECURITY AND EASE OF INSTALLATION. 18. LOCK HARDWARE PURCHASED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. THROUGH APPROVED VENDOR, SECURITY SOURCE. 19. MOUNT AT UPPER CORNER OF DOOR AND JAMB. 20. PROVIDE APPROPRIATE RESTROOM SIGNAGE, SEE SHEET G002 & A401. 21. LOCK HARDWARE PURCHASED AND INSTALLED BY SECURITY SOURCE (VENDOR), DOOR PREP BY G.C.. 22. ORDER 6" BOTTOM BAR WITH 60° BEVEL (ALTERNATE OPTION: 10" BOTTOM BAR), 7-PIN KEYED CYLINDERS (CONSTRUCTION CORES) WITH THUMBTURNS ON INSIDE, AND PATCH HINGES WITH DOOR. 23. PROVIDE LOUVRE VENT IN DOOR U.O.N. SEE MECHANICAL SHEETS. 24. G.C. TO PAINT 4 INCH "NO STORAGE" ON DOOR . 25. PROVIDE IC-7PIN MORTISE HOUSING AND INSTAKEY CORE. 26. TAMPER -PROOF PEEP HOLE AS REQUIRED - WIDE ANGLE SET AT 60" A.F.F. UL LISTED FOR 90 MINUTE FIRE DOOR. NO PEEP HOLES ON EXTERIOR DOORS. 27. SELF -LATCHING LOCK HARDWARE PURCHASED AND INSTALLED THROUGH SECURITY SOURCE (VENDOR) BY G.C.. DOOR PREP BY G.C.. 28, SUPPLY COMPLETE EXIT DEVICE PART NUMBER BASED ON DOOR SIZE AS REQUIRED. 36" DOOR = 36, NARROW STILE = NS, DOUBLE DOOR = 94. FOR NARROW STILE, ADD NARROW STILE KIT #101879-1. 29. BOTTOM RAIL TO BE 10" MINIMUM. 30. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INTERMEDIATE PIVOT FOR DOORS 8'-0" AND TALLER. 31. DO NOT PROVIDE HOLD OPEN DEVICE ON DOOR IF TACTILE SIGNAGE IS MOUNTED TO DOOR. 32. PAINT DOOR AND FRAME P101 ON SALES AREA SIDE ONLY C E I `L T S� A. HARDWARE FINISHES SHALL BE SATIN CHROME 626 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. ALL LOCKSETS AND LATCH SETS SHALL BE LEVER HANDLES C. VERIFY ALL EXISTING DOOR HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH CURRENT CODE. SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. VERIFY EXISTING DOOR HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES ARE INSTALLED BETWEEN 34" - 48" AFF, D. G.C. TO PURCHASE AND INSTALL CORES PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE FROM T-MOBILE'S VENDOR AT TIME OF STORE TURNOVER. E. AT EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN, VERIFY THAT EXISTING DOOR AND HARDWARE MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. REPLACE AS REQUIRED. F. DOORS WITH CLOSERS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. 5LBF MAXIMUM FORCE FOR OPENING DOOR 2. FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70°, DOOR SHALL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 INCHES FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE OF THE DOOR. G. DOORS/FRAMES SHALL BE'TIMELY" (OR EQUAL) FACTORY FINISH TO MATCH P101. H. LEVER SETS TO BE FALCON GRADE 1 WITH INTERCHANGEABLE CORES. T-SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL LEVER TO BE AVALON STYLE. I. SECURITECH TRIDENT EXIT DEVICES SUPPLIED BY LP NETWORK INC., DBA SECURITY SOURCE (888) 836-2137 J. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE, WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. THE UNLATCHING OF ANY EXIT DOOR SHALL NOT REQUIRE MORE THAN ONE OPERATION. INSTALL ALL PANIC HARDWARE PER PLANS. Mobi"le 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN, UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT: rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM WWW.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO. 21.11.212680 rv LOUsg �0 . I ti, I �• sr'�REu AR�� 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: N W LLJ Lo Z � M W J = LL V 0 J co 0 J J � J � a pGo d.a > N W mtiN J a 0 DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: DOOR SCHEDULE SHEET NUMBER: A A� DOOR -TYPES 4 I 3 2 I 1 4 3 I 2 1 U m ro x UR NCH L ENTITY NAME DESCRIPTION QUANTITY CONDITION MANUFACTURER MATERIAL POWER DATA PROVIDED BY INSTALLED BY PRODUCT NUMBER NOTES FF220 ENTRY FIXTURE 1 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR LAMINATE, BLACK SAND STEEL POWDER COAT YES NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FF221 PRODUCT TABLE 2 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR LAMINATE, EURO-PLY, BLACK SAND STEEL POWDER COAT YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FF309 DFW FREESTANDING BLACK 55" 2 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR POWDERCOATED BLACK SAND YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FF420 WORKSHOP TABLE 2 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR LAMINATE, EURO-PLY, BLACK SAND STEEL POWDER COAT YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FF421 WORKSHOP TABLE ADA 1 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR LAMINATE, EURO-PLY, BLACK SAND STEEL POWDER COAT YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FF501 A -FRAME SIGN 1 EXISTING TRIAD, FLEETWOOD, PREMIER, SYNSOR SILVER SINTRA BACKER NO NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FF620 WORKSHOP TALL STOOL 8 NEW SANDLER SEATING SHELL: BOOBLACK, FRAME: CUSTOM - RAL4010 NO NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FF621 WORKSHOP SMALL STOOL 2 NEW SANDLER SEATING SHELL: BOOBLACK, FRAME: CUSTOM RAL4010 NO NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FF623 SOFA 1 NEW OFFECCT COM MAHARAM ABACUS COLOR SILOUHETTE NO NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FF624 SOFA TABLE 2 NEW OFFECCT COLOR:BLACK NO NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FF625 POUF 2 NEW OFFECCT FABRIC: MAHARAM DIVINA MELANGE 460830.620 NO NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FF911 DFW 55" EXTERIOR MONITOR KIT 2 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR NO NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW115 BRAND FOCAL FIXTURE 1 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR CLEAR SMOKE (PANELS), BLACK SAND STEEL POWDER COAT FRAME YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW116 DISPLAY WALL - EMERGING PRODUCT 1 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR I - YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW121 PRODUCT BAY - POS LEFT, SMALL LIGHT BOX, RIGHT MONITOR 1 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR SABLE LAMINATE, CHARCOAL SOLID SURFACE, MAGENTA POWDER COAT YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW122 PRODUCT BAY - SMALL LIGHT BOX 1 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR SABLE LAMINATE, CHARCOAL SOLID SURFACE, MAGENTA POWDER COAT YES NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW123 PRODUCT BAY - LARGE LIGHT BOX 2 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR SABLE LAMINATE, CHARCOAL SOLID SURFACE, MAGENTA POWDER COAT YES NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW124 PRODUCT BAY - MONITOR 1 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR SABLE LAMINATE, CHARCOAL SOLID SURFACE, MAGENTA POWDER COAT YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW125 PRODUCT BAY - SMALL LIGHT BOX AND MONITOR 1 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR SABLE LAMINATE, CHARCOAL SOLID SURFACE, MAGENTA POWDER COAT YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW126 PRODUCT BAY - POS RIGHT, RIGHT SMALL LIGHT BOX, MONITOR 1 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR SABLE LAMINATE, CHARCOAL SOLID SURFACE, MAGENTA POWDER COAT YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW127 PRODUCT BAY - RIGHT SMALL LIGHT BOX 1 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR SABLE LAMINATE, CHARCOAL SOLID SURFACE, MAGENTA POWDER COAT YES NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW221 OPERATIONS SHELF 1 UPRIGHT 8 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR LAMINATE, EURO-PLY, BLACK SAND STEEL POWDER COAT YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW222 POS CABINET 1 UPRIGHT 2 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR LAMINATE, EURO-PLY, BLACK SAND STEEL POWDER COAT YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW223 Y-STACK 1 UPRIGHT 2 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR LAMINATE, EURO-PLY, BLACK SAND STEEL POWDER COAT YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW410 EMERGING PRODUCT 55" MONITOR BRACKET 1 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR NO NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW413 65" MONITOR BRACKET 1 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR NO NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW506 WALL GRAPHIC MEDIUM 1 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR ALUMINUM, BLACK NO NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW901 LARGE PEG CUBBY 3 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR LAMINATE, EURO-PLY, BLACK SAND STEEL POWDER COAT I T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW902 LIGHT BOX 3 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW903 SINGLE UPRIGHT 4 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR BLACK SAND STEEL POWDER COAT T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FW904 PRODUCT WALL CORNER 1 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR SABLE LAMINATE, CHARCOAL SOLID SURFACE NO NO T-MOBILEIT-MOBILE - - FW905 IFASTLANE WALL KIT 8 NEW FIXTURE VENDOR I I I IT -MOBILE IT -MOBILE - - - FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Q ENTITY NAME DESCRIPTION QUANTITY CONDITION MANUFACTURER MATERIAL POWER DATA PROVIDED -BY INSTALLED -BY PRODUCT -NUMBER NOTES EG101 MICROWAVE 1 NEW OFFICE DEPOT GRAY / SILVER YES NO T-MOBILE G.C. - - EG104 REFRIGERATOR 1 NEW OFFICE DEPOT FULL SIZE BLACK YES NO T-MOBILE G.C. - - EG106 WATER COOLER 1 NEW YES NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - EG107 FLOOR MOUNTED MOP SINK 1 NEW GC GC - - ES104 FIREKING INVENTORY SAFE 1 NEW FIRE KING NO NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - ES105 CASH SAFE 1 NEW FIRE KING NO NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - ET101 BLACK/ WHITE PRINTER 1 NEW XEROX YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - ET102 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER AND STAND 1 NEW XEROX YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - ET406 65" INTERIOR MONITOR 1 NEW SAMSUNG YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - ET410 50" BACK OF HOUSE MONITOR 1 EXISTING null YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - ET412 55" INTERIOR MONITOR 1 NEW SAMSUNG YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - ET413 55" EXTERIOR MONITOR 2 NEW SAMSUNG YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - ET414 22" INTERIOR MONITOR 4 NEW SAMSUNG YES YES T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FG101 BREAK TABLE 1 NEW OFFICE DEPOT GRAY COLOR NO NO T-MOBILE G.C. - - FG103 MANAGER'S DESK 1 NEW OFFICE DEPOT GRAY COLOR YES YES T-MOBILE G.C. - - FG201 BREAK TABLE CHAIR 4 NEW OFFICE DEPOT BLACK COLOR NO NO T-MOBILE G.C. - - FG203 MANAGER'S CHAIR 2 NEW OFFICE DEPOT BLACK COLOR NO NO T-MOBILE G.C. - - FG205 TRAINING CART 1 NEW OFFICE DEPOT GRAY COLOR NO YES T-MOBILE G.C. - - FG302 36" 4 DRAWER LATERAL FILE CABINET 1 NEW OFFICE DEPOT BLACK COLOR NO NO T-MOBILE G.C. - - FG304 SHELVING UNITS 4 NEW NO NO T-MOBILE T-MOBILE - - FG305 LOCKER 3 NEW IDIGILOCK INO INOIT-MOBILE IG.C. I - I- , GRA►HEDULE ENTITY NAME DESCRIPTION QUANTITY D13 BRAND FOCAL 1 D35 DIGITAL FRONT WINDOW - PRIMARY 1 D36 DIGITAL FRONT WINDOW - SECONDARY 1 M101 PRIORITY 1 3 M102 PRIORITY 2 3 M103 PRIORITY 3 3 M104 PRIORITY 4 3 M111 LEFT PRODUCT WALL END 1 M112 LEFT PRODUCT WALL MIDDLE 1 M113 OEM A PRIMARY 1 M114 OEM B SECONDARY 1 M115 OEM A PRIMARY 1 M116 OEM A SECONDARY 1 M117 RIGHT PRODUCT WALL MIDDLE 1 M118 RIGHT PRODUCT WALL END 1 M14 EMERGING PRODUCTS 1 M38 PRODUCT TABLE 2 M39 ENTRY FIXTURE 1 M45 BRAND FOCAL MONITOR 1 M50 A -Frame 1 M55 DFW GRAPHIC LARGE 2 M61 WALL GRAPHIC MEDIUM 1 Mobl*lee 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY ARCHITECT! rmU ION 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM VWVW.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21,11.212680 � ��\,\PS,A IOIId,S p�\�✓ �.9 .�\ Q ti, �FRED ARG�� 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER N W Lu Z W Q � r. Lo M C� J J = J LL v G W otS oq*a. JtiN m O m J V) J J _ = = J J a 00 DESCRIPTION DATE DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: FIXTURE, FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND GRAPHIC SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER: 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 1 1 L-L I I I 4 I I I I I__ _ IL 11 ll: __L _ I _ 3 111 C 1 I' l: t III IIT I"_ II IF 111 I 1 1 i t 11 1 I 'I 1 ! --- -__u. _. _--ILI_.._111 IL1--_j-.11. 2 1 I111 LII II 1111 UI ml ¢I D r r�► 011000 SUMMARY A. THIS SPECIFICATION IDENTIFIES REQUIREMENTS FOR SEVERAL PROJECTS, AND MAY CONTAIN ELEMENTS WHICH DO NOT APPLY TO THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT. REFER TO THE DRAWINGS TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE SPECIFIED ELEMENT APPLIES TO THIS PROJECT. B. COMPLY WITH CODES, ORDINANCES, RULES, REGULATION, ORDERS AND OTHER LEGAL REQUIREMENTS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES WHICH GOVERN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. C. DEFINITIONS: 1. LANDLORD: MALL DEVELOPER OR BUILDING OWNER. 2. T-MOBILE: T-MOBILE OR T-MOBILES REPRESENTATIVE (JLL), TENANT. 3. USE OF PREMISES: COORDINATE WITH T-MOBILE. 4. SPECIAL WORK REQUIREMENTS (INCLUDING ALLOWABLE TIMES FOR WORK): COORDINATE WITH T-MOBILE. 5. WORK PERFORMED BY T-MOBILE UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS (FOIO): COORDINATE WITH T-MOBILE. 6. T-MOBILE FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED (FOIC) ITEMS: COORDINATE WITH T-MOBILE. 7. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT: COORDINATE WITH T-MOBILE. 8. REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIS): RFIS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO T-MOBILE'S REPRESENTATIVE WHO WILL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT ON AN AS -NEEDED BASIS. 9. "PROVIDE" MEANS TO FURNISH, FABRICATE, DELIVER, INSTALL AND ERECT, AND CONNECT, INCLUDING ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, APPARATUS, APPURTENANCES AND EXPENSES NECESSARY TO COMPLETE IN PLACE, READY FOR OPERATION AND USE, UNDER THE TERMS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 10. "AS SHOWN", "AS DETAILED", "AS INDICATED" OR WORDS OF SIMILAR IMPORT MEAN AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 11. "APPROVED EQUAL", "OR EQUAL", "OR APPROVED EQUAL" MEANS AS APPROVED AND ACCEPTED BY THE ARCHITECT AS DEFINED IN SECTION 01600 OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. 12. "SHALL" IS MANDATORY, 013119 PROJECT MEETINGS A. PROJECT MEETINGS BETWEEN T-MOBILE AND CONTRACTOR WILL BE SCHEDULED BY T-MOBILE B. ARCHITECT'S ATTENDANCE WILL BE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST OF T-MOBILE'S REPRESENTATIVE. 014000 - PROJECT COORDINATION A. THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PROJECT COORDINATION. COORDINATE THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS IN CONJUNCTION WITH T-MOBILE'S CONTRACTORS AND VENDORS. B. PREPARE DETAILED SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS ON THE PROJECT AND MONITOR SCHEDULES AS WORK PROGRESSES. C. REPORT NON-COMPLIANCE TO ARCHITECT, WITH RECOMMENDATION TO REMEDY. D. MAINTAIN COST ACCOUNTING RECORDS FOR AUTHORIZED WORK PERFORMED, ACTUAL COSTS FOR LABOR AND MATERIALS, AND OTHER WORK REQUIRING ACCOUNTING RECORDS. E. REVIEW SUBCONTRACTOR'S REQUESTS FOR CHANGES AND FOR SUBSTITUTIONS; SUBMIT RECOMMENDATIONS TO T-MOBILE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER AND PROCESS CHANGE ORDERS. F. PERMITS AND FEES: VERIFY THAT SUBCONTRACTORS HAVE OBTAINED ALL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR INSPECTIONS AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES. G. INTERPRETATIONS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: CONSULT WITH ARCHITECT TO OBTAIN INTERPRETATIONS. ASSIST IN RESOLUTION OF QUESTIONS WHICH ARISE. TRANSMIT WRITTEN INTERPRETATIONS TO CONCERNED PARTIES. SECTION 014500 - QUALITY CONTROL A. STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH INDUSTRY TANDARDS EXCEPT WHEN MORE RESTRICTIVE TOLERANCES OR SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS INDICATE MORE RIGID STANDARDS OR MORE PRECISE WORKMANSHIP. B. PERFORM ALL WORK TO MEET OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, LAWS, REGULATIONS, SAFETY ORDERS, AND DIRECTIVES FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. C. PERFORM WORK WITH PERSONS QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE WORKMANSHIP OF SPECIFIED QU ALITY. D. INSTALL PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER / RECOMMENDATIONS. WHERE CONFLICT BETWEEN MANUFACTURER / RECOMMENDATIONS AND THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS IS DISCOVERED, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY, 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROL A. ALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING, ARE TO BE COORDINATED ENTIRELY WITH T-MOBILE. 1. TEMPORARY UTILITIES, INCLUDING ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING, HEATING AND VENTILATION, WATER AND TELEPHONE. 2. DUST CONTROL. 3. BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES. 4. SECURITY. 5. CONTRACTOR DESIGNATED AREAS, INCLUDING PARKING AND STORAGE. 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. SUBSTITUTIONS 1. SUBSTITUTIONS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED UNLESS APPROVED BY T-MOBILE. 2. ARCHITECT WILL DETERMINE ACCEPTABILITY OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION, AND WILL NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME IN WRITING. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED IF THEY ARE INDICATED OR IMPLIED ON SHOP DRAWINGS OR PROJECT DATA SUBMITTALS WITHOUT FORMAL WRITTEN REQUEST, OR IF ACCEPTANCE WILL REQUIRE SUBSTANTIAL REVISION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B. KEEP FINISHED SURFACES CLEAN AND UNMARRED UNTIL THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. C. PRODUCTS SHALL BE NEW, OF THE TYPE SPECIFIED, AND FURNISHED IN AMPLE QUANTITIES TO FACILITATE PROPER AND TIMELY EXECUTION OF THE WORK. 017329 CUTTING AND PATCHING A REPAIR EXISTING SURFACES AND CONSTRUCTION AS NECESSARY TO MAKE WORK COMPLETE, WITH ALL COMPONENTS MATCHING AND CONSISTENT. B. PROVIDE A SMOOTH, EVEN, AND INVISIBLE TRANSITION TO NEW CONSTRUCTION. C. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS IN WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING AND BY JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY. MAJOR PATCHING PROCEDURES SHALL BE REVIEWED WITH THE D. T-MOBILE AND THE BUILDING OWNER, PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. E. EXISTING SPRAYED FIREPROOFING WHERE OCCURS: PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING SPRAYED FIREPROOFING TO MATCH THE FIRE -RATING OF THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. HAND PATCH USING UL-APPROVED MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES. F. PATCHING OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS ON GRADE: IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 030133. G. X-RAY CONCRETE SLABS PRIOR TO ANY SAW -CUTTING FOR AREAS WITH POSSIBLE POST TENSIONED SLABS 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. AS -BUILT DOCUMENTS: RECORD DOCUMENTS, PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR, WHICH EXACTLY INDICATE "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS, WILL BE AS REQUIRED BY T-MOBILE AND LOCATED PER NOTES ON THE FLOOR PLAN SHEETS. B. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS WILL BE AS REQUIRED BY T-MOBILE. C. PROJECT CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING WARRANTY, GUARANTEES AND REQUEST FOR FINAL PAYMENT, WILL BE AS REQUIRED BY T-MOBILE. D r{ ISIr- 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. DEMOLISH IN AN ORDERLY AND CAREFUL MANNER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE WORK. WHERE DEMOLITION EXCEEDS THAT INDICATED, VERIFY SUCH DEMOLITION WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. B. PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. CONTACT THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO MODIFYING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS BEYOND THE EXTENT INDICATED. CEASE OPERATIONS AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF CONTINUED DEMOLITION OPERATIONS MIGHT ENDANGER THE EXISTING STRUCTURE. C. DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ALL CONDITIONS WHICH DIFFER SUBSTANTIALLY FROM THOSE INDICATED, SPECIFIED, OR EXPECTED. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IF PREVIOUSLY UNKNOWN OPERATIONAL, OR POTENTIALLY OPERATIONAL ELEMENTS, ARE UNCOVERED DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. PERFORM NO DEMOLITION IN SUCH AREAS, UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. D. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SHORING AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AGAINST MOVEMENT OR OVERLOAD DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS, UNTIL PERMANENT SUPPORTS ARE IN PLACE. E. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, TAKE POSSESSION OF MATERIALS BEING DEMOLISHED, AND IMMEDIATELY REMOVE FROM SITE. DO NOT OVERLOAD EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN WITH DEMOLISHED MATERIALS. F. CAREFULLY REMOVE, STORE, AND PROTECT ALL MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS TO BE REUSED. G. WHERE POSSIBLE WITHOUT DAMAGE, REMOVE, STORE, AND PROTECT EXISTING MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS NOT NOTED FOR REMOVAL, WHICH IF REMOVED, WOULD FACILITATE THE NEW CONSTRUCTION AND RECONDITIONING. H. CAREFULLY REMOVE, PROTECT, AND TURN OVER AS DIRECTED, MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS CLAIMED BY T-MOBILE FOR SALVAGE. PRIOR TO DEMOLITION, CONTACT THE T-MOBILE TO DETERMINE WHICH ITEMS WILL BE CLAIMED. I. WHERE CUT EDGES OF THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WILL BE VISIBLE IN THE COMPLETED WORK, CUT IN UNIFORM STRAIGHT LINES. CONCRETE AND MASONRY SHALL BE SAW CUT OR CORE DRILLED. J. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO T-MOBILE. K. UTILITY LINE DEMOLITION: 1. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. 2. ABANDONED UNDER -SLAB CONDUIT SHALL BE CUT OFF BELOW THE FINISHED SURFACE LINE, AND ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE REMOVED. PATCH AND FILL THE OPENING FLUSH WITH THE FINISH. 3. ABANDONED ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO THE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. ABANDONED CONDUIT WHICH IS EXPOSED AND READILY ACCESSIBLE L IL ACCESS LE SHALL BE REMOVED LEAVE ABANDONED CONDUIT WHICH IS CONCEALED IN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. 4. ABANDONED UNDER -SLAB PIPING SHALL BE REMOVED AND CUT OFF FLUSH WITH THE FLOOR LINE. PATCH FLUSH WITH THE FLOOR. 5. ABANDONED PIPING WHICH IS EXPOSED AND READILY ACCESSIBLE SHALL BE REMOVED. LEAVE ABANDONED PIPING WHICH IS CONCEALED IN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. CAP ALL EXPOSED ENDS. 6. INDICATE LOCATION OF DISCONNECTED UTILITIES ON THE PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01. L. LEAVE SITE IN A CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TO T-MOBILE AT ALL TIMES. REMOVE DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM SITE DAILY AS WORK PROGRESSES. DO NOT OVERLOAD EXISTING STRUCTURE WITH DEMOLISHED MATERIALS. M. REMOVAL OF BONDED FLOOR FINISHES: 1. SCRAPE, GRIND AND OTHERWISE REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISH AND BONDING MATERIALS AS NECESSARY TO RECEIVE NEW FLOOR FINISHES. 2. PREPARED SURFACE SHALL PRESENT A UNIFORM FLAT SURFACE READY TO RECEIVE THE NEW FLOOR FINISHES FREE OF TELEGRAPHING AND OTHER SURFACE IRREGULARITIES. 3. SLOPE SHALL NOT TO EXCEED 1/8" IN 10 FEET. THE FLOOR STRUCTURE MUST HAVE LESS THAN 1/64" PER FOOT DEFLECTION IN ORDER TO ACCEPT TENANT'S FLOOR FINISHES. 1. FILL EXCESSIVE VOIDS OR VARIATIONS GREATER THAN IN THE SUBFLOOR 1/8" IN 10" AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 03. 2. NEW FLOOR FINISHES SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED OVER EXISTING FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE. Dr� 1�r C 030133 CONCRETE SLAB PATCHING A. QUALITY ASSURANCE: PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 301, AS APPLICABLE. B. CONCRETE MATERIALS: 1. CEMENT: ASTM C150, NORMAL - TYPE 1 PORTLAND CEMENT; GRAY COLOR. 2. NORMAL WEIGHT FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATES: ASTM C33 3. ACCELERATOR: ASTM C 494, TYPE CORE, NON -CORROSIVE, NON -CHLORIDE. C. CONCRETE MIX: IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C94, MINIMUM 3000 PSI 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH. D. REINFORCING: 1. REINFORCING STEEL: ASTM C615, GRADE 40, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 2. CHAIRS, BOLSTERS, BAR SUPPORTS, AND SPACERS: SIZED AND SHAPED FOR STRENGTH AND SUPPORT OF REINFORCEMENT DURING INSTALLATION AND PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. 3. FABRICATE AS INDICATED AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 315. 4. DOWEL INTO EXISTING SLAB AT MINIMUM 18 INCHES ON CENTER BUT IN NOT LESS THAN 2 PLACES ALONG LONG SIDE OF CONCRETE PATCH AREA. DOWEL INTO EXISTING SLAB AT MINIMUM 18 INCHES ON CENTER BUT IN NOT LESS THAN 2 PLACES ALONG LONG SIDE OF CONCRETE PATCH AREA. EPDXY -COATED REINFORCING BARS: ASTM A 775/A 775M, EPDXY COATED, WITH LESS THAN 2 PERCENT DAMAGED COATING IN EACH 12-INCH (300-MM) BAR LENGTH. 4.1. EPDXY BONDING ADHESIVE: ASTM C 881, TWO -COMPONENT EPDXY RESIN, CAPABLE OF HUMID CURING AND BONDING TO DAMP SURFACES, OF CLASS SUITABLE FOR APPLICATION TEMPERATURE AND OF GRADE TO SUIT REQUIREMENTS, AND FOR BONDING HARDENED OR FRESHLY MIXED CONCRETE TO HARDENED CONCRETE. 4.2. PRODUCT: HILTI HIT-HY 200 EPDXY. INSTALL PER ICC-ES-3187 5. PLACE, SUPPORT, AND SECURE REINFORCEMENT AGAINST DISPLACEMENT. 6. LOCATE REINFORCING SPLICES NOT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AT POINTS OF MINIMUM STRESS. E. PLACEMENT: 1. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR INSTALLATION AND BEDDING OF UTILITIES. 2. ENSURE THAT BELOW GRADE CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE IN THE SLAB AREA TO BE PATCHED. 3. REPLACE EXISTING SUBGRADE MATERIALS TO MATCH EXISTING. REPLACE AND MAKE CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIERS AND OTHER SIMILAR CONSTRUCTION DISTURBED OR DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. 4. RECOMPACT EXISTING SUBGRADE TO 95 PERCENT OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY AS DETERMINED BY ASTM D1557. 5. PATCH SLAB WITH CONCRETE HAVING A MINIMUM 28-DAY STRENGTH OF 3000 PSI; MAXIMUM WATER/CEMENT RATIO OF 0.40. USE SUPERPLASTICIZER ADMIXTURE AS NECESSARY FOR WORKABILITY. 6. FINISH CONCRETE TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. F. CURING: MOISTURE CURE CONCRETE FOR A MINIMUM OF 7 DAYS, UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE. G. SEALING AND HARDENING CONCRETE FLOORS. 1. MANUFACTURERS a. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: CURECRETE DISTRIBUTION, INC; 1203 WEST SPRING CREEK PLACE, SPRINGVILLE, UT 84663. ASD. TEL (800) 998-5664, FAX (801) 489-3307, EMAIL: TECHSUPPORT@ASHFORDFORMULA.COM, WWW.ASHFORDFORMULA.COM 2. MATERIALS a. CURE -SEAL -HARDENER: ASHFORD FORMULA; WATER -BASED CHEMICALLY -REACTIVE PENETRATING SEALER AND HARDENER, THAT SEALS BY DENSIFYING CONCRETE SO THAT WATER MOLECULES CANNOT PASS THROUGH BUT AIR AND WATER VAPOR CAN, WHILE ALLOWING CONCRETE TO ACHIEVE FULL COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, MINIMIZING SURFACE CRAZING, AND ELIMINATING DUSTING. a.a. COLORLESS, TRANSPARENT, ODORLESS, NON -TOXIC, NON-FLAMMABLE. a.b. CONTAINING NO SOLVENTS OR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. a.c. ALLOWING TRAFFIC ON FLOORS WITHIN 2 TO 3 HOURS, WHICH CHEMICAL PROCESS COMPLETE WITH 3 MONTHS. a.d. NO CHANGE TO SURFACE APPEARANCE EXCEPT A SHEEN DEVELOPED DUE TO TRAFFIC AND CLEANING. VI , D O 3 r ONCR E CoT. 3. WATER: CLEAN, POTABLE 4. PREPARATION A. CLEAN SURFACES THOROUGHLY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. B. PREPARE SURFACES USING THE METHODS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR ACHIEVING THE BEST RESULT FOR THE SUBSTRATE UNDER THE PROJECT CONDITIONS. 5. INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. PREVENT DAMAGE TO AND SOILING OF ADJACENT WORK. C. NEW CONCRETE: APPLY CURE -SEAL -HARDENER TO NEW CONCRETE AS SOON AS THE CONCRETE IS FIRM ENOUGH TO WORK ON AFTER TOWELING, EXCEPT ON COLORED CONCRETE WAIT MINIMUM OF 30 DAYS. D. SPRAY ON AT RATE OF 200 SQUARE FEET PER GALLON E. KEEP SURFACES WET WITH CURE -SEAL HARDENER FOR MINIMUM SOAK -IN PERIOD OF 30 MINUTES WITHOUT ALLOWING DRYING OUT OR BECOMING SLIPPERY. IN HOT WEATHER, SLIPPERINESS MAY APPEAR BEFORE THE 30 MINUTE TIME PERIOD HAS ELAPSED. IF THAT OCCURS, APPLY MORE CURE -SEAL -HARDENER AS REQUIRED TO KEEP ENTIRE SURFACE IN A NON -SLIPPERY STATE FOR THE FIRST 15 MINUTES. FOR THE REMAINING 15 MINUTES, MIST THE SURFACE AS NEEDED WITH WATER TO KEEP THE MATERIAL IN A NON -SLIPPERY STATE. F. AFTER THIS PERIOD, WHEN TREATED SURFACE BECOMES SLIPPERY, LIGHTLY MIST WITH WATER UNTIL SLIPPERINESS DISAPPEARS. G. WAIT FOR THE SURFACE TO BECOME SLIPPERY AGAIN AND THEN FLUSH ENTIRE SURFACE WITH WATER REMOVING ALL RESIDUE OF CURE -SEAL -HARDENER. H. SQUEEGEE SURFACE COMPLETELY DRY, FLUSHING ANY REMAINING SLIPPERY AREAS UNTIL NO RESIDUE REMAINS. I. WET VACUUM OR SCRUBBING MACHINES MAY BE USED TO REMOVE RESIDUE, PROVIDED MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ARE FOLLOWED. 035416 HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT A. SUMMARY: 1. CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENTS AS NECESSARY FOR LEVELING OF NEW OR EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SUBSTRATES, AS NECESSARY TO MEET SPECIFIED TOLERANCES. 2. CEMENTITIOUS TOPPINGS AS NECESSARY FOR LEVELING NEW OR EXISTING SLABS AT LOCATIONS INDICATED TO RECEIVE CONCRETE SEALER ONLY. 3. RAMPS AND TAPERS AS NECESSARY TO ALIGN LEVELS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR FINISHES. B. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS" 1. MAINTAIN SURFACE AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF BETWEEN 50 AND 80 DEGREES F FOR 24 HOURS BEFORE, DURING, AND 24 HOURS AFTER UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION. 2. KEEP TRAFFIC OUT OF AREA IN WHICH UNDERLAYMENT IS BEING APPLIED OR CURED. C. SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT SYSTEM: SELF -LEVELING, POURABLE, CEMENT BASED MATERIAL, MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH 2,000 PSI; MINIMUM BOND STRENGTH 200 PSI; ONE OF THE FOLLOWING AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR CONDITIONS, OR APPROVED. 1. MAPEI CORPORATION "ULTRAPLAN 1 PLUS" OR "NOVOPLAN 2 PLUS." 2. ARDEX INC. "K-15" SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT CONCRETE 3. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL, INC. "LATICRETE 86 LATILEVEL THIN POUR UNDERLAYMENT." D. TROWELABLE UNDERLAYMENT SYSTEM: AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR CONDITIONS, OR APPROVED: 1. MAPEI CORPORATION "MAPACEM 100" OR "PLANITOP 11". 2. ARDEX INC. "SD-P" FAST -SETTING UNDERLAYMENT. 3. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL, INC. "LATICRETE 220 MEDIUM BED MORTAR" MIXED WITH "LATICRETE 3701 LATEX MORTAR ADMIX." E. CEMENTITIOUS TOPPINGS: FOR CONCRETE SURFACES AT LOCATIONS INDICATED TO RECEIVE CONCRETE SEALER OR NOT OTHERWISE COVERED BY FLOORING MATERIAL; ONE OF THE FOLLOWING OR APPROVED: 1. SELF -LEVELING TYPES: a. MAPEI CORPORATION "ULTRATOP" SELF -LEVELING ABRASION -RESISTANT TOPPING. b. ARDEX INC. "K-500" SELF -LEVELING CONCRETE TOPPING. 2. TROWELABLE TYPES: a. MAPEI CORPORATION "MARECEM 100" FAST -SETTING TOPPING MORTAR b. ARDEX INC. "CD" SELF -DRYING CONCRETE DRESSING. F. ACCESSORIES: FURNISH PRIMERS, PATCHING COMPOUNDS, AND SAND FILLERS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE UNDERLAYMENT MANUFACTURER FOR THE CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. G. PREPARATION: 1. THOROUGHLY MIX UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT IN PROPER PROPORTIONS TO ACHIEVE SMOOTH HOMOGENEOUS MIX, FREE OF LUMPS. 2. WITH THE EXCEPTION OF AREAS WHERE LEVELING CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED BY USE OF LATEX UNDERLAYMENT, AS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS, INSTALL CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT TO CONCRETE SLABS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AND AS NECESSARY TO LEVEL SLABS OR BRING SUBSTRATES TO PROPER ELEVATION. 3. INSPECT FLOOR TO VERIFY THAT DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE WORK MAY PROGRESS. 4. SURVEY FLOOR AS NECESSARY TO SET SCREEDS AND REFERENCE POINTS. IDENTIFY CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. PREPARE FOR UNDERLAYMENT AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE FLOOR DOES NOT MEET SPECIFIED TOLERANCE REQUIREMENTS. 5. ENSURE THAT SUBFLOOR IS CLEAN, DRY, HARD, SOUND, AND FREE OF OILS, OR OTHER SUBSTANCE THAT WOULD AFFECT PROPER BONDING AND CURING. 6. VERIFY THAT ALL AREAS TO BE LEVELED ARE AT OR BELOW FINAL DESIGN ELEVATION. GRIND DOWN HIGH SPOTS AS NECESSARY TO MEET SPECIFIED TOLERANCE REQUIREMENTS. 7. SET SCREEDS, MARKERS, AND REFERENCE BLOCKS. SET SCREEDS AT ALL CONSTRUCTION AND CONTROL JOINTS TO ESTABLISH WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS IN UNDERLAYMENT. 8. APPLY PRIMER TO ALL AREAS TO RECEIVE UNDERLAYMENT AND TOPPINGS; REPEAT APPLICATION IF NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE PROPER BUILD. H. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL TROWELABLE UNDERLAYMENT AT LOCATIONS WHERE SLOPES ARE INDICATED AND AT OTHER LOCATIONS WHERE TAPERED FILL IS NECESSARY TO ALIGN THE FINISHED SURFACES OF THE VARIOUS FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS. 2. INSTALL SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT AT EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB SURFACES TO CORRECT SLAB FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS. 3. PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS TOPPINGS AT LOCATIONS TO REMAIN EXPOSED IN THE FINISHED WORK. 4. INSTALL UNDERLAYMENTS AND TOPPINGS; FINISH TO A SMOOTH UNIFORM SURFACE. 5. CURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 6. TOLERANCES: VERY FLAT; LEVEL TO WITHIN 1/16" IN 40" I. CLEANING: AS WORK PROCEEDS, CLEAN UP EXCESS MATERIALS, RUBBISH, AND SPLASH. 054000 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING A. SUMMARY: 1. LIGHT GA STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL FRAMING AT EXTERIOR WALLS WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AND AT SOFFIT CONSTRUCTION SUPPORTING STOREFRONTS, DISPLAY WINDOWS, AND SIGNAGE ELEMENTS. 2. STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS NOT INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. B. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: 1. STRUCTURAL DESIGN: a. SIZE AND ARRANGE MEMBERS TO SUPPORT DEAD AND LIVE LOADS IN ACCORDANCE CODE REQUIREMENTS. b. DESIGN SYSTEM TO RESIST DEAD AND LIVE LOADS FROM WINDOWS, DISPLAY CASES, AWNINGS, AND OTHER ITEMS INDICATED TO BE SUPPORTED BY COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING. c. DESIGN SYSTEM TO RESIST 100 PERCENT OF THE DESIGN LOAD WITH A MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF U720. d. ANCHORAGES SHALL BE DESIGNED TO SIMULTANEOUSLY RESIST ALL VERTICAL AND LATERAL LOADS, WITH A SAFETY FACTOR OF 2. DtVr �C0 NT. 2. DESIGN SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE BUILDING DEFLECTION, DYNAMIC BUILDING MOVEMENT, AND TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS WITHOUT DAMAGE TO SYSTEM COMPONENTS. 3. CONFIGURATION: a. PROVIDE FRAMING OF DEPTH INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. b. WHERE STUD GA IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE STUDS OF INDICATED OR HEAVIER GA. c. WHERE STUD SPACING IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STUDS OR CLOSER SPACING AS NECESSARY TO MEET DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. d. IN ADDITION TO COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE LOADS IMPOSED. C. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. USE ONLY CERTIFIED WELDERS. 2. CALCULATE STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES OF FRAMING MEMBERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AISI "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD FORMED STEEL MEMBERS". 3. STRUCTURAL DESIGN: STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF THE FRAMING SYSTEM SHALL BE BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER LICENSED TO PRACTICE IN THE STATE WHERE THE PROJECT IS LOCATED. 4. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: a. FRAMING SYSTEM SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES. b. FURNISH ALL CALCULATIONS, ENGINEER'S STAMPS, DRAWINGS, AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRED BY THE CODE AUTHORITIES TO OBTAIN APPROVAL OF THE INSTALLATION. D. COMPONENTS: 1. COLD FORMED LIGHT -GA STEEL FRAMING: ASTM A653; TYPES AS INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS; G60 GALVANIZED COATING. 2. SCREWS: ASTM C954; SELF -DRILLING, SELF -TAPPING; PAN HEAD; GALVANIZED OR FLUOROPOLYMER COATED STEEL. 3. ZINC RICH TOUCH-UP PAINT: "GALV-WELD," "GALVICAN," "ZRC COLD GALVANIZED COMPOUND," OR APPROVED. E. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL LIGHT GA STRUCTURAL FRAMING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1007, UNLESS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. SCREW OR WELD EACH JOINT. WELDS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.3. 3. METAL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE SAW OR SHEAR CUT. NO TORCH CUTTING IS PERMITTED. 4. CONSTRUCT CORNERS WITH A MINIMUM OF 3 STUDS PER CORNER. 5. FRAME BOTH SIDES OF EXPANSION AND SEISMIC JOINTS. DO NOT BRIDGE JOINTS WITH SYSTEM COMPONENTS OR ACCESSORIES. 6. PROVIDE FRAMING AS REQUIRED TO FORM SOLID BACKING FOR ALL EDGES OF SHEATHING, AND TRIM ACCESSORIES. 7. TOLERANCES: a. PLUMBNESS: PLUMB WITHIN 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET. b. LOCATION: LOCATED WITHIN 1/4 INCH OF THE REQUIRED LOCATION. c. ALIGNMENT: STUD AND RUNNER FACES TO RECEIVE FINISH MATERIALS SHALL NOT VARY GREATER THAN 1/8 INCH FROM THE REQUIRED PLANE, WITH NO ABRUPT JOGS OR BREAKS IN PLANE. d. LEVEL: LEVEL WITHIN 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET. 8. ERECT STUDS IN ONE PIECE FULL LENGTH. SPLICING AND WIRE TYING OF FRAMING COMPONENTS SHALL NOT BE USED. 9. TOUCH-UP FIELD WELDS AND SCRATCHED OR DAMAGED GALVANIZING WITH ZINC RICH PAINT. 10. ATTACH CROSS STUDS OR FURRING CHANNELS TO STUDS FOR ATTACHMENT OF WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. 11. INSTALL FRAMING BETWEEN STUDS FOR ATTACHMENT OF ELECTRICAL BOXES AND OTHER MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS. F. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: 1. THE COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING DESIGN ENGINEER OR HIS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL VISIT THE SITE TO INSPECT THE WORK. VERIFY AND CERTIFY THAT FRAMING SIZES AND MATERIALS ARE AS REQUIRED, THAT CONNECTIONS ARE PROPERLY EXECUTED, AND THAT STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF MATERIALS HAS BEEN MAINTAINED. 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY A. DIMENSION LUMBER: 1. LUMBER SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PS 20, AND SHALL BE STAMPED AND GRADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPIB, WWPA, WCLIB, OR NLGA GRADING RULES. 2. MOISTURE CONTENT: KILN DRIED TO 19% MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT, EXCEPT FOR MATERIAL WHOSE LEAST DIMENSION IS 4 INCHES THICK OR GREATER. 3. SPECIES: SOUTHERN PINE, HEM -FIR, SPRUCE -PINE -FIR (SPF), OR DOUGLAS FIR LARCH, UNLESS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 4. ARCHITECTURAL LUMBER GRADES: UNEXPOSED NON-STRUCTURAL WOOD FRAMING AND BLOCKING INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE GRADED AS FOLLOWS: a. BLOCKING AND NAILERS: "UTILITY - LIGHT FRAMING," OR BETTER. B. PANEL MATERIALS: 1. MISCELLANEOUS SHEATHING: APA RATED SHEATHING; CD GRADE; EXTERIOR; PLYWOOD OR ORIENTED STRAND BOARD, UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE; THICKNESS AS INDICATED. 2. TERMINAL BACKBOARDS: APA AC GRADE EXTERIOR; FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. C. ACCESSORIES: 1. FASTENERS: a. HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL FOR EXTERIOR, HIGH HUMIDITY LOCATIONS. b. G-185 GALVANIZED COATING OR STAINLESS STEEL FASTENERS AT TREATED WOOD LOCATIONS. D. WOOD TREATMENT: 1. WOOD PRESERVATIVE (PRESSURE TREATMENT): a. PRESERVATIVE TREAT ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE, MASONRY, AND MOIST CONDITIONS. SITE TREAT SAWN eNDS WITH PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT. b. PRESERVATIVE TREAT ALL WOOD AND PLYWOOD AT ROOF CONSTRUCTION OR OTHER WOOD IN MOIST CONDITIONS. SITE TREAT SAWN ENDS WITH PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT. c. FOR ABOVE GROUND USE, USE AWPA CERTIFIED AMMONIUM COPPER QUATERNIUM (ACQ) OR COPPER HYDROXIDE SODIUM DIM ETHYLDITH I OCARBAMATE (CDDC) WATERBORNE PRESERVATIVE WITH 0.25 POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT OF WOOD RETENTION. d. TREATED WOOD SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 19%. e. TREATED WOOD SHALL BEAR THE QUALITY STAMP OF AN INSPECTION AGENCY APPROVED BY THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES. 2. FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT (AT TYPES I AND II CONSTRUCTION ONLY): a. FIRE RETARDANT TREAT ALL INTERIOR CONCEALED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD, AND OTHER WOOD AS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED. PROVIDE EXTERIOR FIREPROOFING AT ROOFTOP BLOCKING, NAILERS, CURBS, SHEATHING, AND OTHER LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO WETTING DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. b. ALL FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD MATERIALS SHALL BEAR A UL "FR-S" LABEL, OR A LABEL FROM AN APPROVED INSPECTION AGENCY CERTIFYING THAT THE MATERIAL MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF AWPA C-20 TYPE A FOR LUMBER AND AWPA C-27 TYPE A FOR PLYWOOD. c. TREATED LUMBER SHALL BE KILN DRIED TO A MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 19%, TREATED PLYWOOD SHALL BE KILN DRIED TO A MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 15%. d. APPROVED PRODUCTS INTERIOR FIREPROOFING: CLEAR FINISH PRODUCT, HICKSON CORPORATION "DRICON," HOOVER TREATED WOOD PRODUCTS "PYRO-GUARD," OR OSMOSE WOOD PRESERVING CO. OF AMERICA, INC. "FLAME PROOF LHC." E. BLOCKING AND NAILERS: 1. PROVIDE BLOCKING, NAILERS FOR ALL SHEATHING, ROOF CONSTRUCTION, METAL FLASHING, AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED. 2. WOOD BLOCKING: INSTALL WOOD BLOCKING TO RECEIVE MECHANICAL FASTENERS FOR SUPPORT OF ELECTRICAL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT, CABINETS, DOORSTOP PLATES, WOOD BASE, WAINSCOTS, COAT HOOKS, AND ALL OTHER WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED COMPONENTS, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 3. BACKING: a. PLYWOOD BACKING SHALL BE USED IN LIEU OF BLOCKING AT LOCATIONS OF WALL -MOUNTED STANDARDS, SHELVING AND COUNTERS. b. BACKING SHALL BE MOUNTED OVER FACE OF STUDS BENEATH GYPSUM BOARD AND SHALL BE CONTINUOUS OVER ENTIRE PLANE OF WALL; 1/2 INCH THICKNESS. c. SECURE BACKING WITH ALL EDGES ON FIRM BEARING. Mobi*le" 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM VWVW.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 Ad Iry `P LOUIs 100 t� 'SrFRED 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: N W a 0 r Z Q M W > M � LU j J = � U Im J J � J - � J � //a^^ CL V = 00 > N W m ~ IN J 'Q V DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: 4 3 2 A701 3 I I I I ..IV 1l1'. LL. I!_. I. L_ "1-1. I... .. 2 UI ml QI 4,1 .I.11LAt 7, C, bNT �■ SECTION - 061643 - GYPSUM SHEATHING A. SUMMARY: 1. SHEATHING USED IN LIEU OF PLYWOOD IN NON-COMBUSTIBLE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. B. MATERIALS 1. SCREWS: GALVANIZED; SELF -DRILLING; SELF -DRILLING, BUGLE HEAD SCREWS; MINIMUM 1-1/4 INCH LONG. 2, GYPSUM SHEATHING: ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. G-P GYPSUM CORPORATION "DENS -GLASS GOLD;" GLASS MAT FACED; ASTM C1177; 112 INCH THICK b. USG FIBEROCK BRAND SHEATHING WITH AQUA-TOUGH(TM); 1/2 INCH THICK. C. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL SQUARE EDGE BOARDS PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO FRAMING. INSTALL BOARDS PARALLEL TO FRAMING AT FIRE RATED WALLS, APPLY SHEATHING WITH JOINTS STAGGERED. ALL EDGES SHALL BE FIRMLY SUPPORTED. 2. INSTALL SHEATHING WITH COATING TOWARDS EXTERIOR. 3. SCREW TO FRAMING. SPACE FASTENERS 8 INCHES O.C. IN FIELD AND 4 INCHES O.C. AT ENDS ALONG EACH FRAMING MEMBER. 4. DO NOT BRIDGE EXPANSION OR SEISMIC JOINTS. RIM ., Y 0$TP,iE:::1 072100 THERMAL INSULATION A. SUMMARY: BUILDING INSULATION WHEN INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. MATERIALS 1. UNFACED BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION: ASTM C665, TYPE I; PREFORMED UNFACED GLASS FIBER ROLL; FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 50 OR LESS WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84;OVERSIZE WIDTHS FOR FRICTION -FIT BETWEEN METAL FRAMING. 2. BOARD INSULATION: EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE; DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY "STYROFOAM" OR OWENS CORNING "FOAMULAR 250." C. ACCESSORIES: 1. SEPARATE VAPOR BARRIER FOR BATT INSULATION: FOIL SCRIM KRAFT FSK 25; FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 50 OR LESS WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84. 2. TAPE: TO MATCH INSULATION FACING; 2 INCH WIDTH. 3. ACOUSTIC INSULATION: SEE SECTION 098100. D. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL INSULATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND AS INDICATED. 2. TRIM INSULATION NEATLY TO FIT SPACES. INSTALL WITHOUT GAPS OR VOIDS. 3. INSTALLATION OF THERMAL BATT INSULATION: a. INSTALL INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER TOWARD WARM SIDE OF BUILDING SPACES. VAPOR BARRIER SHALL BE CONTINUOUS. TAPE SEAL TEARS OR CUTS IN VAPOR BARRIER. b. AT METAL STUD FRAMING, INSERT THE INSULATION EDGES TIGHTLY INTO THE STUD CHANNELS FOR A FRICTION FIT. WHERE INSULATION BUTTS THE BACKSIDE OF STUD CHANNELS, CONTINUOUSLY TAPE INSULATION FLANGES TO THE EXPOSED METAL STUD FLANGE. c. MECHANICAL FASTENING: 4. AT LOCATIONS WHERE NO FRAMING IS PRESENT TO SUPPORT THE INSULATION, PROVIDE METAL IMPALING PINS AND RETAINERS TO HOLD THE INSULATION FIRMLY IN POSITION. 5. MECHANICALLY OR ADHESIVELY BOND THE RETAINING PINS TO THE SUBSTRATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 6. SPACE PINS AT MAXIMUM 24 INCHES ON CENTER ALONG THE EDGES AND WITHIN THE FIELD OF THE BLANKET. PLACE EDGE PINS WITHIN 6 INCHES FROM THE EDGE OF THE BATT. a. PACK BATT INSULATION IN SHIM SPACES AT PERIMETER OF WINDOW ASSEMBLY TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF THERMAL BARRIER. 7. SEPARATE VAPOR BARRIER INSTALLATION: a. INSTALL SEPARATE VAPOR BARRIER OVER UNFACED INSULATION. b. INSTALL VAPOR BARRIER TOWARD WARM SIDE OF BUILDING SPACES. c. VAPOR BARRIER SHALL BE CONTINUOUS. d. AT LOCATIONS WHERE INSULATION IS MECHANICALLY FASTENED BY IMPALING PINS, PLACE VAPOR RETARDER OVER IMPALING PINS AND HOLD IN POSITION WITH ADDITIONAL RETAINERS. THE INSTALLATION SHALL PRESENT A TIGHT, CONTINUOUS, AND WRINKLE FREE APPEARANCE. e. AT LIGHT GA SUPPORT FRAMING, SECURE TO STUDS WITH DOUBLE STICK TAPE OR SPRAY ADHESIVE. f. LAP JOINTS IN VAPOR BARRIER 2 INCHES, EXCEPT PROVIDE TAPE SEALED JOINTS AT LOCATIONS WHERE VAPOR BARRIER WILL REMAIN EXPOSED IN THE FINISHED WORK. g. TAPE SEAL VAPOR BARRIER TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AT PERIMETER EDGES. h. TAPE AND SEAL TEARS OR CUTS IN VAPOR BARRIER. A. "R" VALUE SCHEDULE: 1. BATT INSULATION: PROVIDE MINIMUM 6 INCH INSULATION THICKNESS (R19) TO FILL STUD CAVITY OR GREATER TO MATCH EXISTING IN SIMILAR APPLICATIONS, OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. RIGID INSULATION: PROVIDE MINIMUM 2 INCH INSULATION THICKNESS (R10) OR TO MATCH EXISTING IN SIMILAR APPLICATIONS. APPLIED EXTERIOR FINISH SYSTEM DEFS 072401 DIRECT (DEFS) A. SUMMARY: 1. WHERE CEMENT PLASTER IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OVER EXISTING CMU, PROVIDE DIRECT APPLIED EXTERIOR FINISH SYSTEM (DEFS) OVER EXISTING CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS AS SPECIFIED. B. APPLICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: 1. MINIMUM OF 5 YEARS EXPERIENCE IN THE APPLICATION OF DEFS OF SIMILAR SCOPE TO THE WORK INDICATED. 2. INSTALLER SHALL HAVE BEEN TRAINED BY THE PRODUCT MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO BIDDING, AND SHALL BE CURRENTLY APPROVED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO INSTALL WARRANTABLE DEFS SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED. C. PROTECTION: PROTECT ADJACENT MATERIALS AND THIS SYSTEM FROM DAMAGE DURING INSTALLATION, WHILE CURING OR WHEN UNATTENDED. D. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: 1. DRYVIT SYSTEMS INC. 2. STO INDUSTRIES, INC. 3. SENERGY, INC. E. MATERIALS: 1. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MATERIALS AS RECOMMENDED FOR THE INSTALLATION. 2. BASE COAT: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD POLYMER MODIFIED CEMENTITIOUS BASE COAT; MAXIMUM 30% CEMENT; DRY FACTORY PRE -MIXED FORMULA, OR PRE -MEASURED PACKAGED MATERIALS FOR CONSISTENT SITE MIXING. 3. FINISH COAT: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD; 100% ACRYLIC; CUSTOM INTEGRAL COLOR AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT; LISTED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES, INC. AS HAVING A FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS. 4. REINFORCING MESH: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ALKALINE RESISTANT OPEN WEAVE GLASS FIBER MESH; STANDARD DUTY AND HEAVY DUTY. 5. SUBSTRATE MESH TAPE: ALKALINE RESISTANT OPEN WEAVE GLASS FIBER MESH SURFACED ON ONE SIDE WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE; TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. 6. DEFS TRIM: a. PRODUCTS OF VINYL CORPORATION (800-648-4695) ARE LISTED AS A STANDARD OF APPROVAL. SIMILAR AND EQUAL PRODUCTS BY PLASTIC COMPONENTS (800-327-7077) MAY BE USED. FABRICATE FROM EXTERIOR GRADE VINYL; PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SPLICE PLATES AND CONNECTOR CLIPS FOR BUTT JOINT CONNECTIONS. b. CORNER BEAD: CB158E. F. INSTALLATION: 1. PROTECT ADJACENT SURFACES FROM CONTACT WITH OVERSPRAY AND SPATTER OF PRIMERS, ADHESIVES, AND FINISH COATS. 2. AT CONCRETE AND CMU SURFACES TO RECEIVE FINISH COAT ONLY, REMOVE ALL DIRT, DUST, FORM RELEASE AGENTS, EFFLORESCENCE, AND OTHER ELEMENTS WHICH WOULD IMPAIR BOND. ACID ETCH WITH MURIATIC ACID. 3. INSTALL DEFS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 4. PROVIDE FINISH COAT ONLY OVER EXISTING CONCRETE BLOCK SURFACES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 5. FINISH COATING SHALL BE APPLIED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. Olvis"10, it r 011 6. TROWEL APPLY SKIM COAT OF MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED FIBER REINFORCED POLYMER MODIFIED MORTAR TO OBTAIN SMOOTH AND FLAT SURFACES WITHIN A TOLERANCE OF 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET, AND TO FILL SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. USE BONDING AGENT AS NECESSARY FOR ADEQUATE BOND. 7. APPLY COLOR MATCH PRIMER. 8. PROVIDE FINISH COAT TO MATCH EXISTING. G. CLEAN-UP: REMOVE DIRT AND STAINS FROM DEFS SURFACES AND ADJACENT SURFACES WITHOUT DAMAGING FINISHES. 07241 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB A. SUMMARY 1. THIS SECTION INCLUDES CLASS PB EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS) [WITH DRAINAGE] APPLIED OVER SUBSTRATE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. a. USE, MANUFACTURER, EXTENT, TEXTURE AND COLOR ARE SUBJECT TO T-MOBILE REVIEW AND APPROVAL 2. ACCEPTABLE SUBSTRATES FOR OUTSULATION SYSTEMS. a. UNGLAZED BRICK, CEMENT PLASTER, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY. b. EXTERIOR GRADE GYPSUM SHEATHING MEETING ASTM C79 REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER-RESISTANT CORE OR TYPE X CORE AT THE TIME OF APPLICATION OF THE OUTSULATION SYSTEM. c. SILICONE TREATED GYPSUM CORE SHEATHING SURFACED WITH INORGANIC FIBERGLASS MATS MEETING ASTM C1177. d. EXTERIOR FIBER REINFORCED CEMENT AND CALCIUM SILICATE BOARDS. e. APA EXTERIOR OR EXPOSURE 1 RATED PLYWOOD, GRADE C-D OR BETTER, NOMINAL 13 MM (1/2 IN.), MINIMUM PLY. f. APA EXPOSURE 1 RATED ORIENTED STRAND BOARD (OSB), NOMINAL 13 MM (1/2 IN.) g. GALVANIZED EXPANDED METAL LATH 1.4 OR 1.8 KG/M2 (2.6 OR 3.3 LBS/YD2) INSTALLED OVER A SOLID SUBSTRATE. h. DEFLECTION OF SUBSTRATE SYSTEMS SHALL NOT EXCEED U240. i. THE SLOPE OF INCLINED SURFACES SHALL NOT BE LESS THEN 6:12. j. THE LENGTH OF INCLINED SURFACES SHALL NOT EXCEED 305 MM (121N). B. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1. CLASS PB EIFS: COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS IN EIMA'S "EIMA GUIDELINE SPECIFICATION FOR EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINIS H SYSTEMS, CLASS FIB." a. STANDARD IMPACT RESISITANCE: 25-49 INCH -LB (2.8-5.6 J) FOR AREAS ABOVE T-0." b. HIGH IMPACT RESISTANCE: 90-150 INCH -LB (10.2 - 17 J) FOR AREAS BELOW T-0." c. POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE WIND -LOAD PERFORMANCE: CAPABILITY TO WITHSTAND WIND LOADS INDICATED WHEN TESTED PER ASTM E 330. 2. DRAINAGE: 3 SAMPLES CAPABLE OF DRAINING WATER, AND HAVING AN AVERAGE MINIMUM TRUE DRAINAGE EFFICIENCY OF [90] PERCENT WHEN TESTED PER EIMA 200.2. 3. WATER -/WEATHER -RESISTIVE -BARRIER COATING: COMPLY WITH ICBO-ES AC24. C. SUBMITTALS 1. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH PRODUCT INDICATED. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS: INCLUDE PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, DETAILS, PENETRATIONS, TERMINATIONS, FASTENERS, AND ATTACHMENTS TO OTHER WORK. 3. SAMPLES: FOR EACH EIFS AND FOR EACH COLOR AND TEXTURE REQUIRED. 4. FIELD QUALITY -CONTROL TEST REPORTS. 5. PRODUCT [TEST REPORTS]. 6. MAINTENANCE DATA. A. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: CERTIFIED IN WRITING BY EIFS MANUFACTURER TO INSTALL MANUFACTURER'S SYSTEM USING TRAINED WORKERS. 2. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN EIFS THROUGH ONE SOURCE FROM A SINGLE EIFS MANUFACTURER AND FROM SOURCES APPROVED BY EIFS MANUFACTURER AS COMPATIBLE WITH SYSTEM COMPONENTS. 3. FIRE -TEST -RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS: WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE EIFS AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS IDENTICAL TO THOSE OF EIFS AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS TESTED PER TEST METHOD INDICATED BELOW BY UL OR ANOTHER TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. IDENTIFY PRODUCTS WITH APPROPRIATE MARKINGS OF APPLICABLE TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY. a. FLAME SPREAD OF INSULATION BOARD AND FINISH COATS: 25 OR LESS WHEN TESTED INDIVIDUALLY PER ASTM E 84. b. SMOKE DEVELOPED OF INSULATION BOARD AND FINISH COATS; 450 OR LESS WHEN TESTED INDIVIDUALLY PER ASTM E 84. E. MANUFACTURERS 1. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 2. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. DRYVIT SYSTEMS, INC. b. SENERGY INC.; SKW-MBT CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS. c. STO CORP. 3. BASIS -OF -DESIGN PRODUCT: THE DESIGN FOR EIFS[ WITH DRAINAGE] IS BASED ON DRYVIT OUTSULATION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE THE NAMED PRODUCT OR A COMPARABLE PRODUCT BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING MANUFACTURERS LISTED ABOVE. F. MATERIALS 1. COMPATIBILITY: PROVIDE SUBSTRATES, ADHESIVE, FASTENERS, BOARD INSULATION, REINFORCING MESHES, BASE- AND FINISH -COAT SYSTEMS, SEALANTS, AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND APPROVED FOR USE BY EIFS MANUFACTURER FOR PROJECT. 2. WATER -/WEATHER -RESISTIVE -BARRIER COATING: FORMULATION AND ACCESSORIES DESIGNED FOR INDICATED USE. 3. PRIMER/SEALER: SUBSTRATE CONDITIONER DESIGNED TO SEAL SUBSTRATES FROM MOISTURE PENETRATION AND TO IMPROVE THE BOND BETWEEN SUBSTRATE OF TYPE INDICATED AND ADHESIVE USED FOR APPLICATION OF INSULATION, 4. DRAINAGE MAT: DESIGNED TO DRAIN INCIDENTAL MOISTURE BY GRAVITY; EIFS MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD OR PRODUCT RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY EIFS MANUFACTURER [WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CORROSION -RESISTANT MECHANICAL FASTENERS SUITABLE FOR INTENDED SUBSTRATE]. ] 5. SPACERS: FURRING STRIPS; EIFS MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD OR PRODUCT RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY EIFS MANUFACTURER [WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CORROSION -RESISTANT MECHANICAL FASTENERS SUITABLE FOR INTENDED SUBSTRATE]. 6, ADHESIVE FOR APPLICATION OF INSULATION: MFR'S STANDARD. 7. MOLDED, RIGID CELLULAR POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION: COMPLY WITH EIFS MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, ASTM C 578 FOR TYPE I, AND EIMA'S "EIMA GUIDELINE SPECIFICATION FOR EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE (EPS) INSULATION BOARD." a. CHANNELED BOARD INSULATION: EIFS MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FACTORY -FABRICATED PROFILE WITH LINEAR VERTICAL DRAINAGE CHANNELS, SLOTS, OR WAVES ON THE BACK SIDE OF BOARD. 8. REINFORCING MESH: BALANCED, ALKALI -RESISTANT, OPEN -WEAVE GLASS -FIBER MESH TREATED FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH OTHER EIFS MATERIALS AND COMPLYING WITH EIMA 105.01 AND ASTM D 578. a. STANDARD -IMPACT REINFORCING MESH: NOT LESS THAN [4.0 OZ./SQ. YD. (136 G/SQ. M)] b. HIGH -IMPACT REINFORCING MESH: NOT LESS THAN [15 OZ./ SQ. YD. (509 G/SQ. M)] T-0" DOWN TO FF. c. DETAIL REINFORCING MESH: NOT LESS THAN [4.0 OZ./SQ. YD. (136 G/SQ. M)]. d. CORNER REINFORCING MESH: NOT LESS THAN [7.2 OZ./SQ. YD. (244 G/SQ. M)]. 9. BASE -COAT MATERIALS: STANDARD MIXTURE. 10. WATERPROOF ADHESIVE/BASE-COAT MATERIALS: WATERPROOF MIXTURE. 11. PRIMER: FACTORY -MIXED ELASTOMERIC-POLYMER PRIMER FOR PREPARING BASE -COAT SURFACE FOR APPLICATION OF FINISH COAT. 12. FINISH -COAT MATERIALS: [STANDARD ACRYLIC -BASED COATING WITH ENHANCED MILDEW RESISTANCE].COLORS, TEXTURES, AND PATTERNS: REFERENCE EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. 13. MECHANICAL FASTENERS: CORROSION -RESISTANT FASTENERS CONSISTING OF THERMAL CAP, STANDARD WASHER AND SHAFT ATTACHMENTS, AND FASTENER SUITABLE FOR SUBSTRATE. 14. TRIM ACCESSORIES: MANUFACTURED FROM UV -STABILIZED PVC AND COMPLYING WITH ASTM D 1784 AND ASTM C 1063. A. INSTALLATION 1. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 1397 AND EIFS MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF EIFS AS APPLICABLE TO EACH TYPE OF SUBSTRATE INDICATED. 2. INSULATION: [ADHESIVELY AND MECHANICALLY] ATTACH TO SUBSTRATE. 3. EXPANSION JOINTS: INSTALL AT LOCATIONS INDICATED; WHERE REQUIRED BY EIFS MANUFACTURER; WHERE EXPANSION JOINTS ARE INDICATED IN SUBSTRATES BEHIND EIFS; WHERE EIFS ADJOIN DISSIMILAR SUBSTRATES, MATERIALS, AND CONSTRUCTION; AT FLOOR LINES IN MULTILEVEL WOOD -FRAMED CONSTRUCTION; AND WHERE WALL HEIGHT CHANGES. 771 - D I■ 4. BASE COAT: APPLY TO EXPOSED SURFACES OF INSULATION IN MINIMUM THICKNESS RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY EIFS MANUFACTURER, BUT NOT LESS THAN [1/16-INCH (1.6-MM)] DRY -COAT THICKNESS. 5. REINFORCING MESH: COMPLETELY EMBED MESH IN WET BASE COAT, APPLYING ADDITIONAL BASE -COAT MATERIAL IF NECESSARY, SO REINFORCING -MESH COLOR AND PATTERN ARE NOT VISIBLE. 6. DOUBLE -LAYER REINFORCING MESH APPLICATION: WHERE INDICATED, APPLY SECOND BASE COAT AND SECOND LAYER OF [STANDARD] IMPACT REINFORCING MESH. 7. DOUBLE BASE -COAT APPLICATION: WHERE INDICATED, APPLY IN SAME MANNER AND THICKNESS AS FIRST APPLICATION EXCEPT WITHOUT REINFORCING MESH. 8, FINISH COAT: APPLY OVER DRY [PRIMER] AND [BASE COAT], MAINTAINING A WET EDGE AT ALL TIMES FOR UNIFORM APPEARANCE, IN THICKNESS REQUIRED BY EIFS MANUFACTURER TO PRODUCE A UNIFORM FINISH OF COLOR AND TEXTURE MATCHING APPROVED SAMPLE AND FREE OF COLD JOINTS, SHADOW LINES, AND TEXTURE VARIATIONS. (FINE SAND TEXTURED FINISH). H. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER APPLICATION OF THE OUTSULATION MATERIALS. 2. MANUFACTURER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR ON -SITE INSPECTIONS OR APPLICATION OF ITS PRODUCTS. 3. IF REQUIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CERTIFY IN WRITING THE QUALITY OF WORK PERFORMED RELATIVE TO THE SUBSTRATE SYSTEM,DETAILS, INSTALLATION PROCEDURES, WORKMANSHIP AND AS TO THE SPECIFIC PRODUCTS USED. 4. IF REQUIRED, THE EPS SUPPLIER SHALL CERTIFY IN WRITING THA THE EPS MEETS MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 5. IF REQUIRED, THE SEALANT CONTRACTOR SHALL CERTIFY IN WRITING THAT THE SEALANT APPLICATION IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. I. CLEANING 1. ALL EXCESS OUTSULATION SYSTEM MATERIALS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE JOB SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT PROVISIONS AND AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW. 2. ALL SURROUNDING AREAS, WHERE THE OUTSULATION SYSTEM HAS BEEN INSTALLED, SHALL BE LEFT FREE OF DEBRIS AND FOREIGN SUBSTANCES RESULTING FROM THE CONTRACTOR'S WORK. J. PROTECTION 1. THE OUTSULATION SYSTEM SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM INCLEMENT WEATHER AND OTHER SOURCES OF DAMAGE UNTIL DRY AND PERMANENT PROTECTION IN THE FORM OF FLASHINGS, SEALANTS, ETC. ARE INSTALLED. SECTION 07415 - COMPOSITE WALL PANELS OR BRAKE METAL (IF NOTED ON DRAWINGS) A. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1. DELEGATED DESIGN: DESIGN METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANEL OR BRAKE METAL ASSEMBLY, INCLUDING COMPREHENSIVE ENGINEERING ANALYSIS BY A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER.STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE: PROVIDE METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANEL ASSEMBLIES CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING THE EFFECTS OF THE FOLLOWING LOADS AND STRESSES WITHIN LIMITS AND UNDER CONDITIONS INDICATED, BASED ON TESTING ACCORDING TO ASTM E 330: 2. WIND LOADS: DETERMINE LOADS BASED ON THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM DESIGN WIND PRESSURES: 20 LBF/SQ. FT. UNIFORM PRESSURE OF ACTING (957 PA) INWARD OR OUTWARD. 3. DEFLECTION LIMITS: METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANEL ASSEMBLIES SHALL WITHSTAND WIND LOADS WITH HORIZONTAL DEFLECTIONS NO GREATER THAN [1/175 OF THE SPAN AT THE PERIMETER AND 1/60 OF THE SPAN ANYWHERE IN THE PANEL] < OF THE SPAN. B. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED. 1. SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOW FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION LAYOUTS OF METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANELS; DETAILS OF EDGE CONDITIONS, JOINTS, PANEL PROFILES, CORNERS, ANCHORAGES, ATTACHMENT SYSTEM, TRIM, FLASHINGS, CLOSURES, AND ACCESSORIES; AND SPECIAL DETAILS. DISTINGUISH AMONG FACTORY-, SHOP-, AND FIELD -ASSEMBLED WORK. SAMPLES: FOR EACH TYPE OF EXPOSED FINISH REQUIRED. 2. DELEGATED -DESIGN SUBMITTAL: FOR METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANEL ASSEMBLY INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA, INCLUDING ANALYSIS DATA AND CALCULATIONS SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR PREPARATION. COORDINATION DRAWINGS: EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS, DRAWN TO SCALE, ON WHICH THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE SHOWN AND COORDINATED WITH EACH OTHER. C. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: MINIMUM 5 YEARS CONTINUOUS EXPERIENCE MANUFACTURING THE PANEL MATERIAL SPECIFIED, WITH NO OUTSOURCED PRODUCTION PROCESSES.ISO 9001 CERTIFIED. 2. FABRICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: MINIMUM 3 YEARS EXPERIENCE ON PROJECTS OF COMPARABLE SCOPE AND SCALE, AND CAPABLE OF PROVIDING FIELD SERVICE REPRESENTATION DURING CONSTRUCTION. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: MINIMUM 3 YEARS EXPERIENCE ON PROJECTS OF COMPARABLE SCOPE AND SCALE, AND CAPABLE OF PROVIDING FIELD SERVICE REPRESENTATION DURING CONSTRUCTION. 3. FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS: WHERE INDICATED, PR VIDE METAL -FACED COMP OSITE WALL PANELS IDENTICAL TO THOSE OF ASSEMBLIES TESTED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE PER ASTM E 119 BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. IDENTIFY PRODUCTS WITH APPROPRIATE MARKINGS OF APPLICABLE TESTING AGENCY. D. WARRANTY 1. SPECIAL WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FORM IN WHICH MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE COMPONENTS OF METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANEL ASSEMBLIES THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. 2. WARRANTY PERIOD: [TEN] YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 3. SPECIAL WARRANTY ON PANEL FINISHES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FORM IN WHICH MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR FINISH OR REPLACE METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANELS THAT SHOW EVIDENCE OF DETERIORATION OF FACTORY -APPLIED FINISHES WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. 4. FINISH WARRANTY PERIOD: [20] > YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. E. PRODUCTS 1. PANEL MATERIALS. a. ALUMINUM SHEET: COIL -COATED SHEET, ASTM B 209), ALLOY AS STANDARD WITH MANUFACTURER, WITH TEMPER AS REQUIRED TO SUIT FORMING OPERATIONS AND STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE REQUIRED. 2. SURFACE: SMOOTH, FLAT FINISH. 3. EXPOSED COIL -COATED FINISHES: a. TWO -COAT FEVE FLUOROPOLYMER: AAMA 620. b. TWO -COAT PVDF FLUOROPOLYMER: AAMA 620. 4. EXPOSED ANODIZED FINISHES: a. COLOR ANODIC FINISH: AAMA 611, [AA-M12C22A42/A44, CLASS I, 0.018 MM] [AA-M12C22A32/A34, CLASS 11, 0.010 MM] OR THICKER. b. CONCEALED FINISH: APPLY PRETREATMENT AND MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WHITE OR LIGHT-COLORED ACRYLIC OR POLYESTER BACKER FINISH, CONSISTING OF PRIME COAT AND WASH COAT 0.5 MIL WITH A MINIMUM TOTAL DRY FILM THICKNESS OF. (0.013 MM) 5. PANEL SEALANTS: ASTM C 920. F. MISCELLANEOUS METAL FRAMING 1. MISCELLANEOUS METAL FRAMING, GENERAL: ASTM C 645, COLD -FORMED METALLIC -COATED STEEL SHEET, [ASTM A 653 /A 653M, G40 (Z120) HOT -DIP GALVANIZED] OR COATING WITH EQUIVALENT CORROSION RESISTANCE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. SUBGIRTS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD C- OR Z-SHAPED SECTIONS 0.064-INCH (1.63-MM) NOMINAL THICKNESS. 3. ZEE CLIPS: 0.079-INCH (2.01-MM) NOMINAL THICKNESS. 4. BASE OR SILL [ANGLES] [CHANNELS]: 0.079-INCH (2.01-MM) NOMINAL THICKNESS. 5. HAT -SHAPED, RIGID FURRING CHANNELS: NOMINAL THICKNESS: [AS INDICATED] [AS REQUIRED TO MEET PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS] [0.025 INCH (0.64MM)] > DEPTH: [AS INDICATED] [1-1/2 INCHES (38 MM)] 6. COLD -ROLLED FURRING CHANNELS: MINIMUM 1/2-INCH- (13-MM-) WIDE FLANGE. NOMINAL THICKNESS: [AS INDICATED] [AS REQUIRED TO MEET PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS] [0.064 INCH (1.63MM)]< DEPTH: [AS INDICATED] [ 3/4 INCH (19 MM)] < 7, FURRING BRACKETS: ADJUSTABLE, CORRUGATED -EDGE TYPE OF STEEL SHEET WITH NOMINAL THICKNESS OF 0.040 INCH (1.02. MM) 8. TIE WIRE: ASTM A 641/A 641M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER, 0.062-INCH-(1.57-MM-) DIAMETER WIRE, OR DOUBLE STRAND OF 0.048-INCH- (1.22-MM-) DIAMETER WIRE. G. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS 1. ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS: ASTM B 221 2. FASTENERS: SELF -TAPPING SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS, SELF-LOCKING RIVETS AND BOLTS, END -WELDED STUDS, AND OTHER SUITABLE FASTENERS DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND DESIGN LOADS. PROVIDE EXPOSED FASTENERS WITH HEADS MATCHING COLOR OF METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANELS BY MEANS OF PLASTIC CAPS OR FACTORY -APPLIED COATING. PROVIDE EPDM, PVC, OR NEOPRENE SEALING WASHERS. NO VISIBLE MECHANICAL FASTENERS. tt H. METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANELS OR BRAKE METAL 1. GENERAL: PROVIDE FACTORY -FORMED AND -ASSEMBLED, METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANELS FABRICATED FROM TWO METAL FACINGS BONDED, USING NO GLUES OR ADHESIVES, TO SOLID, EXTRUDED THERMOPLASTIC CORE; FORMED INTO PROFILE FOR INSTALLATION METHOD INDICATED. INCLUDE ATTACHMENT SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR WEATHERTIGHT SYSTEM. 2. FIRE -RETARDANT CORE: NONCOMBUSTIBLE, WITH THE FOLLOWING SURFACE -BURNING CHARACTERISTICS AS DETERMINED BY TESTING IDENTICAL PRODUCTS PER ASTM E 84 BY UL OR ANOTHER TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION: 3. FLAME -SPREAD INDEX: 25 OR LESS. 4. SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX: 450 OR LESS. 5. BASIS -OF -DESIGN PRODUCT: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ALPOLIC, DIVISION OF MITSUBISHI CHEMICAL AMERICA, INC.; [ALPOLIC] [ALPOLIC/FR] OR A COMPARABLE PRODUCT FROM ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. ALCAN COMPOSITES USA INC.; [ALUCOBOND] b. AMERICAN PRODUCTS, INC.: [API] c. ALCOA INC.; REYNOBOND [PE] 6. ALUMINUM -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANELS: FORMED WITH 0.020-INCH- (0.50-MM-) THICK, COIL -COATED, ALUMINUM SHEET FACINGS. a. PANEL THICKNESS: [0.157 INCH (4 MM)] - 20G STEEL INTERIOR APPLICATION / 18G STEEL EXTERIOR APPLICATION b. EXTERIOR FINISH: 2-COAT FLUOROPOLYMER (TIGER DRYLAC OR EQUAL) c. COLOR: AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. d. ATTACHMENT SYSTEM COMPONENTS: FORMED FROM MATERIAL COMPATIBLE WITH PANEL FACING. I. ACCESSORIES 1. WALL PANEL ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANEL ASSEMBLY INCLUDING TRIM, COPINGS, FASCIA, MULLIONS, SILLS, CORNER UNITS, CLIPS, FLASHINGS, SEALANTS, GASKETS, FILLERS, CLOSURE STRIPS, AND SIMILAR ITEMS. MATCH MATERIAL AND FINISH OF METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANELS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. FLASHING AND TRIM: FORMED FROM 0.018-INCH- (0.46-MM-) MINIMUM THICKNESS, ZINC -COATED (GALVANIZED) STEEL SHEET OR ALUMINUM -ZINC ALLOY -COATED STEEL SHEET PREPAINTED WITH COIL COATING. PROVIDE FLASHING AND TRIM AS REQUIRED TO SEAL AGAINST WEATHER AND TO PROVIDE FINISHED APPEARANCE. LOCATIONS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, BASES, DRIPS, SILLS, JAMBS, CORNERS, ENDWALLS, FRAMED OPENINGS, RAKES, FASCIA, PARAPET CAPS, SOFFITS, REVEALS, AND FILLERS. FINISH FLASHING AND TRIM WITH SAME FINISH SYSTEM AS ADJACENT METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANELS. J. FABRICATION 1. GENERAL: FABRICATE AND FINISH METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANELS AND ACCESSORIES AT THE FACTORY TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE, BY MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PROCEDURES AND PROCESSES, AS NECESSARY TO FULFILL INDICATED PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS DEMONSTRATED BY LABORATORY TESTING. COMPLY WITH INDICATED PROFILES AND WITH DIMENSIONAL AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. FABRICATE METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL OR BRAKE METAL PANELS IN A MANNER THAT ELIMINATES CONDENSATION ON INTERIOR SIDE OF PANEL AND WITH JOINTS BETWEEN PANELS DESIGNED TO FORM WEATHER TIGHT SEALS. 3. METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANELS: FACTORY FORM PANELS IN A CONTINUOUS PROCESS WITH NO GLUES OR ADHESIVES BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. TRIM AND SQUARE EDGES OF SHEETS WITH NO DISPLACEMENT OF FACE SHEETS OR PROTRUSION OF CORE MATERIAL. 4. FORM PANEL LINES, BREAKS, AND ANGLES TO BE SHARP AND TRUE, WITH SURFACES FREE FROM WARP AND BUCKLE. 5. FABRICATE PANELS WITH SHARPLY CUT EDGES, WITH NO DISPLACEMENT OF FACE SHEETS OR PROTRUSION OF CORE MATERIAL. 6. FABRICATE PANELS WITH PANEL STIFFENERS, AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH DEFLECTION LIMITS, ATTACHED TO BACK OF PANELS WITH STRUCTURAL SILICONE SEALANT OR BOND TAPE. 7. DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES: a. PANEL BOW: 0.5 PERCENT MAXIMUM OF PANEL LENGTH OR WIDTH. b. SQUARENESS: 0.25 INCH (5 MM) MAXIMUM. c. SHEET METAL ACCESSORIES: FABRICATE FLASHING AND TRIM TO COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS IN SMACNA'S "ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL" THAT APPLY TO DESIGN, DIMENSIONS, METAL, AND OTHER CHARACTERISTICS OF ITEM INDICATED. K. PREPARATION 1. MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING: INSTALL SUBGIRTS, BASE ANGLES, SILLS, FURRING, AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS WALL PANEL SUPPORT MEMBERS AND ANCHORAGE ACCORDING TO ASTM C 754 AND METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANEL MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. L. METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANEL AND BRAKE METAL INSTALLATION 1. ATTACHMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION, GENERAL: INSTALL ATTACHMENT SYSTEM REQUIRED TO SUPPORT METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANELS AND TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE WEATHERTIGHT WALL SYSTEM, INCLUDING SUBGIRTS, PERIMETER EXTRUSIONS, TRACKS, DRAINAGE CHANNELS, PANEL CLIPS, AND ANCHOR CHANNELS. 2. INCLUDE ATTACHMENT TO SUPPORTS, PANEL -TO -PANEL JOINERY, PANEL -TO -DISSIMILAR -MATERIAL JOINERY, AND PANEL -SYSTEM JOINT SEALS. 3. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL WEATHER BARRIER AND FLASHINGS THAT WILL BE CONCEALED BY COMPOSITE PANELS ARE INSTALLED. 4. SEAL HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL JOINTS BETWEEN ADJACENT PANELS WITH SEALANT BACKING AND SEALANT. INSTALL SEALANT BACKING AND SEALANT ACCORDING TO REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 7 SECTION "JOINT SEALANTS." 5. ATTACH ROUTED -AND -RETURNED FLANGES OF WALL PANELS TO PERIMETER EXTRUSIONS WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FASTENERS. ATTACH FLUSH WALL PANELS TO PERIMETER EXTRUSIONS BY ENGAGING PANEL EDGES AND BY ATTACHING WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD STRUCTURAL SILICONE ADHESIVE. INSTALL WALL PANELS TO ALLOW INDIVIDUAL PANELS TO "FREE FLOAT" AND BE INSTALLED AND REMOVED WITHOUT DISTURBING ADJACENT PANELS. DO NOT APPLY SEALANTS TO JOINTS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. M. ACCESSORY INSTALLATION 1. GENERAL: INSTALL ACCESSORIES WITH POSITIVE ANCHORAGE TO BUILDING AND WEATHERTIGHT MOUNTING AND PROVIDE FOR THERMAL EXPANSION. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH FLASHINGS AND OTHER COMPONENTS. 2. INSTALL COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANEL ASSEMBLY INCLUDING TRIM, COPINGS, CORNERS, SEAM COVERS, FLASHINGS, SEALANTS, GASKETS, FILLERS, CLOSURE STRIPS, FRY REGLETS, AND SIMILAR ITEMS. 3. FLASHING AND TRIM: COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, AND SMACNA'S "ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL." PROVIDE CONCEALED FASTENERS WHERE POSSIBLE, AND SET UNITS TRUE TO LINE AND LEVEL AS INDICATED. INSTALL WORK WITH LAPS, JOINTS, AND SEAMS THAT WILL BE PERMANENTLY WATERTIGHT AND WEATHER RESISTANT. N. ERECTION TOLERANCES 1. 1. INSTALLATION TOLERANCES: SHIM AND ALIGN METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANEL UNITS WITHIN INSTALLED TOLERANCE 2. OF 1/4 INCH IN 20 FEET (6 MM IN 6 M), NONACCUMULATIVE, ON LEVEL, PLUMB, AND LOCATION LINES AS INDICATED 3. AND WITHIN 1/8 INCH (3-MM) OFFSET OF ADJOINING FACES AND OF ALIGNMENT OF MATCHING PROFILES. 0. CLEANING 1. REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERINGS AND STRIPPABLE FILMS, IF ANY, AS METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANELS ARE INSTALLED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. ON COMPLETION OF METAL -FACED COMPOSITE WALL PANEL INSTALLATION, CLEAN FINISHED SURFACES AS RECOMMENDED BY PANEL MANUFACTURER. MAINTAIN IN A CLEAN CONDITION DURING CONSTRUCTION. 079200 JOINT SEALANTS A. QUALITY ASSURANCE: USE ONLY SKILLED INSTALLERS SPECIALLY TRAINED IN THE TECHNIQUES OF SEALING, AND FAMILIAR WITH THE PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE MANUFACTURERS OF THE SEALANTS BEING USED. B. SEALANTS: TYPE S - NEUTRAL CURE SILICONE SEALANTS: a. DOW CORNING, 790 SILICONE BUILDING SEALANT, OR 795 SILICONE STRUCTURAL GLAZING AND WEATHERPROOFING SEALANT. b. PECORA, 890 ARCHITECTURAL SILICONE SEALANT. c. TREMCO "SPECTREM" 1 OR 3. 2. TYPE PT: ASTM C920, TYPE S, GRADE P, CLASS 25; TREMCO "THC 901", SONNEBORN "SONOLASTIC SL 1", PECORA "UREXPAN NR-201", OR APPROVED. 3. TYPE PTNS: ASTM C920, TYPE M, GRADE NS, CLASS 25; PECORA "DYNATRED," TREMCO "HPL," OR APPROVED; CUSTOM COLORS TO MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLES. T Mobile 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN, UNDER SUCH PROTECTIONUNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS I MAY RESULT N CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM VWVW.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 'OF FAO' a!� �pA LOUTScl ' 100 4 ' ��R>ED 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: DS$CPJP ON 1 OAS gl DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: 4 3 2 A702 4 1 11 I 11 I 1 L I I I I I I II II III IT I, I , ! I I I I I 1 ,I P I I I 1 11,1 1 I I 1 11 3 I 2 LII UI Im I ¢I DIVISION 7w THERMAL AL ANDMOISTIE , CUNT 4. TYPE A: ASTM C834; TREMCO "ACRYLIC LATEX CAULK", PECORA "AC-20", SONNEBORN "SONOLAC" OR APPROVED. 5. TYPE SM: MILDEW RESISTANT SILICONE SEALANT: USDA APPROVED; DOW CORNING 786 BY DOW CHEMICAL, GE SANITARY SEALANT OR APPROVED; CLEAR. C. ACCESSORY MATERIALS: 1. PRIMER: NON -STAINING TYPE, RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER TO SUIT APPLICATION. 2. JOINT CLEANER: NON -CORROSIVE AND NON -STAINING TYPE, RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER; COMPATIBLE WITH JOINT FORMING MATERIALS. 3. JOINT FILLER: CLOSED CELL POLYETHYLENE FOAM; ROUND PROFILE; THICKNESS: 130%%% OF JOINT WIDTH. 4. BOND BREAKER: PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER TO SUIT APPLICATION. 5. COMPRESSIBLE FOAM SEALANT: PRECOMPRESSED PREFACED SELF-ADHESIVE OPEN CELL POLYURETHANE FOAM TAPE; "BACKERSEAL" BY EMSEAL JOINT SYSTEMS, LTD., OR APPROVED. D. PREPARATION: 1. CLEAN AND PREPARE JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. REMOVE LOOSE MATERIALS AND OTHER FOREIGN MATTER WHICH MIGHT IMPAIR ADHESION OF SEALANT. 2. APPLY MASKING TIGHTLY AROUND JOINTS TO PROTECT ADJACENT SURFACES FROM EXCESS SEALANT. 3. PRIME AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER BOND TO SUBSTRATE MATERIALS. E. INSTALLATION: 1. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1193, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE OR RECOMMENDED OTHERWISE BY THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER. 2. SEALANT BEADS SHALL HAVE A SECTIONAL WIDTH TO DEPTH RATIO OF 2 TO 1, EXCEPT THAT SEALANT TYPE PT SHALL BE INSTALLED FULL DEPTH WITHOUT BACKING. 3. INSTALL TYPE PTNS SEALANT FULL DEPTH IN TILE EXPANSION JOINTS WITH NO BACKER ROD. 4. TOOL JOINTS CONCAVE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. FINISH FREE OF AIR POCKETS, FOREIGN EMBEDDED MATTER, RIDGES, AND SAGS. 5. PROTECT SEALANT IN JOINTS SUBJECT TO DIRT, MOISTURE, AND TRAFFIC DURING THE SEALANT CURING PROCESS. PROTECTION SHALL BE ABLE TO RESIST TRAFFIC WHILE REMAINING SECURELY IN POSITION. F. SCHEDULE: 1. TYPE S: PROVIDE AT ALL EXTERIOR JOINTS UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE; STANDARD COLORS AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. 2. TYPE PT: PROVIDE AT ALL EXTERIOR HORIZONTAL JOINTS SUBJECT TO TRAFFIC AND ABRASION; STANDARD COLORS AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. 3. TYPE PTNS: PROVIDE AT ALL EXPANSION JOINTS IN TILE; CUSTOM COLORS TO MATCH GROUT SAMPLES SUBMITTED BY TILE INSTALLER. 4. TYPE A: PROVIDE AT ALL INTERIOR JOINTS, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE; STANDARD COLORS TO MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 5. TYPE SM: PROVIDE AT JOINTS AROUND COUNTERTOPS IN BACH OF HOUSE (BOH) AND RESTROOMS. DIvISI N $ OPENINGS 081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. SUMMARY: 1. INTERIOR DOOR FRAMES TO BE NOTED ON DOOR SCHEDULE PROVIDE "TIMELY" (OR EQUAL) PRE -FINISHED DOOR FRAME SYSTEMS (METAL) FOR 2. EXTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES, WHEN INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: 1. WHERE REQUIRED, INSTALLED FRAME AND DOOR ASSEMBLY SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA 80 FOR FIRE RATED CLASS INDICATED. 2. WHERE DOORS ARE NOTED WITH AN HOURLY FIRE RESISTANCE RATING, PROVIDE DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLIES LABELED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY (UL), OR ANOTHER TESTING LABORATORY APPROVED BY THE LOCAL CODE AUTHORITIES, TO MEET THE HOURLY FIRE RATING NOTED. ASSEMBLIES SHALL MEET CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR POSITIVE PRESSURE WHEN REQUIRED. 3. INCLUDE "S" LABEL ON FIRE RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES LOCATED AT 1 HOUR RATED EXIT CORRIDORS. C. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A250.8. D. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: MEMBERS OF THE STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE AND OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS, SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. E. MATERIALS: STEEL SHEET, COLD ROLLED ASTM A366, OR HOT ROLLED PICKLED AND OILED SHEET CONFORMING TO ASTM A 569, MINIMUM 30% RECYCLED CONTENT. F. INTERIOR DOOR CONSTRUCTION: 1. ANSI A250.8; SEAMLESS; MINIMUM 18 GA FACE SHEETS, 16 GA AT INVENTORY ROOM. 2. CORE: VERTICAL STEEL STIFFENERS WITH SOUND DEADENING FILL BETWEEN STIFFENERS, OR RESIN IMPREGNATED KRAFT PAPER HONEY COMB CORE. 3. PROVIDE CONTINUOUSLY WELDED SEAMLESS EDGES. NO PLASTIC FILLERS WILL BE ACCEPTED. G. EXTERIOR DOOR CONSTRUCTION: 1. ANSI A250.8; SEAMLESS; MINIMUM 16 GA FACE SHEETS. 2. CORE: POLYSTYRENE OR POLYURETHANE FOAM CORE. 3. SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: a. PROVIDE CONTINUOUSLY WELDED SEAMLESS EDGES. NO PLASTIC FILLERS WILL BE ACCEPTED. b. CLOSE TOP EDGES OF EXTERIOR DOORS FLUSH WITH STEEL FILLER CAP; SEAL JOINTS WATERTIGHT. c. CUT MORTISES FOR BUTTS USING APPROPRIATE TEMPLATES; UNIVERSAL NON -HANDED PREPARATION OF DOORS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. H. FRAMES: 1. DESIGN: DOUBLE RABBET, EXCEPT FLAT, CASED OPENING FRAME WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS, UNLESS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED OTHERWISE; FULLY WELDED. 2. GAS: a. EXTERIOR FRAMES: MINIMUM 14 GA. b. INTERIOR FRAMES: MINIMUM 16 GA FOR FRAMES OF DOOR OPENINGS UP TO AND INCLUDING 4 FEET IN WIDTH;14 GA FOR FRAMES GREATER THAN 4 FEET IN WIDTH. A. FINISH: 1. INTERIOR FRAMES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RUST -INHIBITIVE PRIMER. 2. EXTERIOR FRAMES: HOT DIP GALVANIZED ZINC COATING CONFORMING TO ASTM A653 A60 (.60 OZ/SQ FT. COATING WEIGHT), WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRIMER TO RECEIVE COATING SYSTEM SPECIFIED IN SECTION 099000. J. INSTALLATION OF FRAMES: 1. INSTALL FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SDI-105 AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH LABELING REQUIREMENTS. 2. COORDINATE WITH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR ANCHOR PLACEMENT. 3. INSTALLATION TOLERANCES; MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION: 1/16 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE, CORNER TO CORNER. 4. DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION IS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 087300. 081400 WOOD DOORS A. SOLID CORE FLUSH DOORS: 1. 1. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: ONE OF THE FOLLOWING. a. ALGOMA HARDWOODS, INC. (ALGOMA WI; 920-487-5221; 800-678-8910). b. EGGERS INDUSTRIES (TWO RIVERS WI; 920-793-1351). c. VANCOUVER DOOR (PUYALLUP WA, 800-999-3667) d. OREGON DOOR (WINSTON OR, 800-722-7269) 2. AWI SECTION 1300, PREMIUM GRADE. 3. CORE: UREA -FORMALDEHYDE FREE, SOLID PARTICLE BOARD CORE, UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE FOR FIRE LABELING REQUIREMENTS. 4. AWI PC-5 (5 OR 7 PLY CONSTRUCTION). 5. PROVIDE LABELED DOORS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE HOURLY FIRE RATING INDICATED. 6. WHERE INTUMESCENT SEALS ARE REQUIRED TO MEET POSITIVE PRESSURE LABELING REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE CONCEALED EDGE SEALING SYSTEM BUILT INTO THE DOOR EDGE. 7. 1-3/4 INCH THICK, UNLESS SCHEDULED OTHERWISE. 8. FRAMES: PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 081113. B. FABRICATION: 1. FABRICATE DOORS TO THE CONFIGURATIONS INDICATED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AWI STANDARDS SPECIFIED, AND TO FIRE RATED LABELING REQUIREMENTS. ATTACH FIRE RATING LABELS. 2. BEVEL LOCK AND HINGE EDGES 1/8 INCH IN 2 INCHES ON ALL SINGLE ACTING DOORS. r DIVISION 8 OPEN INGS NHS C NT, 3. BOND EDGE BANDING TO SOLID CORE WITH HOT MELT OR RF CURED ADHESIVE. 4. PRE -FIT AND PRE -MACHINE DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI 1300-S-6. PRE -MACHINE FOR HARDWARE SPECIFIED IN SECTION 087000, AND LOCATE AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 087300. 5. DOORS SHALL BE FACTORY PREFINISHED AS SCHEDULED TO MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE; AWI PREMIUM GRADE, LOW VOC, POLYURETHANE SYSTEM. 6. WHERE REQUIRED TO MEET LABELING REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE METAL ASTRAGALS TO MEET RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR DOUBLE FIRE DOORS. 7. FACTORY PRE -GLAZE DOORS. 8. FLUSH DOOR BLOCKING: FOR FLUSH DOORS, PROVIDE SOLID LOCK BLOCKS AND SPECIAL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR THE HARDWARE COMPONENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. BLOCKING FOR FIRE RATED DOORS SHALL MEET THE DOOR MANUFACTURER'S LABELING REQUIREMENTS. C. INSTALLATION: 1. FIT AND PREPARE DOORS FOR INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DOOR MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. 2. PROVIDE CLEARANCES OF 1/8 INCH AT JAMBS AND HEADS AND 3/8 INCH FROM BOTTOM OF DOOR TO TOP OF DECORATIVE FLOOR FINISH OR COVERING, EXCEPT WHERE THRESHOLD IS SHOWN OR SCHEDULED PROVIDE 1/4 INCH CLEARANCE FROM BOTTOM OF DOOR TO TOP OF THRESHOLD. 083100 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS A. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. WHERE ACCESS DOORS ARE INSTALLED IN CONSTRUCTION WITH AN HOURLY FIRE RESISTANCE RATING, PROVIDE DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLIES LABELED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY, WARNOCK HERSEY, OR ANY OTHER TESTING LABORATORY APPROVED BY THE LOCAL CODE AUTHORITIES TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY. B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. MILCOR, INC., LIMA, OH. 2. J.L. INDUSTRIES, BLOOMINGTON, MN. 3, KARP ASSOCIATES, INC., MASPETH, NY. 4. MM SYSTEMS CORPORATION, TUCKER, GA. 5. NYSTROM, MINNEAPOLIS, MN C. DOOR TYPES: 1. FIRE RATED METAL ACCESS DOOR FOR USE AT RATED PARTITIONS: a. FLUSH TYPE DESIGN. b. 16 GA FRAME; MINIMUM 20 GA STEEL WELDED PAN DOOR PANEL INSULATED WITH NON-COMBUSTIBLE FILLER c. SELF CLOSING AND SELF LATCHING, WITH INTERIOR LATCH RELEASE d. FULLY CONCEALED PIN TYPE HINGES OR CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGE, 175 DEGREE OPENING. e. RING TURN LATCH. 2. NON RATED METAL WALL AND CEILING ACCESS DOOR FOR USE AT BACK -OF -HOUSE (BOH) AREAS: a. FLUSH TYPE DESIGN. b. 16 GA STEEL FRAME; 14 GA STEEL DOOR PANEL. c. FOR INSTALLATION IN DRYWALL: INTEGRAL ATTACHMENT FLANGE AND DRYWALL BEAD FOR FLUSH INSTALLATION. d. FULLY CONCEALED PIN TYPE HINGES OR CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGE, 175 DEGREE OPENING. e. HARDWARE: SCREW DRIVER SLOT, QUARTER TURN CAM LOCK FOR INTERIOR LOCATIONS; 2'-0" O.C., MAXIMUM. 3. NON RATED CONCEALED DRYWALL ACCESS DOOR FOR USE AT SALES FLOOR AREAS: a. RECESSED TYPE DESIGN. b. MINIMUM 13 GA STEEL FRAME; MINIMUM 16 GA STEEL DOOR PANEL RECESSED TO RECEIVE DRYWALL. c. INTEGRAL ATTACHMENT FLANGE AND DRYWALL BEAD FOR FLUSH INSTALLATION. d. FULLY CONCEALED PIVOT ROD HINGE. e. LATCHES: SCREW DRIVER OPERATED CAM LATCH. 4. HIGH -SECURITY WALL ACCESS DOOR: a. KARP ASSOCIATES, INC., "DSB-123SD SECURITY ACCESS DOOR," NYSTROM "HS-GMZ" OR APPROVED. b. SIZE: 24 IN X 24 IN. c. FRAMES: 3/16" X 2" X 2" ANGLE WELDED WITH JOINTS GROUND SMOOTH; APPLIED 1/8" X 1" X 1" STOP ON FOUR SIDES. d. DOOR: 10 GA STEEL PLATE. e. HINGES: PROVIDE FULLY CONCEALED HINGE(S). f. LOCK: PREPARED FOR INTERCHANGEABLE 5-PIN CYLINDER LOCK, AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 087100. g. WEATHERSTRIP: PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SEAL AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN ASSEMBLY WATERTIGHT WHEN CLOSED. h. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED FOR FIELD FINISH WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RUST -INHIBITIVE POWDER COAT, COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. D. MINIMUM SIZES: PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN SIZES INDICATED. WHEN NOT INDICATED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE 12" X 12" SIZE FOR HAND ACCESS, AND 24" X 24" SIZE FOR MAN ENTRY. E. INSTALLATION: 1. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN THE LOCATIONS INDICATED, AND FOR ACCESS TO BALANCING AND FIRE DAMPERS, TRAP PRIMERS, VALVES, FANS, TERMINAL UNITS, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING PERIODIC INSPECTION THROUGH FINISHED WALLS OR CEILING, WHETHER INDICATED OR NOT. 2. COORDINATE ACCESS REQUIREMENTS WITH OTHER TRADES. 3. PROVIDE CONCEALED DRYWALL ACCESS DOORS UNLESS FIRE RATED ACCESS DOORS ARE REQUIRED BECAUSE OF FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION. 083326 OVERHEAD COILING SHUTTERS A. OVERHEAD COILING SHUTTER ASSEMBLIES SHALL INCLUDE SHUTTERS, GUIDES, BRACKETS, COUNTERBALANCE, HOOD, MOTOR, CONTROL MECHANISMS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. INSTALLERS: INSTALLATION SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A FACTORY TRAINED AND AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. C. APPROVED MANUFACTURER (ONE OF THE FOLLOWING, NO SUBSTITUTIONS): 1. QMI SECURITY SOLUTIONS (ITASCA IL; 630-529-7111) 2. NSBS (800-804-0059) FOR EXTERIOR GRILLS ONLY. D. SHUTTER TYPE: AS INDICATED AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH T-MOBILE NATIONAL ACCOUNT REQUIREMENTS. E. EXAMINATION 1. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY COMPLETION OF THE WORK. 2. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. F. INSTALLATION 1. INSTALL SHUTTER AND OPERATING EQUIPMENT COMPLETE WITH ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. G. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. VERIFY THAT MOVING PARTS OPERATE SMOOTHLY, COILING SHUTTERS ARE FREE FROM WARP, TWISTS, OR DISTORTION, SHUTTERS REMAIN IN REQUIRED POSITION, AND SAFETY FEATURES FUNCTION PROPERLY. 2. REPAIR DAMAGE TO OVERHEAD COILING SHUTTERS TO MATCH MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL FINISH. REPLACE COMPONENTS WHICH CANNOT BE PROPERLY REPAIRED. 3. ADJUST MECHANISM SO MOVING PARTS OPERATE SMOOTHLY. H. COLOR 1. PROVIDE ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISH, REGARDLESS OF STOREFRONT WINDOW COLOR. 084113 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS A. SUMMARY: 1. EXTERIOR ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT AND WINDOW SYSTEMS. 2. INTERIOR ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT SYSTEMS. 3. ALUMINUM FRAMED GLASS DOORS. B. REFERENCES: 1. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM): 2. B209 - ALUMINUM AND ALUMINUM ALLOY SHEET AND PLATE. 3. B221 - ALUMINUM ALLOY EXTRUDED BARS, RODS, WIRE, SHAPES, AND TUBES. 4. E283 - RATE OF AIR LEAKAGE THROUGH EXTERIOR WINDOWS, CURTAIN WALLS, AND DOORS. 5. E330 - STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE OF EXTERIOR WINDOWS, CURTAIN WALLS, AND DOORS BY UNIFORM STATIC AIR PRESSURE DIFFERENCE. r DI1l1S COP NIN C NT SUN � E GS, U 6. ARCHITECTURAL ALUMINUM MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION (AAMA). C. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: 1. PERFORMANCE - EXTERIOR ALUMINUM WINDOW AND STOREFRONT SYSTEM: a. SYSTEM SHALL ACCOMMODATE EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION CAUSED BY A TEMPERATURE RANGE OF 20 DEGREES TO 140 DEGREES F. WITHOUT DETRIMENTAL EFFECTS TO COMPONENTS, SEALING SYSTEMS, AND SURROUNDING CONSTRUCTION. b. DESIGN SYSTEM WITH PROVISIONS TO DRAIN MOISTURE TO THE EXTERIOR OF THE SYSTEM. c. AIR INFILTRATION: SHALL NOT EXCEED .05 CFM PER SQUARE FOOT OF FIXED AREA WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 283, d. WATER INFILTRATION: NO WATER PENETRATION AT A TEST PRESSURE OF 6.24-LB/SQ FT. WHEN MEASURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 331. 2. WINDOW AND STOREFRONT STRUCTURAL DESIGN: a. DESIGN AND SIZE MEMBERS TO WITHSTAND POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE WIND LOADS AS REQUIRED BY THE CURRENTLY ENFORCED EDITION OF THE BUILDING CODE. b. LIMIT MULLION DEFLECTION TO 1/175, OR FLEXURE LIMIT OF GLASS WITH FULL RECOVERY OF GLAZING MATERIALS, WHICHEVER IS LESS. D. WARRANTY: FURNISH FIVE YEAR WRITTEN WARRANTY EXECUTED TO T-MOBILE, FROM THE MANUFACTURER OF THE STOREFRONT SYSTEM, AGAINST DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 1. E. MATERIALS: 1. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM: ASTM B 221; 6063 T5 ALLOY AND TEMPER. 2. SHEET ALUMINUM: ASTM B 209; 5005-H32 ALLOY, OR APPROVED. F. COMPONENTS: 1. EXTERIOR STOREFRONT AND WINDOW FRAMING: a. PARTIAL REPLACEMENT: WHERE NEW ENTRANCE OR FRAMING IS INDICATED TO BE INSTALLED ALONG WITH EXISTING TO REMAIN, MATCH DIMENSIONS, PROFILE, GLAZING THICKNESS AND FINISH OF EXISTING ALUMINUM WINDOW FRAMING INDICATED TO REMAIN. b. WHERE STOREFRONT SYSTEM AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS IS NEW, PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD NOMINAL 2" X 4" CENTER -GLAZED THERMALLY BROKEN STOREFRONT FRAMING SYSTEM. 2. INTERIOR (MALL) STOREFRONT AND WINDOW FRAMING: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD NOMINAL 2" X 4" CENTER -GLAZED NON -THERMALLY BROKEN STOREFRONT FRAMING SYSTEM. 3. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: KAWNEER, YKK, EFCO, ARCADIA. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 4. DOORS: EXTRUDED ALUMINUM FRAME; MEDIUM STILE; PROVIDE WITH SPECIAL 10 INCH HIGH BOTTOM RAIL. 5. DOOR HARDWARE: a. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD OFFSET PIVOT HINGES, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. b. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WEATHERSTRIPPING, INCLUDING BOTTOM SWEEP. c. BALANCE OF HARDWARE IS LISTED ON THE DRAWINGS. d. GLAZING BEADS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD EPDM OR NEOPRENE GLAZING BEADS, FOR A COMPLETE WEATHERPROOF SEAL. FURNISH FOR INSTALLATION AS A PART OF THE WORK OF SECTION 088000. G. FABRICATION: 1. FABRICATE FRAMES ALLOWING FOR SHIM SPACING AROUND PERIMETER OF ASSEMBLY, YET ENABLING INSTALLATION. 2. RIGIDLY FIT JOINTS AND CORNERS. ACCURATELY FIT AND SECURE CORNERS TIGHT. MAKE CORNER JOINTS FLUSH, HAIRLINE, AND WEATHERPROOF. SEAL JOINTS WITH SEALANT. 3. PROVIDE DRAINAGE HOLES TO ALLOW WATER TO FLOW TO EXTERIOR. 4. PREPARE COMPONENTS TO RECEIVE ANCHORAGE DEVICES. FABRICATE ANCHORAGE ITEMS. 5. PROVIDE INTERNAL REINFORCEMENT IN MULLIONS WITH MEMBERS TO MAINTAIN RIGIDITY. PROVIDE REINFORCING AT ALL DOOR STRIKE JAMBS. 6. FABRICATE STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE HARDWARE USING TEMPLATES FURNISHED FROM SECTION 087100. 7. FABRICATE CUSTOM EXTRUSIONS, CLOSURES, AND SHEET MATERIALS TO THE SHAPES INDICATED; FABRICATE FOR ATTACHMENT WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS TO THE GREATEST POSSIBLE EXTENT. H. FINISH: 1. ANODIZED FINISH: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ANODIZED FINISH; .7 MIL MINIMUM THICKNESS; CLEAR, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE AT ALL EXPOSED ALUMINUM SURFACES. I. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL FRAMES, DOORS, AND HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2. USE ANCHORAGE DEVICES TO SECURELY ATTACH FRAME TO STRUCTURE. 3. ALIGN FRAMES PLUMB AND LEVEL, FREE OF WARP OR TWIST. MAINTAIN DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES, ALIGNING WITH ADJACENT WORK. 4. INSTALL ALUMINUM FLASHINGS AT HEAD AND SILL. FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT AND WINDOWS. 5. PERIMETER SEALANT IS PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 079200. 6. ADJUST HARDWARE INSTALLED IN THIS SECTION FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. 7. PROTECT ALUMINUM FROM DISSIMILAR MATERIAL WITH A COATING OF BITUMINOUS S U PAINT, A MINIMUM 1-MIL THICKNESS OF ZINC CHROMATE PRIMER, PLASTIC SEPARATOR MATERIALS, OR ISOLATION TAPE. KEEP ISOLATION MATERIALS UNEXPOSED TO VIEW. 087100 DOOR HARDWARE A. SUPPLIER: FINISH HARDWARE SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY RECOGNIZED BUILDERS' HARDWARE SUPPLIER WHO HAS BEEN FURNISHING HARDWARE IN THE SAME AREA AS THE PROJECT FOR A PERIOD OF NOT LESS THAN TWO YEARS. THE SUPPLIER'S ORGANIZATION SHALL INCLUDE A MEMBER OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE CONSULTANTS WHO IS AVAILABLE AT ALL REASONABLE TIMES DURING THE COURSE OF THE WORK TO MEET WITH T-MOBILE, ARCHITECT OR CONTRACTOR FOR PROJECT HARDWARE CONSULTATION. B. INSTALLER: FINISH HARDWARE SHALL BE INSTALLED ONLY BY EXPERIENCED TRADESMEN IN COMPLIANCE WITH TRADE UNION JURISDICTIONS, EITHER AT THE DOOR AND FRAME FABRICATION PLANT OR AT THE PROJECT SITE. C. CODES: 1. ALL FINISH HARDWARE SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL AND/OR STATE CURRENT BUILDING CODES. 2. HARDWARE FOR FIRE -RATED OPENINGS SHALL ALSO BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL FIRE BUILDING CODES APPLICABLE TO THE DISTRICT IN WHICH THE BUILDING IS LOCATED. PROVIDE ONLY HARDWARE WHICH HAS BEEN TESTED AND LISTED BY UL FOR THE TYPES AND SIZES OF DOORS REQUIRED, AND WHICH COMPLIES WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DOOR AND DOORFRAME LABELS. 3. PROVIDE SMOKE SEALS AS REQUIRED AT EACH FIRE -RATED OPENING. D. DELIVERY: DELIVER ALL HARDWARE IN MANUFACTURERS' ORIGINAL UNOPENED UNDAMAGED PACKAGES, CLEARLY IDENTIFYING MANUFACTURER, BRAND NAME, AND CONTENTS. E. IN ADDITION TO REQUIRED ONE YEAR WARRANTY UNDER CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, FURNISH 5-YEAR UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTEES FOR ALL DOOR CLOSERS, UNDER PROVISIONS OF DIVISION 1. F. FACTORY REPRESENTATIVES FOR DOOR CLOSERS, EXIT BOLTS, AND LOCKSETS SHALL BE AVAILABLE DURING THE CONSTRUCTION TO INSTRUCT THE CONTRACTOR ON THE PROPER METHOD OF INSTALLATION OF THEIR MATERIALS. THEY SHALL INSPECT AND ADJUST THEIR MATERIALS AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK, AND SUPPLY PROPER MAINTENANCE MANUALS TO T-MOBILE. G. FURNISH 2 SETS OF SPECIAL TOOLS FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF HARDWARE. TOOLS FOR MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS ARE TO BE DELIVERED TO T-MOBILE UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK. H. IN GENERAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FINISHES SHALL BE SATIN CHROME US26D. I. GENERAL: CONSTRUCTION MASTERKEY ALL LOCKSETS AND CYLINDER ITEMS; PROVIDE 6 CONSTRUCTION MASTERKEYS. J. KEYING: CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL KEYING, AS FOLLOWS: 1. CONSULT WITH T-MOBILE'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE AND PREPARE DETAILED KEYING SCHEDULE ACCORDINGLY. T-MOBILE'S REPRESENTATIVE WILL COORDINATE KEYING REQUIREMENTS WITH AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF HARDWARE SUPPLIER. 2. STAMP "DO NOT DUPLICATE" ON ALL KEYS. K. BUTTS: 1. IN THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS WHERE HAGER NUMBERS ARE LISTED, EQUIVALENT ITEMS OF LAWRENCE, MCKINNEY SALES COMPANY, OR THE STANLEY WORKS MAY BE SUPPLIED. 2. EXTERIOR DOORS (OUTSWING) 38" WIDE OR LESS SHALL HAVE HAGER BB1191 BUTTS, SIZE 4 1/2 X 4 1/2. 3. INTERIOR DOORS 38" WIDE OR LESS SHALL HAVE HAGER BB1279 BUTTS, SIZE 4 1/2 X 4 1/2. 4. PROVIDE BUTTS ON EXTERIOR DOORS WITH NON -REMOVABLE PINS (SET SCREW IN BARREL, PIN NON -REMOVABLE WHEN DOOR IS CLOSED), AND SAFETY STUD. 5. PROVIDE FULL THREADED WOOD SCREWS FOR WOOD DOORS AND/OR JAMBS. 6. BUTT WIDTHS LISTED ARE MINIMUM. PROVIDE BUTTS OF WIDER THROW TO SUITE CONDITIONS FOR 180° OPERATION OF DOORS, STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS PERMITTING. D,1.ISION $ - OPENINGSI CUNT, - L. LOCKSETS, DEADLOCKS, CYLINDERS AND PADLOCKS: 1. MANUFACTURER: A. LOCKS AND DEADLOCKS - AS NOTED IN HARDWARE SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS B. CYLINDERS AND PADLOCKS - AS NOTED IN HARDWARE SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS 2. PROVIDE NEW CYLINDER AT EACH EXISTING DOOR THAT HAS DEADLOCK OR LOCKSET. 3. PROVIDE LOCK STRIKES WITH MINIMUM PROJECTION TO PROTECT TRIM. 4. PROVIDE WROUGHT BOXES FOR LOCKSETS AND DEADLOCKS. 5. PROVIDE DEADLOCKS WITH ARMORED FRONTS. 6. FUNCTION AS INDICATED IN HARDWARE GROUPS. 7. DEAD BOLTS AT EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THROW OF 1 INCH AND MINIMUM EMBEDMENT OF % INCH. 8. TYPES: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. M. ELECTRONIC HARDWARE 1. TYPES: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. N. DOOR CLOSERS: 1. MANUFACTURERS: a. OVERHEAD CLOSERS: LCN OR RIXSON. b. FLOOR CLOSERS: LCN OR RIXSON. 2. ALL OVERHEAD CLOSERS TO BE MOUNTED ON INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR. NO THRU BOLTS. 3. PROVIDE MOUNTING BRACKETS AND PROPER LENGTH ARMS TO SUIT ALL CONDITIONS. PROVIDE ARM OPTIONS AS SCHEDULED OR RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. FINISH SHALL MATCH LOCKSETS 4. SIZES SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. CLOSERS SHALL HAVE A 5-YEAR UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTEE. 5. PROVIDE STANDARD FULL COVERS AT OVERHEAD CLOSERS; FINISH TO MATCH ARMS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 6. CLOSURE PRESSURE: SET TO 5 POUNDS FOR BOTH EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR DOORS, PER CURRENT REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT, UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE BY LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES. 7. TYPES: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 0. DOOR STOPS AND OVERHEAD STOPS: AS SCHEDULED. 1. LOCATE FLOOR STOPS FREE FROM FOOT TRAFFIC. 2. TYPES: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. P. PUSH/PULL BARS AND SETS: 1. TYPES: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. Q. WEATHERSTRIP, THRESHOLDS, DOOR BOTTOM AND GASKETS: 1. MANUFACTURER: PEMKO MFG. CO., OR APPROVED EQUAL BY RIXSON. 2. TYPES: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. R. MISCELLANEOUS: 1. PROVIDE SILENCERS FOR ALL DOORJAMBS, 3 FOR SINGLE JAMBS AND 4 FOR DOUBLE JAMBS. 2. TYPES: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. S. FURNISH FOR EACH DOOR THE ITEMS SCHEDULED WITHIN THE DESIGNATED HARDWARE GROUPS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. T. ADJUSTMENTS AND TESTING: 1. ADJUST AND CHECK EACH OPERATING ITEM OF HARDWARE AND EACH DOOR TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION OF FUNCTION OF EVERY UNIT, 2. LUBRICATE MOVING PARTS WITH GRAPHITE TYPE LUBRICANT UNLESS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED BY THE HARDWARE MANUFACTURER. 3. REPLACE UNITS WHICH CANNOT BE ADJUSTED AND LUBRICATED TO OPERATE FREELY AND SMOOTHLY AS INTENDED FOR THE APPLICATION MADE. 4. ADJUST CLOSER PRESSURES AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 087100, UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES. 5. TESTING: a. TEST CLOSER FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 087100, INCLUDING OPENING FORCE AND CLOSING SPEED REQUIRED BY JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES. b. PROVIDE TESTING DEVICE, OPERATE TEST AT EACH DOOR, AND PROVIDE A WRITTEN REPORT ON RESULTS OF TESTS. c. TESTING DEVICE SHALL REMAIN IN THE POSSESSION OF T-MOBILE. 087300 DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION A. QUALITY ASSURANCE: INSTALLERS OF DOORS AND FINISH HARDWARE SHALL BE SKILLED MECHANICS REGULARLY EMPLOYED IN THE DOOR HARDWARE INDUSTRY AND EXPERIENCED IN THE INSTALLATION OF DOORS AND DOOR HARDWARE. B. DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE: SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. C. DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION 1. FIT AND PREPARE DOORS FOR INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DOOR MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. 2. INSTALL DOORS PLUMB AND SQUARE. 3. PROVIDE CLEARANCES OF 1/8 INCH AT JAMBS AND HEADS, 1/8 INCH AT MEETING STILES FOR PAIRS OF DOORS, AND 1/2 INCH FROM BOTTOM OF DOOR TO TOP OF DECORATIVE FLOOR FINISH OR COVERING, EXCEPT WHERE THRESHOLD IS SHOWN OR SCHEDULED PROVIDE 1/4-INCH CLEARANCE FROM BOTTOM OF DOOR TO TOP OF THRESHOLD. 4. INSTALL ROSES, KICK PLATES, CLOSERS, AND OTHER SURFACE MOUNTED HARDWARE ONLY AFTER DOOR FINISHING IS COMPLETE AND FINISHES ARE COMPLETELY CURED. 5. FIT HOLLOW METAL DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SDI 100. 6. FINISH HARDWARE INSTALLATION a. INSTALLER SHALL RECEIVE DELIVERY AND UNPACK, TAG, INDEX, AND FILE ALL KEYS. KEEP HARDWARE IN A SEPARATE ROOM UNDER LOCK AND KEY AT THE SITE UNTIL INSTALLATION IS MADE. b. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CORRECT INSTALLATION AND FIT OF HARDWARE AT THE LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED. c. INSTALL EACH HARDWARE ITEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. d. WHEREVER CUTTING AND FITTING ARE REQUIRED TO INSTALL HARDWARE ONTO OR INTO SURFACES WHICH ARE LATER TO BE PAINTED OR FINISHED IN ANOTHER WAY, INSTALL EACH ITEM COMPLETELY AND THEN REMOVE AND STORE IN A SECURE PLACE DURING THE FINISH APPLICATION. AFTER COMPLETION OF THE FINISHES, REINSTALL EACH ITEM. DO NOT INSTALL SURFACE -MOUNTED ITEMS UNTIL FINISHES HAVE BEEN COMPLETED ON THE SUBSTRATE. e. HARDWARE MOUNTING HEIGHTS: AS INDICATED. WHERE NOT INDICATED, COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE NATIONAL BUILDERS HARDWARE ASSOCIATION (NBHA). 7. ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: ADJUST AND CHECK EACH OPERATING ITEM OF HARDWARE AND EACH DOOR TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION OF FUNCTION OF EVERY UNIT. LUBRICATE MOVING PARTS WITH GRAPHITE TYPE LUBRICANT UNLESS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED BY THE HARDWARE MANUFACTURER. REPLACE UNITS WHICH CANNOT BE ADJUSTED AND LUBRICATED TO OPERATE FREELY AND SMOOTHLY AS INTENDED FOR THE APPLICATION MADE. 088000 GLAZING A. GLASS: PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING GLASS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS: 1. CLEAR GLASS: ASTM C1036, TYPE I, CLASS 1, CLEAR, QUALITY Q3 GLAZING SELECT. B. PLASTIC GLAZING: ACRYLIC PANEL AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. C. ACCESSORIES: 1. SILICONE SEALANT: DOW CORNING "795"; CLEAR COLOR. 2. SETTING BLOCKS: COMPATIBLE WITH SILICONE SEALANTS; 70-90 SHORE A HARDNESS. 3. SPACERS: COMPATIBLE WITH SILICONE SEALANT. 4. GLAZING TAPE: TREMCO "CCN" SPONGE, OR APPROVED. 5. GLAZING CHANNELS: EXTRUDED ALUMINUM; PROFILE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS; CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH. D. FABRICATION: 1. INSULATING GLASS UNITS: a. DUAL LITE UNITS FABRICATED FROM GLASS AS SCHEDULED; 1/2 INCH NOMINAL AIRSPACE; DUAL SEAL SYSTEM. b. TWIN SEALS; POLYISOBUTYLENE PRIMARY SEAL AND SILICONE SECONDARY SEAL. OUTER SEAL SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH GLAZING SYSTEM. c. SPACER BAR: MILL FINISH ALUMINUM; FILL WITH DESICCANT; CORNERS SHALL BE PARTIALLY MITER CUT AND BENT (NOT CUT THROUGH), OR FORMED WITH CORNER KEYS ULTRASONICALLY SOLDERED IN PLACE. d. CERTIFIED THROUGH THE INSULATING GLASS CERTIFICATION COUNCIL (IG.C.C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E773 AND E774; CERTIFIED TO LEVEL CBA. e. EACH PIECE SHALL BEAR CERTIFICATION NUMBER, DATE, AND MANUFACTURER'S IDENTIFICATION MARK. 2. TEMPERED AND HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS: a. TEMPERED GLASS: GLASS WHICH HAS BEEN HEAT TREATED TO STRENGTHEN GLASS IN BENDING TO NOT LESS THAN 4 TIMES THE ANNEALED STRENGTH; CERTIFIED SAFETY GLASS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI Z97.1. b. HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS: ASTM C1048; GLASS WHICH HAS BEEN HEAT TREATED TO STRENGTHEN GLASS IN BENDING TO NOT LESS THAN 2 TIMES ANNEALED STRENGTH. c. FABRICATE TEMPERED AND HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS UNITS SO THAT PRINCIPLE DISTORTION WILL BE IN THE HORIZONTAL DIRECTION IN THE FINISHED INSTALLATION. d. UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL ON EACH LIGHT, INDICATING TYPE AND THICKNESS OF GLASS. Mobi*le" 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM WWW.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 E CF. F OLQU �4 ✓C . ti, �0K 0 4 'SrFR -D A�G�� 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: CV W Q Lu Q r Z Q M W > cM o Lu JJ .j 5 O J m � od � J - � J � ♦♦a^^ V 00 > N W -JN J ♦Q V DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: 4 3 e 1 A703 4 I 3 I 2 1 0 1 ml QI I li ION p; E 7N 0 l � . � � t� I�II��, '�>, E. COMPLY WITH UBC REQUIREMENTS FOR IDENTIFICATION AND LABELING OF SAFETY -GLAZING MATERIALS IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO HUMAN IMPACT LOADS. 3. GLAZING CLIPS: a. PROVIDE GLAZING CLIPS AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS b. C.R. LAURENCE CO., INC.: 90 DEGREE; FINISH: POLISHED STAINLESS; PRODUCT: MFC34 - 2" DIA. c. C.R. LAURENCE CO., INC.: 135 DEGREE; FINISH: POLISHED STAINLESS; PRODUCT: MFC38 - 2" DIA. d. C.R. LAURENCE CO., INC.: 180 DEGREE; FINISH: POLISHED STAINLESS; PRODUCT: MFC30 - 2" DIA. F. PREPARATION: 1. CLEAN CONTACT SURFACES AND WIPE DRY. 2. SEAL FRAME CORNER JOINTS, AND OTHER LEAKAGE POINTS WITH SEALANT. AT INSULATING GLASS UNITS THE SEALANT SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE SEAL OF THE UNIT. DO NOT PLUG WEEP HOLES. 3. PRIME SURFACES SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE SEALANT, UNLESS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED BY THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER. F. INSTALLATION: 1. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, GLAZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT EDITION OF GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA (GANA): GLAZING MANUAL. 2. SETTING BLOCKS: PLACE SETTING BLOCKS IN FRAMES FOR SUPPORT OF GLASS. PLACE AT QUARTER POINTS UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE. 3. SET GLASS TIGHTLY IN POSITION WITH PROPER CLEARANCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REFERENCED STANDARD. 4. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, GLAZE UNITS WITH GASKETS FURNISHED WITH THE FRAMING SYSTEMS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. 5. GLAZING FOR INTERIOR NON -RATED DOORS AND WINDOWS, WHERE GASKETS ARE NOT FURNISHED: a. GLAZE WITH GLAZING TAPE. b. PRE -MEASURE AND CUT TAPES TO REQUIRED LENGTHS; ADHERE TO FIXED STOPS, SETTING HORIZONTAL TAPE AT HEADS AND SILLS BEFORE VERTICAL TAPE. C. INSTALL TAPE WITH TIGHT BUTT JOINTS; NO OVERLAPS WILL BE ACCEPTED. SET TAPE WITH STRAIGHT LINES LEVEL WITH FRAME SIGHT LINE. d. POSITION GLASS, UNIFORMLY SEALING AGAINST TAPE. INSTALL INSIDE REMOVABLE STOPS AND PLACE TAPE IN STOPS FORMING A UNIFORM SEAL AGAINST GLASS, LEVEL WITH SIGHT LINES. 6. GLAZING FOR FIRE RATED DOORS AND WINDOWS: GLAZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 80, UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE BY THE LABELING REQUIREMENT OF THE FRAME. 7. ADJUST GLAZING MATERIALS TO FORM A UNIFORM SIGHT LINE. G.SCHEDULE: 1. TYPE 1: CLEAR TEMPERED GLAZING WHERE INDICATED AND SPECIFIED. 2. TYPE 2: INSULATING GLASS, DOUBLE GLAZED UNITS WITH 1/2 INCH AIR SPACE BETWEEN TWO PANES OF 1/4 INCH GLASS; OUTER PANE SHALL BE TINTED HEAT STRENGTHENED OR TEMPERED GLASS; INNER PANE SHALL BE CLEAR GLASS. 3. PROVIDE TEMPERED WHERE INDICATED AND SPECIFIED. WHERE NOT REQUIRED BY CODE TO BE TEMPERED, PROVIDE ANNEALED, HEAT -STRENGTHENED OR TEMPERED GLASS AS DETERMINED BY GLASS MANUFACTURER'S GLASS ANALYSIS. H. PROVIDE TEMPERED GLASS IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES. DIV1*ION f �� - FIIVI IH S 090561.13 MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSIONG CONTROL A.GENERAL: PRE -FORMED MOISTURE SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE INSTALLED OVER CONCRETE SUBFLOOR AS A FLOOR COVERING UNDERLAYMENT. B. REFERENCES: 1. D3273-00- STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR RESISTANCE TO GROWTH OF MOLD ON THE SURFACE OF INTERIOR COATINGS IN AN ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBER 2. E-96-05 - STANDARD TEST METHODS FOR WATER VAPOR TRANSMISSION OF MATERIALS 3. F 2170 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE HUMIDITY IN CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS USING IN SITU PROBES C.SUBMITTALS: 1. MANUFACTURER'S CURRENT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 2. MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY REGISTRATION WITH CONCRETE SUBFLOOR MOISTURE TEST RESULTS AND BUILDING AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY TEST RESULTS. SECTION 0 D. COORDINATION: COORDINATE THIS F WORK AND DIRECTLY RELATED O SECTION S WITH CONCRETE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR AND FINISH FLOORING WORK. E. MATERIALS 1. MANUFACTURER: HALEX CORPORATION; VERSASHIELD. WWW.HALEXCORP.COM (800)576-1636 2. PRODUCT NAME: VERSASHIELD 95 FLOORING UNDERLAYMENT LY 4-PLY COMPOSITE PRODUCT, a. MATERIAL: FREE-STANDING, DIMENSIONAL STABLE, 4 P GO SI O , ENGINEERED AS A MOISTURE SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE TO BE USED ON CONCRETE FLOORS WHERE HIGH MOISTURE EXISTS. b. DIMENSIONS: [144 FT LONG BY 5 FT WIDE] STANDARD ROLL. c. MOLD, MILDEW & FUNGAL RESISTANCE, ASTM D3273: 10 RATING d. MOISTURE VAPOR TRANSMISSION RATE, ASTM E96-05: LESS THAN 0.01 G/HR/ SQ M e. NO SUBSTITUTIONS PERMITTED 3. PRODUCT NAME: VERSASHIELD MBX FLOORING UNDERLAYMENT a. MATERIAL: FREE-STANDING, DIMENSIONALLY STABLE, 4-PLY COMPOSITE PRODUCT, ENGINEERED AS A MOISTURE SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE TO BE USED ON CONCRETE FLOORS WHERE HIGH MOISTURE EXISTS. b. DIMENSIONS: [144 FT LONG BY 5 FT WIDE] STANDARD ROLL. c. MOLD, MILDEW & FUNGAL RESISTANCE, ASTM D3273: 10 RATING d. MOISTURE VAPOR TRANSMISSION RATE, ASTM E96-05: LESS THAN 0.01 G/HR/ SQ M e. NO SUBSTITUTIONS PERMITTED 4. ACCESSORIES: VERSASHIELD TAPE a. APPLICATION: JOINING OF MOISTURE SUPPRESSION UNDERLAYMENT SEAMS b. DESCRIPTION: MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER'S MOISTURE SUPPRESSION TAPE WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE. F. EXAMINATION 1. REFERENCE: SECTION 017000: VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK. 2. VERIFY THAT SUB -FLOOR SURFACES ARE SMOOTH AND FLAT WITHIN TOLERANCES SPECIFIED FOR THE TYPE OF WORK AND ARE READY TO RECEIVE FLOORING. 3. VERIFY THAT SUB -FLOOR IS PREPARED PER ASTM 710. REMOVE COATINGS, INCLUDING CURING COMPOUNDS, AND OTHER SUBSTANCES THAT ARE INCOMPATIBLE WITH ADHESIVES AND THAT CONTAIN SOAP, WAX, OILS, OR SILICONE, WITHOUT USING SOLVENTS. DO NO INSTALL FLOORING IF ALKALINITY EXCEEDS 9 PH. 4. VERIFY SUB -FLOOR MOISTURE TEST RESULTS BY CONDUCT RELATIVE HUMIDITY PER ASTM F2170. DO NOT INSTALL FLOORING IS RH EXCEED 75% RELATIVE HUMIDITY. REPORT MOISTURE TEST RESULTS TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FLOOR INSTALLATION. a. IF SUB -FLOOR TEST RESULTS EXCEED 75% RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND 9 PH, PROVIDE AND INSTALL MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEM, VERSASHIELD 95 UP TO 95% RELATIVE HUMIDITY OR VERSASHIELD MBX UP TO 99% RELATIVE HUMIDITY. b. DO NOT INSTALL IF RH WITHIN THE CONCRETE EXCEEDS 99% G. INSTALLATION 1. INSTALL MOISTURE SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE WITH SMOOTH FILM SIDE FACING CONCRETE SLAB. 2. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER'S CURRENT WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 3. IF ANY JOBSITE CONDITION INTERFERES WITH COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, CONTACT MANUFACTURER AND OBTAIN WRITTEN JOB -SPECIFIC PROCEDURES. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OR T-MOBILE'S REPRESENTATIVE AS REQUIRED. 4. ADHESIVES - APPLY ADHESIVE TO MINERAL -COATED SURFACE OF MOISTURE SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE. USE ONLY WATER -BASED ADHESIVES. DO NOT USE SOLVENT -BASED ADHESIVES. 5. PROTECTION - PROTECT MOISTURE SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE FROM DAMAGE DURING FLOORING INSTALLATION. DO NOT TEAR, RIP, PUNCTURE, OR DELAMINATE MEMBRANE WHEN APPLYING TROWEL -ON ADHESIVE. REPAIR DAMAGED AREAS ACCORDING TO MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE FLOORING INSTALLATION. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS, INTACT MOISTURE SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE UNDER ENTIRE DESIGNATED FLOORING AREA. 6. INSTALL FLOORING ACCORDING TO FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS DI �iI�JN # C�►I'� 092200 LIGHT GAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING A. SUMMARY: INTERIOR PARTITION, CEILING, AND SOFFIT CONSTRUCTION, NOT COVERED BY SECTION 054000. B. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: 1. STRUCTURAL DESIGN: a. SELECT FRAMING SYSTEMS, GAGES, SUPPORTS, BRACING, AND CONNECTIONS AS NECESSARY TO MEET THE STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED. b. PARTITION FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO THE WIDTHS INDICATED, UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE THICKER GAGES AND DECREASED STUD SPACING AS NECESSARY TO MEET THE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. 2. DESIGN LOADS: a. INTERIOR CEILING ASSEMBLIES: 5 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT UNIFORM LIVE LOAD, PLUS DEAD LOADS. b. INTERIOR PARTITIONS: 5 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT UNIFORM LIVE LATERAL LOAD. c. EXTERIOR SOFFITS: 25 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT UNIFORM LIVE LOAD. 3. DEFLECTION REQUIREMENTS: MAXIMUM OF 1/240 THE SPAN, EXCEPT MAXIMUM 1/360 AT TILE. C. CODE REQUIREMENTS: 1. PROVIDE ASSEMBLIES MEETING THE HOURLY FIRE RATINGS INDICATED AND SPECIFIED. ASSEMBLIES SHALL BEEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E119, AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES. 2. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF OTHER MATERIALS WHICH ARE A PART EACH ASSEMBLY. 3. FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS INDICATED. IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICT, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT, AND DO NOT BEGIN CONSTRUCTION IN THE AREA OF CONFLICT UNTIL THE CONFLICT HAS BEEN RESOLVED. 4. PROVIDE ALL CALCULATIONS, DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND OTHER VERIFICATION AS REQUIRED BY THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITY TO OBTAIN APPROVAL OF THE LIGHT GAGE METAL FRAMING INSTALLATION. D. MATERIALS: 1. LIGHT GAGE METAL FRAMING: ASTM C645; GALVANIZED; PROVIDE "C" SHAPED STUDS, U SHAPED RUNNERS, HAT AND "Z" SHAPED FURRING CHANNELS, AND OTHER SIZES AND SHAPES AS NECESSARY. MINIMUM 25 GAGE, EXCEPT FURNISH THICKER GAGES AS REQUIRED TO MEET DEFLECTION REQUIREMENTS. 2. COLD ROLLED CHANNELS: RUST INHIBITIVE PAINT COATING; SIZES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C754. 3. SCREWS: SELF -TAPPING; LOW PROFILE HEAD. 4. SECURITY MESH: AMICO (ALABAMA METAL INDUSTRIES CORP) BIRMINGHAM AL (800/366-2642); ASM .50-13F, MINIMUM 13 GAGE, UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE. 5. PROPRIETARY CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM: A. MANUFACTURER: I. AS SPECIFIED: ARMSTRONG (800-207-2321). 11. ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTIONS: III. USG INTERIORS, INC. (CHICAGO, IL; 800-874-4968). IV. CHICAGO METALLIC (CHICAGO, IL LOS ANGELES, CA; 800-323-7164). B. SUSPENSION SYSTEM: SIMILAR TO SYSTEM 650, OR 670; ASTM C635 HEAVY DUTY CLASSIFICATION. I. FURRING RUNNERS: MANUFACTURED FROM 0.020 INCH THICK STEEL 1-3/8 INCH WIDE WITH KNURLED FACE BY 1-1/2 INCHES HIGH; FACTORY PUNCHED CROSS TEE SLOTS, HANGER HOLES, AND NON -DIRECTIONAL BAYONET END TAB COUPLINGS. 11. FURRING TEES: MANUFACTURED FROM 0.020 INCH THICK L-3/8 INCH WIDE WITH KNURLED FACE BY 1-1/2 INCHES HIGH; FACTORY PUNCHED CROSS TEE SLOTS AND HANGER HOLES. 111. FURRING CROSS CHANNEL: 0.020 INCH THICK STEEL; 1-3/8 INCH WIDE WITH KNURLED FACE BY 7/8 INCHES HIGH BY 48 INCHES LONG WITH STRAIGHT LOCKING END TABS. IV. CROSS TEES: 0.020 INCH THICK STEEL 15/16 INCH WIDE BY 1-1/2 INCHES HIGH; WITH STAKED -ON DIP END TAB COUPLINGS, FACTORY PUNCHED CROSS TEE SLOTS. V. MOLDINGS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD. 6. PARTITION HEAD COMPENSATING CHANNEL (NON -RATED): DESIGN FOR MINIMUM +/- 1/2" DEFLECTION. PROFILES AS INDICATED; ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. 20 GAGE DEEP LEG TRACK; 2 INCH LEGS. b. SLIP TRACK SYSTEMS INC. (ANAHEIM, CA; 714-761-1921) "SLP-TRK." 7. OTHER FRAMING MATERIALS: FURNISH IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 754. E. PARTITION FRAMING: 1. RUNNERS: a. SECURE RUNNERS WITH FASTENERS AT MAXIMUM 24 INCHES OC. b. AT CONCRETE FLOORS, USE POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS OR DRILLED IN CONCRETE ANCHORS. c. TOP RUNNER: USE PROPRIETARY COMPENSATING CHANNEL OR DEEP LEG TRACK AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE BUILDING DEFLECTION. d. ALIGN TO TOLERANCES SPECIFIED. 2. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, INSTALL STUDS VERTICALLY AT 16 INCHES O.C., AND NOT MORE THAN 2 INCHES FROM ABUTTING CONSTRUCTION, AT EACH SIDE OF OPENINGS, AND AT CORNERS. 3. FIT RUNNERS UNDER AND ABOVE OPENINGS; SECURE INTERMEDIATE STUDS AT SPACING OF WALL STUDS. 4. BRACE PARTITION FRAMING SYSTEM AND MAKE RIGID. 5. INSTALL DOUBLE STUDS CONTINUOUS FROM FLOOR TO CEILING TRACK AT THE JAMB OF EACH DOOR FRAME AND CASED OPENING. STUDS SHALL BE THE SAME GAGE AS THE ADJACENT STUDS, BUT NO LESS THAN 20 GAGE. PROVIDE DIAGONAL STEEL STUD BRACING TO STRUCTURE AT EACH JAMB AT PARTITIONS WHICH DO NOT EXTEND TO STRUCTURE. 6. COORDINATE ERECTION OF STUD SYSTEM WITH REQUIREMENTS OF DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, RECESSED TOILET ACCESSORIES, ACCESS DOORS, AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION WITHIN MOUNTED PARTITION CONSTRUCTION. 7. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF FRAMING WITH THE GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLER TO ENSURE SUPPORT AT ALL BOARD EDGES. PROVIDE FRAMING IMMEDIATELY EITHER SIDE OF EXPANSION JOINTS. 8. STUD SPLICING NOT PERMISSIBLE. 9. AT NON -LOAD BEARING FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS SUBJECT TO COMPRESSION CAUSED BY OVERHEAD STRUCTURAL DEFLECTION, CUT STUDS 1/2 INCH SHORT FROM FULL HEIGHT, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. DO NOT RIGIDLY CONNECT STUD TO TOP RUNNER. 10. STUD BRIDGING: a. AT INTERIOR PARTITIONS GREATER THAN 4 FEET IN LENGTH, AND WITH RIGID FACING MATERIAL ON ONE STUD FLANGE ONLY, PROVIDE 3/4" BRIDGING CHANNELS IN HORIZONTAL ROWS AT A MAXIMUM OF 5'-0" ON CENTER FOR THE FULL HEIGHT OF THE PARTITION. b. INTERIOR FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS (STUDS EXTENDING FROM THE FLOOR TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE) WITH RIGID FACING MATERIAL STOPPING T-0" OR MORE BELOW TOP OF STUDS - PROVIDE ONE ROW 3/4" BRIDGING CHANNEL HORIZONTALLY AT TERMINATION OF GYPSUM BOARD MATERIAL, AND ONE ADDITIONAL ROW FOR EACH 5'-0" OF EXPOSED STUDS. C. INSTALL STUD BRIDGING CHANNELS IN LONG LENGTHS, WIRE TYING AND LAPPING THE JOINTS A MINIMUM OF 12." 11. ATTACH BRIDGING CHANNEL TO EACH STUD AS SHOWN IN MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. 12. INSTALL SECURITY MESH AT ALL WALLS OF THE INVENTORY ROOM PER SECTION 092200. F. CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING: 1. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS WITH THE WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS. 2. PROVIDE CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING AS INDICATED. WHERE NOT INDICATED PROVIDE, STUD AND RUNNER FRAMING, SUSPENDED FRAMING, OR PROPRIETARY SUSPENDED FRAMING. 3. PROPRIETARY SUSPENDED FRAMING: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 4. STUD AND RUNNER FRAMING: a. SECURE RUNNERS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH FASTENERS AT A MAXIMUM OF 24 INCHES ON CENTER. SIZE FASTENERS AND USE REINFORCEMENTS AS NECESSARY TO SUPPORT THE DEAD LOADS APPLIED. b. SCREW FASTEN FRAMING AT EACH FLANGE JOINT. c. SPACE STUDS AT 16 INCHES ON CENTER AT HORIZONTAL LOCATIONS. d. SELECT MEMBERS TO MEET THE STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED. 5. LIGHT GAGE SUSPENDED FRAMING: a. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C754, UNLESS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. b. SUSPEND CEILING FROM OVERHEAD STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ONLY. DO NOT SUPPORT FROM ANY ELECTRICAL, HVAC, PLUMBING, OR SPRINKLER SYSTEM COMPONENTS. c. SPACE CARRYING CHANNELS 4 FEET ON CENTER WITH SPLICES LAPPED 12 INCHES AND TIED. d. SUPPORT COLD ROLLED CARRYING CHANNELS WITH HANGER WIRES SPACED AT 3 FEET ON CENTER FOR LATH AND PLASTER CEILINGS AND 4 FEET ON CENTER FOR GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS. LOOP HANGER WIRE AROUND SUPPORT ELEMENT AND TIGHTLY WRAP AROUND VERTICAL WIRE 3 TIMES; CUT OFF NEATLY. ' ON � \ ■- , D E e. SPACE FURRING CHANNELS 16" O.C. WITH SPLICES LAPPED 12", MINIMUM AND TIED; CLIP OR SADDLE TIE TO RUNNER CHANNELS WITH 16-GAGE TIE WIRE. f. WHERE OVERHEAD OBSTRUCTIONS PREVENT THE REGULAR SPACING OF HANGERS, PROVIDE SECONDARY CARRYING MEMBERS FOR INDIRECT SUPPORT OF THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM, OR REINFORCE THE NEAREST ADJACENT HANGERS AND RELATED FRAMING COMPONENTS AS REQUIRED TO SPAN THE REQUIRED DISTANCE. 6. STABILIZE SUSPENDED CEILING, SOFFIT, AND FASCIA FRAMING AGAINST LATERAL MOVEMENT BY MEANS OF DIAGONAL BRACING. AT LOCATIONS WHERE PARTITIONS EXTEND TO CEILING, ONLY, INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY BRACING AT MAXIMUM 8'-0" O.C. ALONG LENGTH OF PARTITION, AND ABOVE EACH DOOR HINGE AND STRIKE JAMB. 7. FORM OPENINGS IN CEILINGS AND FRAME OPENINGS FOR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES, AIR DIFFUSERS, ACCESS DOORS, HATCHES, ETC. 8. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY HANGER WIRES FOR SUPPORT OF CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. G.BACKING: 1. PROVIDE STEEL BACKING WHERE INDICATED. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION STEEL BACKING PLATES MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR WOOD BLOCKING, EXCEPT WOOD BLOCKING SHALL BE USED AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: HANDRAILS, GUARDRAILS, GRAB BARS, AND SIMILAR SAFETY ITEMS. 2. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, STEEL BACKING SHALL CONSIST OF MINIMUM 4 INCH WIDE 16 GAGE STEEL PLATE SCREWED RIGIDLY TO THE STUDS. H. INSTALLATION TOLERANCES: 1. INSTALL MEMBERS TO PROVIDE SURFACE PLANE WITH MAXIMUM VARIATION OF 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET IN ANY DIRECTION. 2. LOCATE ASSEMBLIES WITHIN 1/4 INCH OF REQUIRED LOCATIONS. METAL STUD SCHEDULE INTERIOR HEIGHT STUD FLANGE GAGE SPACING 12'4" 3 5/8" 1 5/8" 20 24" O.C. 14'-0" 3 5/8" 1 5/8" 20 16" O.C. 16'4" 3 5/8" 1 5/8" 18 16" O.C. 18'4" 3 5/8" 1 5/8" 1 16 12" O.C. EXTERIOR HEIGHT STUD FLANGE GAGE SPACING 12'-0" 6" 2" 18 16" O.C. 14'-0" 6" 2" 16 12" O.C. 16'-0" 6" 2 1/2" 14 12" O.C. 18'-0" 6" 2 1/2" 12 12" O.C. 092200 INVENTORY ROOM SPECIFICATIONS A.WALLS AND CEILING 1. WALLS MUST BE DECK -TO -DECK, CEILING TO HARD DECK CEILING, OR 6" ABOVE CEILING AS DESCRIBED IN THE WALL TYPES ON SHEET A531. 2. HARDENING: EXPANDED CARBON STEEL AND FIBER -CEMENT BACKERBOARD MATERIALS MUST BE INSTALLED ON THE INTERIOR SIDE OF THE INVENTORY ROOM WALL STUDS. a. EXPANDED CARBON STEEL SECURITY MESH: AMICO (ALABAMA METAL INDUSTRIES CORP) BIRMINGHAM AL (800/366-2642); ASM .50-13F, MINIMUM 13 GAGE, UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE. INSTALL ON THE INTERIOR SIDE OF THE WALL STUDS. I. STEEL MUST MEET OR EXCEED ASTM A-569 HSLA STEEL. CONVENTIONAL EXPANDED CARBON STEEL THAT IS NOT MANUFACTURED SPECIFICALLY FOR SECURITY PURPOSES IS NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR THIS USE. 11. CARBON STEEL (MESH) SIZE OPENINGS MAY NOT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS: 0.5 INCH X 1.26 INCHES. III.ANCHOR THE EXPANDED CARBON STEEL (INCLUDING ALL SEAMS) TO EACH STUD USING SECURE CLIPS [AMICO SECURA CLIPS] (FASTENERS WITH AN EXPANDED SURFACE AREA) WITH FLAT HEAD, PHILLIPS, ONE-WAY, STEEL SCREWS SPACED NO MORE THAN 12 INCHES APART VERTICALLY (DRYWALL SCREWS ARE UNACCEPTABLE). STEEL SCREWS MUST PENETRATE THROUGH THE STUDS BY AT LEAST 0.25 INCH, PER MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. IV. END JOINTS MUST BE BUTTED AND OCCUR OVER STUDS. IF OVERLAPPING IS NECESSARY, A LONGER SCREW MUST BE USED TO MAINTAIN A 0.25 INCH STUD PENETRATION. B. FIBER -CEMENT BACKERBOARD I. INSTALL 0.5 INCH FIBER -CEMENT HARDIBACKER (JAMES HARDIE BUILDING PRODUCTS, INC.) BACKERBOARD ON THE INTERIOR SIDE OF THE WALL STUDS (BUT DIRECTLY OVER THE EXPANDED CARBON STEEL). 11. HARDIBACKER FIBER -CEMENT BACKERBOARD MUST BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. HARDIBACKER INFORMATION CAN BE FOUND AT: HTTP://WVWV.JAMESHARD IE.COM/BACKERBOARD/HOMEOWNER/HARDI BACKER500, PHP III.END JOINTS MUST BE BUTTED AND OCCUR OVER STUDS. 4. AVOID VENTS IN THE INVENTORY ROOMS. IF REQUIRED, VENTS OR LOUVERS MUST BE: a. NO GREATER THAN 24 SQUARE INCHES AND LOCATED BEHIND (EXTERIOR SIDE OF) THE EXPANDED CARBON STEEL DESCRIBED IN SECTION 1.3.1 (ABOVE). b. SUPPLY / RETURN DUCTS SHALL NOT EXCEED 24" SQUARE. INSTALL BURGLAR BARS IF OPENING EXCEEDS THE RECOMMENDED SIZES. B. INVENTORY ROOM DOOR (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE AND BELOW) 1. INVENTORY ROOMS MAY ONLY HAVE ONE (1) ACCESS POINT/DOOR. 2. DUTCH DOORS MUST NOT BE INSTALLED. 3. THE DOOR MUST BE METAL OR OF SOLID CORE WOOD CONSTRUCTION, AND A MINIMUM OF 1.75 INCHES THICK. a. A METAL DOOR MUST BE OF 16-GAUGE STEEL. E-016; b. A SOLID CORE WOODEN DOOR REQUIRES A 16-GAUGE STEEL SKIN. c. THE DOOR MAY NOT HAVE VENTS, LOUVERS, OR CONTAIN ANY OPENINGS OTHER THAN THOSE NECESSARY TO AFFIX THE DOOR HARDWARE/HANDLE. 4. THE DOOR FRAME MUST BE STEEL AND REINFORCED TO ENSURE DURABILITY. a. THE STEEL FRAME MUST BE ANCHORED TO THE WALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS OR BEST PRACTICES; b. SUPPORTING WALL STRUCTURES MUST CONSIST OF DOUBLE STUDDING OR FRAMING OF EQUIVALENT STRENGTH; AND c. THERE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 0.125 INCH CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE DOOR AND THE FRAME. 5. THE DOOR MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH A PROPERLY FUNCTIONING, COMMERCIAL GRADE, AUTOMATIC DOOR CLOSER DEVICE. 6. IF THE DOOR HINGES ARE ACCESSIBLE FROM THE EXTERIOR SIDE, THE HINGE MUST BE A HEAVY DUTY CONTINUOUS (PIANO OR ROTON) HINGE. 7. THE DOOR MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH A LATCH GUARD COVERING THE EXTERIOR LATCH EXPOSURE. CLOCKS/ KEYS 1. INVENTORY ROOM DOORS MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH HIGH QUALITY, COMMERCIAL GRADE LOCKS THAT: a. USE MANUFACTURER -RESTRICTED KEYWAYS (INCLUDING INSTAKEY) AND b. CANNOT BE SET IN AN UNLOCKED STATE (I.E., STOREROOM FUNCTION). 2. THE SECURITECH 4850 MP 5 POLICE LOCK (5-POINT SECURITY LOCK) LOCKING SYSTEM MUST BE INSTALLED ON THE INTERIOR SIDE OF THE INVENTORY ROOM TO SECURE THE INVENTORY ROOM DOOR AFTER HOURS. SECURITECH 4850 INFORMATION CAN BE FOUND AT: a. HTTP://WVWV.SECURITECH.COM/DO1-MP-POLICE-LOCK.HTML AND b. HTTP://WWW. SECURITECH,COM/WE/20CATALOG/4/20MULTI-POINT/20LOCKING/D18. PDF 092813 GYPSUM SHEATHING A. MATER IALS: 1. GYPSUM SHEATHING: ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: A. G-P GYPSUM CORPORATION "DENS -GLASS GOLD"; GLASS MAT FACED; ASTM C1177; 1/2 INCH THICK B. USG FIBEROCK BRAND SHEATHING WITH AQUA -TOUGH TM; 1/2 INCH THICK. 2. SCREWS: GALVANIZED; SELF -DRILLING; SELF -DRILLING, BUGLE HEAD SCREWS; MINIMUM 1-1/4 INCH LONG. B. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL SQUARE EDGE BOARDS PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO FRAMING. INSTALL BOARDS PARALLEL TO FRAMING AT FIRE RATED WALLS. APPLY SHEATHING WITH JOINTS STAGGERED. ALL EDGES SHALL BE FIRMLY SUPPORTED. 2. INSTALL SHEATHING WITH COATING TOWARDS EXTERIOR. 3. SCREW TO FRAMING. SPACE FASTENERS 8 INCHES O.C. IN FIELD AND 4 INCHES O.C. AT ENDS ALONG EACH FRAMING MEMBER. 4. 4. DO NOT BRIDGE EXPANSION OR SEISMIC JOINTS. DI" SIO D0 092900 GYPSUM BOARD A. QUALITY CONTROL: 1. PROVIDE ASSEMBLIES MEETING THE HOURLY FIRE RATINGS INDICATED. ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES. B. MATERIALS: 1. SYNTHETIC GYPSUM BOARD: a. MANUFACTURERS: NATIONAL GYPSUM CO. "GOLD BOND BRAND"; USG CORPORATION, "SHEETROCK BRAND"; TEMPLE -INLAND GYPSUM, "SYNTHETIC GYPSUM." b. 5/8 INCH THICK UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE; PROVIDE TYPE X IN FIRE RATED PARTITIONS. c. STANDARD BOARD: ASTM C36. 2. ACCESSORIES: a. TRIM: CONCEALED FLANGE SCREW -ON TYPE; METAL: GA 216. b. JOINT COMPOUND, TAPE, AND FINISHING COMPOUND: ASTM C475 AND GA 216. c. SCREWS: ASTM C1002. d. PROPRIETARY SKIM COAT: USG "TUFF -HIDE SHEETROCK BRAND PRIMER -SURFACER." C. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALLATION STANDARD: UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH GYPSUM ASSOCIATION 216, "RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD." 2. INSTALL WATER RESISTANT BOARD RESTROOM WALLS AS A SUBSTRATE FOR SURFACES 3. SCREW FASTEN BOARD TO FRAMING, UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE. 4. TRIM: a. USE LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTHS, WITH NO PIECE LESS THAN 2 FEET LONG FOR CONTINUOUS RUNS GREATER THAN 8 FEET. SECURELY FASTEN AND ALIGN TRIM ENDS AT JOINTS. b. PLACE CONCEALED FLANGE CORNER BEADS AT ALL EXTERNAL CORNERS. AT ANGLES OTHER THAN 90 DEGREES, BEND THE FLANGE TO CONFORM TO THE ANGLE. c. PLACE CONCEALED FLANGE TYPE L TRIM WHERE GYPSUM BOARD ABUTS DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. d. USE J TRIM AT EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD EDGES (INCLUDING LIGHT COVES) WHERE SEALANT JOINT IS INDICATED. 5. CONTROL JOINTS: a. POSITION CONTROL JOINTS TO INTERSECT LIGHT FIXTURES, AIR DIFFUSERS, DOOR OPENINGS, AND OTHER AREAS OF STRESS CONCENTRATION. b. POSITION CONTROL JOINTS AT LOCATIONS WHERE EXPANSION OR CONTROL JOINTS OCCUR IN THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. c. LOCATE CONTROL JOINTS TO FORM RECTANGULAR OR SQUARE SECTIONS, IN "L," "U," "T," OR OTHER IRREGULARLY SHAPED AREAS. 6. FINISHING: a. PROVIDE FINISHING IN ACCORDANCE WITH GA 214. b. WHERE NECESSARY TO SAND, DO SO WITHOUT DAMAGING THE FACE OF THE GYPSUM BOARD. c. LEVELS OF FINISH: PROVIDE AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS c.a. LEVEL 4: SALES AREA. PROVIDE UNLESS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. c.b. LEVEL 3: PUBLIC TOILET ROOMS & HALLWAYS OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. c.c. LEVEL 2: BACK OF HOUSE, STORAGE ROOMS, MECHANICAL ROOMS, JANITOR'S CLOSETS OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. CA. LEVEL 1: PROVIDE AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: c.d.a. SURFACES OF FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES CONCEALED FROM VIEW IN THE FINISHED WORK ("FIRE TAPING"). c.d.b. SURFACES OF ACOUSTICAL ASSEMBLIES CONCEALED FORM VIEW IN THE FINISHED WORK c.e. LEVEL 0: PROVIDE AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS:SURFACES OF NON -FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES CONCEALED FROM VIEW IN THE FINISHED WORKLEVEL 4 AND 5 FINISHES: RETURN TO THE SITE AFTER PRIMER IS APPLIED, AND TOUCH-UP SURFACE DEFECTS. D. PROPRIETARY SKIM COAT MATERIAL MAYBE USED IN LIEU OF JOINT COMPOUND AS SKIM COAT AT LEVEL 5 SURFACES 093105 CERAMIC TILE A. GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS a. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. b. STATIC COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: FOR TILE INSTALLED ON WALKWAY SURFACES, PROVIDE PRODUCTS WITH THE FOLLOWING VALUES AS DETERMINED BY TESTING IDENTICAL PRODUCTS PER ASTM C 1028: c. LEVEL SURFACES: MINIMUM 0.6. B. PRODUCTS 1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS AS SHOWN ON FINISH MATERIAL SCHEDULE. a. TILE -SETTING AND -GROUTING MATERIALS: AS SHOWN ON FINISH MATERIAL SCHEDULE. 2. ANSI CERAMIC TILE STANDARD: PROVIDE TILE THAT COMPLIES WITH STANDARD GRADE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A137.1, "SPECIFICATIONS FOR CERAMIC TILE," FOR TYPES, COMPOSITIONS, AND OTHER CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED. 3. ANSI STANDARDS FOR TILE INSTALLATION MATERIALS: PROVIDE MATERIALS COMPLYING WITH REFERENCED ANSI STANDARDS, 4. COLORS, TEXTURES, AND PATTERNS: FOR TILE, GROUT, AND OTHER PRODUCTS REQUIRING SELECTION OF COLORS, SURFACE TEXTURES, PATTERNS, AND OTHER APPEARANCE CHARACTERISTICS, COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: a. MATCH COLORS, TEXTURES, AND PATTERNS INDICATED BY REFERENCING MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DESIGNATIONS FOR THESE CHARACTERISTICS. 5. FACTORY BLENDING: FOR TILE EXHIBITING COLOR VARIATIONS WITHIN THE RANGES SELECTED DURING SAMPLE SUBMITTALS, BLEND TILE IN THE FACTORY AND PACKAGE SO TILE UNITS TAKEN FROM ONE PACKAGE SHOW THE SAME RANGE IN COLORS AS THOSE TAKEN FROM OTHER PACKAGES AND MATCH APPROVED SAMPLES. 6. FLOOR TILE: PROVIDE FLAT TILE COMPLYING WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: a. COMPOSITION: AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS. b. FACIAL DIMENSIONS: AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS. c. THICKNESS: AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS d. FACE: AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS. e. FOR LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT MORTARED AND GROUTED PAVER TILE, PRE -COAT WITH TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COATING. 7. 7. WALL TILE: PROVIDE FLAT TILE COMPLYING WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: a. MODULE SIZE: AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS b. THICKNESS: AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS c. FACE: AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS d. MOUNTING: PRE -GROUTED SHEETS OF TILES FACTORY ASSEMBLED AND GROUTED WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SILICONE RUBBER COMPLYING WITH ANSI A118.6. 8. WATERPROOFING FOR THIN -SET TILE INSTALLATIONS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH ANSI Al18.10. 9. SETTING MATERIALS: AS FOLLOWS: a. LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR: ANSI A118.4, COMPOSED AS FOLLOWS: b. PREPACKAGED DRY -MORTAR MIX: FACTORY -PREPARED MIXTURE OF PORTLAND CEMENT; DRY, REDISPERSIBLE, ETHYLENE VINYL ACETATE ADDITIVE; AND OTHER INGREDIENTS TO WHICH ONLY WATER NEEDS TO BE ADDED AT PROJECT SITE. c. MIXTURE OF DRY -MORTAR MIX AND LATEX ADDITIVE: MIXTURE OF PREPACKAGED DRY -MORTAR MIX AND LIQUID -LATEX ADDITIVE COMPLYING WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 10. LATEX ADDITIVE: STYRENE BUTADIENE RUBBER. 11. LATEX ADDITIVE: ACRYLIC RESIN. a. CHEMICAL -RESISTANT, WATER -CLEANABLE, CERAMIC TILE -SETTING AND -GROUTING EPDXY: ANSI A118.3. b. PROVIDE PRODUCT CAPABLE OF RESISTING CONTINUOUS AND INTERMITTENT EXPOSURE TO TEMPERATURES OF UP TO 140 DEG F (60 DEG C) AND 212 DEG F (100 DEG C), RESPECTIVELY, AS CERTIFIED BY MORTAR MANUFACTURER FOR INTENDED USE. c. WATER -CLEANABLE, TILE -SETTING EPDXY ADHESIVE: ANSI A118.3. d. GROUT FOR EXTERIOR: LATICRETE 4237 LATEX THIN SET MORTAR ADDITIVE WITH 211 CRETE FILLER POWDER OR LATICRETE 3701 LATEX ADMIXTURE WITH LATICRETE FLOOR AND WALL THIN SET. PROVIDE LATICRETE 9235 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE PER MFR. RECOMMENDATIONS. 12. GROUTING MATERIALS: AS FOLLOWS: a. LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT: ANSI A118.6 FOR MATERIALS DESCRIBED IN SECTION H-2.4, COMPOSED AS FOLLOWS: a.a. MIXTURE OF DRY -GROUT MIX AND LATEX ADDITIVE: MIXTURE OF FACTORY -PREPARED, DRY -GROUT MIX AND LATEX ADDITIVE COMPLYING WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 13. UNSANDED DRY -GROUT MIX: DRY -SET GROUT COMPLYING WITH ANSI A118.6 FOR MATERIALS DESCRIBED IN SECTION H-2.3, FOR JOINTS 1/8 INCH (3.2 MM) AND NARROWER. 14. SANDED DRY -GROUT MIX: COMMERCIAL PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT COMPLYING WITH ANSI A118.6 FOR MATERIALS DESCRIBED IN SECTION H-2.1, FOR JOINTS 1/8 INCH (3.2 MM) AND WIDER. 15. LATEX ADDITIVE: STYRENE BUTADIENE RUBBER. 16. LATEX ADDITIVE: ACRYLIC RESIN. Mobile 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK' UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM WM.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 �Q•�i. O F FL O •��P,<,(t LOUI,Sy4�✓ •0'9 100 4 ' 'SrFR�D 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: DESCROMON DATE DATE: February 5, 2022 ,„ SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS 4 3 2 SHEET NUMBER: A704 .;i JI t 11111 1 1 I 1 4 II 1 II 1 1 1 3 I III I I 1 11 1111 1 1 1 11 11 _iI _ I I 2 vl ml QI u s DIV ► 16.a. CHEMICAL -RESISTANT EPDXY GROUT: ANSI A118.3, COLOR AS INDICATED. 16.b. PROVIDE PRODUCT CAPABLE OF RESISTING CONTINUOUS AND INTERMITTENT EXPOSURE TO TEMPERATURES OF UP TO 140 DEG F (60 DEG C) AND 212 DEG F (100 DEG C), RESPECTIVELY, AS CERTIFIED BY MORTAR MANUFACTURER FOR INTENDED USE. 17. ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CHEMICALLY CURING, ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS OF BASE POLYMER AND CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED THAT COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 7 SECTION "JOINT SEALANTS." 17.a. ONE -PART, MILDEW -RESISTANT SILICONE SEALANT: ASTM C 920; TYPE S; GRADE NS; CLASS 25; USES NT, G, A, AND, AS APPLICABLE TO NONPOROUS JOINT SUBSTRATES INDICATED, 0; FORMULATED WITH FUNGICIDE. 18. CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS COMPLYING WITH ANSI A118.9, OF THICKNESS AND WIDTH INDICATED, AND IN MAXIMUM LENGTHS AVAILABLE TO MINIMIZE END -TO -END BUTT JOINTS. 19. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: AS FOLLOWS: a. TROWELABLE UNDERLAYMENTS AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX -MODIFIED, PORTLAND-CEMENT-BASED FORMULATION PROVIDED OR APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER OF TILE -SETTING MATERIALS FOR INSTALLATIONS INDICATED. b. METAL EDGE STRIPS: WHITE -ZINC -ALLOY TERRAZZO STRIPS, 1/8 INCH (3,2 MM) WIDE AT TOP EDGE WITH INTEGRAL PROVISION FOR ANCHORAGE TO MORTAR BED OR SUBSTRATE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 20. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE INSTALLATION: (COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS) a. INSTALL WATERPROOF MEMBRANES IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. C.PREPARATION: CLEAN SUBSTRATE SURFACES FREE OF GREASE, DIRT, DUST, ORGANIC IMPURITIES, CURING AGENTS, AND OTHER MATERIALS THAT WOULD IMPAIR BOND. CLEAN FLOORS WITH "BLAST -TRACK" UNIT IF NECESSARY. 1. SLAB LEVELING: (COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS) 2. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THINSET FLOOR TILE, WHERE LOCAL IRREGULARITIES IN THE SUBSTRATE SURFACE WOULD PREVENT LEVEL INSTALLATION OF THE TILE, THE SUBSTRATE SHALL BE BROUGHT TO PLANE SURFACE WITH VARIATIONS NOT TO EXCEED 1/8 INCH IN 4 FEET (CUMULATIVE) AND 1/4 INCH IN 10 FEET (NON -CUMULATIVE). SMOOTH ALL ABRUPT CHANGES IN PLANE. 3. USE THINSET MORTAR OR OTHER FILLER FOR SLAB LEVELING. OTHER FILLERS ARE SUBJECT TO ENDORSEMENT BY THE SETTING MORTAR MANUFACTURER. 4. SCREED OR FLOAT TO APPROPRIATE THICKNESS AND SPECIFIED SURFACE TOLERANCE. ALLOW TO SET PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION, DO NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM THICKNESSES FOR THIN BED MORTAR AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. D. EXECUTION 1. PROVIDE CONCRETE SUBSTRATES FOR TILE FLOORS INSTALLED WITH DRY -SET OR LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT MORTARS THAT COMPLY WITH FLATNESS TOLERANCES SPECIFIED IN REFERENCED ANSI A108 SERIES OF TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS FOR INSTALLATIONS INDICATED. a. USE TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS PER TILE -SETTING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO FILL CRACKS, HOLES, AND DEPRESSIONS. b. REMOVE PROTRUSIONS, BUMPS, AND RIDGES BY SANDING OR GRINDING. 2. BLENDING: FOR TILE EXHIBITING COLOR VARIATIONS WITHIN THE RANGES SELECTED DURING SAMPLE SUBMITTALS, VERIFY THAT TILE HAS BEEN BLENDED IN THE FACTORY AND PACKAGED SO TILE UNITS TAKEN FROM ONE PACKAGE SHOW THE SAME RANGE IN COLORS AS THOSE TAKEN FROM OTHER PACKAGES AND MATCH APPROVED SAMPLES. 3. ANSI TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH PARTS OF ANSI A108 SERIES OF TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS IN "SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE" THAT APPLY TO TYPES OF SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS AND TO METHODS INDICATED OR REQUIRED. 4. TCA INSTALLATION GUIDELINES: TCA'S "HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION." COMPLY WITH TCA INSTALLATION METHODS INDICATED OR REQUIRED. 5. EXTEND TILE WORK INTO RECESSES AND UNDER OR BEHIND EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO FORM A COMPLETE COVERING WITHOUT INTERRUPTIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. TERMINATE WORK NEATLY AT OBSTRUCTIONS, EDGES, AND CORNERS WITHOUT DISRUPTING PATTERN OR JOINT ALIGNMENTS. 6. ACCURATELY FORM INTERSECTIONS AND RETURNS. PERFORM CUTTING AND DRILLING OF TILE WITHOUT MARRING VISIBLE SURFACES. CAREFULLY GRIND CUT EDGES OF TILE ABUTTING TRIM, FINISH, OR BUILT-IN ITEMS FOR STRAIGHT ALIGNED JOINTS. FIT TILE CLOSELY TO ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, PIPING, FIXTURES, AND OTHER PENETRATIONS SO PLATES, COLLARS, OR COVERS OVERLAP TILE. 7. JOINTING PATTERN: LAY TILE IN GRID PATTERN, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALIGN JOINTS WHERE ADJOINING TILES ON FLOOR, BASE, WALLS, AND TRIM ARE THE SAME SIZE. LAY OUT TILE WORK AND CENTER TILE FIELDS IN BOTH DIRECTIONS IN EACH SPACE OR ON EACH WALL AREA. ADJUST TO MINIMIZE TILE CUTTING. PROVIDE UNIFORM JOINT WIDTHS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 8. EXPANSION JOINTS: LOCATE EXPANSION JOINTS AND OTHER SEALANT -FILLED JOINTS, INCLUDING CONTROL, CONTRACTION, AND ISOLATION JOINTS, WHERE INDICATED DURING INSTALLATION OF SETTING MATERIALS, MORTAR BEDS, AND TILE. DO NOT SAW - CUT JOINTS AFTER INSTALLING TILES. 9. LOCATE JOINTS IN TILE SURFACES DIRECTLY ABOVE JOINTS IN CONCRETE SUBSTRATES. 10. PREPARE JOINTS AND APPLY SEALANTS TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 7 SECTION "JOINT SEALANTS." 11. GROUT TILE TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS: 12. FOR CERAMIC TILE GROUTS (SAND-PORTLAND CEMENT, DRY -SET, COMMERCIAL PORTLAND CEMENT, AND LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT GROUTS), COMPLY WITH ANSI A108.10. 13. FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION: INSTALL TILE TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS INDICATED, INCLUDING THOSE REFERENCING TCA INSTALLATION METHODS AND ANSI A108 SERIES OF TILE STANDARDS. 14. JOINT WIDTHS: INSTALL TILE ON FLOORS WITH THE FOLLOWING JOINT WIDTHS: 15. PAVER TILE: 1/4 INCH (6.35 MM). 16. BACK BUTTERING: FOR INSTALLATIONS INDICATED, OBTAIN 100 PERCENT MORTAR COVERAGE BY COMPLYING WITH APPLICABLE SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BACK BUTTERING OF TILE IN REFERENCED ANSI A108 SERIES OF TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS. 17. METAL EDGE STRIPS: INSTALL AT LOCATIONS INDICATED OR WHERE EXPOSED EDGE OF TILE FLOORING MEETS CARPET, WOOD, OR OTHER FLOORING THAT FINISHES FLUSH WITH TOP OF TILE. 18. WALL TILE INSTALLATION: INSTALL TYPES OF TILE DESIGNATED FOR WALL INSTALLATIONS TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS' REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING THOSE REFERENCING TCA INSTALLATION METHODS AND ANSI SETTING -BED STANDARDS. 19. JOINT WIDTHS: INSTALL TILE ON WALLS WITH THE FOLLOWING JOINT WIDTHS: 20. WALL TILE: 1/16 INCH (1.6 MM). 21. BACK BUTTERING: FOR INSTALLATIONS INDICATED, OBTAIN 100 PERCENT MORTAR COVERAGE BY COMPLYING WITH APPLICABLE SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BACK BUTTERING OF TILE IN REFERENCED ANSI A108 SERIES OF TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS. 22. CLEANING: ON COMPLETION OF PLACEMENT AND GROUTING, CLEAN ALL CERAMIC TILE SURFACES SO THEY ARE FREE OF FOREIGN MATTER. USE CLEANING MATERIALS AND METHODS THAT COMPLY WITH TILE AND GROUT MANUFACTURERS' WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 096403 WOOD FLOORING A.GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS: DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 2. SUMMARY a. ENGINEERED WOOD FLOOR. 3. QUALITY ASSURANCE a. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: INSTALLATION SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A FIRM EXPERIENCED IN THE APPLICATION OF SYSTEMS SIMILAR IN COMPLEXITY TO THOSE REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. ADDITIONALLY, INSTALLERS SHALL BE IN POSSESSION OF THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION MANUAL AND ADHERE TO THE INSTRUCTIONS. b. HARDWOOD FLOORING: COMPLY WITH NOFMA GRADING RULES FOR SPECIES, GRADE, AND CUT. CERTIFICATION: PROVIDE FLOORING THAT CARRIES NOFMA GRADE STAMP ON EACH BUNDLE OR PIECE. c. MAPLE FLOORING: COMPLY WITH MFMA GRADING RULES FOR SPECIES, GRADE, AND CUT. CERTIFICATION: PROVIDE FLOORING THAT CARRIES MFMA MARK ON EACH BUNDLE OR PIECE. d. SOUTHERN PINE FLOORING: COMPLY WITH SPIB GRADING RULES FOR SPECIES, GRADE, AND CUT. e. SOFTWOOD FLOORING: COMPLY WITH WCLIB NO. 17 GRADING RULES FOR SPECIES, GRADE, AND CUT. 4. PROJECT CONDITIONS nn Y11 DI f! - 'til } a. CONDITIONING: MAINTAIN RELATIVE HUMIDITY PLANNED FOR BUILDING OCCUPANTS AND AN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE BETWEEN 65 AND 75 DEG F (18 AND 24 DEG C) IN SPACES TO RECEIVE WOOD FLOORING FOR AT LEAST SEVEN DAYS BEFORE INSTALLATION, DURING INSTALLATION, AND FOR AT LEAST SEVEN DAYS AFTER INSTALLATION. AFTER POST -INSTALLATION PERIOD, MAINTAIN RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PLANNED FOR BUILDING OCCUPANTS. b. MOVE WOOD FLOORING INTO SPACES WHERE IT WILL BE INSTALLED, AT LEAST SEVEN DAYS BEFORE INSTALLATION. c. FOR UNFINISHED PRODUCTS, OPEN SEALED PACKAGES TO ALLOW WOOD FLOORING TO ACCLIMATIZE. d. DO NOT INSTALL FLOORING UNTIL IT ADJUSTS TO THE RELATIVE HUMIDITY OF AND IS AT THE SAME TEMPERATURE AS THE SPACE WHERE IT IS TO BE INSTALLED. e. INSTALL FACTORY -FINISHED WOOD FLOORING AFTER OTHER FINISHING OPERATIONS, INCLUDING PAINTING, HAVE BEEN COMPLETED. B. PRODUCTS 1. ENGINEERED -WOOD STRIP OR PLANK FLOORING PRODUCTS: AS INDICATED ON THE FINISH MATERIAL SCHEDULE. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. ENGINEERED -WOOD STRIP OR PLANK FLOORING: ANSI/HPVA LF. a. SPECIES: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. b. GRADE: MANUFACTURERS STANDARD. c. THICKNESS: AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS d. CONSTRUCTION: AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS e. WIDTH: AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS f. LENGTH: AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS. g. EDGES: AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS. h. FINISH: AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS. 2. ACCESSORY MATERIALS a. WOOD FLOORING ADHESIVE: MASTIC RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING AND ADHESIVE MANUFACTURERS FOR APPLICATION INDICATED. (NOT USED IN FLOATING FLOOR SYSTEM) b. FASTENERS: AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER, BUT NOT LESS THAN THAT RECOMMENDED IN NOFMA'S "INSTALLING HARDWOOD FLOORING." (NOT USED IN FLOATING FLOOR SYSTEM) c. VAPOR RETARDER: ASTM D 4397, POLYETHYLENE SHEET NOT LESS THAN [6.0 MILS (0.15 MM)] THICK. d. VERSASHIELD FLOORING UNDERLAYMENT WITH VERSASSHIELD SEAM TAPE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. e. CORK EXPANSION STRIP: COMPOSITION CORK STRIP COMPLYING WITH FS HH-C-576, TYPE I-B, CLASS 2. f. WOOD FEATURE STRIPS: 2-INCH- (51-MM-) WIDE, SQUARE -EDGED WALNUT STRIPS FURNISHED IN LENGTHS AS LONG AS PRACTICAL AND IN THICKNESS TO MATCH WOOD FLOORING. g. METAL FEATURE STRIPS: 1/8-BY-1/8-INCH (3-BY-3-MM) SOLID BRASS STRIP, DESIGNED FOR INLAYING INTO ROUTED REVEAL IN WOOD FLOORING SURFACE. h. WOOD TRIM: IN SAME SPECIES AND GRADE AS WOOD FLOORING, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. i. WOOD BASE: 3/4 INCH (16 MM) THICK BY 2 INCHES (100 MM) HIGH. j. BASE SHOE MOLDING: 1/2 BY 3/4 INCH (13 BY 19 MM). k. THRESHOLD: TAPERED ON EACH SIDE AND ROUTED AT BOTTOM OF ONE SIDE TO ACCOMMODATE WOOD FLOORING. I. REDUCER STRIP: AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS. C. PREPARATION: 1. CONCRETE SLABS: GRIND HIGH SPOTS AND FILL LOW SPOTS TO PRODUCE A MAXIMUM 1/8-INCH (3-MM) DEVIATION IN ANY DIRECTION WHEN CHECKED WITH A 10-FOOT (3-M) STRAIGHT EDGE. 2. USE TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS, ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, TO FILL CRACKS, HOLES, AND DEPRESSIONS IN SUBSTRATES. 3. REMOVE COATINGS, INCLUDING CURING COMPOUNDS, AND OTHER SUBSTANCES ON SUBSTRATES THAT ARE INCOMPATIBLE WITH INSTALLATION ADHESIVES AND THAT CONTAIN SOAP, WAX, OIL, OR SILICONE, USING MECHANICAL METHODS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. DO NOT USE SOLVENTS. 4. BROOM OR VACUUM CLEAN SUBSTRATES TO BE COVERED IMMEDIATELY BEFORE PRODUCT INSTALLATION. AFTER CLEANING, EXAMINE SUBSTRATES FOR MOISTURE, ALKALINE SALTS, CARBONATION, OR DUST. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. D. EXECUTION 1. INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, BUT NOT LESS THAN RECOMMENDATIONS IN NOFMA'S "INSTALLING HARDWOOD FLOORING." B. CONCRETE SUBSTRATES: VERIFY THAT SLABS ARE DRY ACCORDING TO TEST METHODS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER OR, IF NONE, BY TEST METHODS IN NOFMA'S "INSTALLING HARDWOOD FLOORING." C. WHERE WOOD FLOORING IS ADHESIVELY ATTACHED TO CONCRETE SLABS, VERIFY THAT SLABS ARE FREE OF CURING COMPOUNDS, SEALERS, HARDENERS, AND OTHER MATERIALS THAT MAY INTERFERE WITH ADHESIVE BOND. D. PROVIDE EXPANSION SPACE AT WALLS AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS AND TERMINATIONS OF FLOORING OF NOT LESS THAN DIRECTED BY MANUFACTURER. E. ENGINEERED -WOOD FLOORING: SET IN ADHESIVE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. F. WOOD TRIM: NAIL BASEBOARD TO WALL AND NAIL SHOE MOLDING OR OTHER TRIM TO BASEBOARD; DO NOT NAIL TO FLOORING. G. PROVIDE EXPANSION SPACE AT WALLS AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS AND TERMINATIONS OF FLOORING E. CLEANING AND PROTECTION 1. COVER WOOD FLOORING BEFORE AND AFTER FINISHING DURING REMAINDER OF CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. USE HEAVY KRAFT-PAPER OR OTHER SUITABLE COVERING. DO NOT USE PLASTIC SHEET OR FILM THAT COULD CAUSE CONDENSATION. 2. CLEAN AND BUFF PER MANUFACTURE'S RECOMMENDATION IMMEDIATE LY PRIOR TO BUILDING OCCUPANCY. 095300 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS A. REFERENCES: 1. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM): a. C635 - METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTIC TILE AND LAY -IN PANEL CEILINGS. U C CE GS b. C636 -RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF METAL CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTIC TILE AND LAY -IN PANELS. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. CODES: CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AHJ, SEISMIC ZONE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, CISCA, AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES. PRODUCTS: 1. ACOUSTICAL PANELS: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. SUSPENSION SYSTEM: EXPOSED T SYSTEM: ASTM C635, HEAVY DUTY CLASSIFICATION; DIRECT HUNG; EXPOSED "T" DESIGN; FACTORY BAKED ON FINISH TO MATCH ACOUSTICAL PANELS. FURNISH STABILIZER BARS, SPLICES, EDGE AND WALL MOLDINGS, AND OTHER ITEMS AS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE SUSPENDED CEILING GRID SYSTEM. D. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL AFTER MAJOR ABOVE -CEILING WORK IS COMPLETE. 2. INSTALL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C636, IBC 1621.2.5 AND CISCA, THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AND AS SUPPLEMENTED IN THIS SECTION. 3. INSTALL GRID TO PRODUCE FINISHED CEILING TRUE TO LINES AND LEVELS INDICATED, WITHIN THE SPECIFIED TOLERANCES. 4. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS IN A MANNER TO SUPPORT ALL SUPERIMPOSED LOADS, WITH MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE DEFLECTION OF 1/270 OF SPAN. AT LOCATIONS WHERE PARTITIONS EXTEND TO CEILING, ONLY, INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY DIAGONAL BRACING TO STRUCTURE AT MAXIMUM 8'-0" O.C. ALONG LENGTH OF PARTITION, AND ABOVE EACH DOOR HINGE AND STRIKE JAMB 5. HANG SYSTEM INDEPENDENT OF WALLS, COLUMNS, DUCTS, PIPES AND CONDUIT. WHERE DUCTS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT PREVENT THE REGULAR SPACING OF HANGERS, PROVIDE SECONDARY CARRYING MEMBERS FOR INDIRECT SUPPORT OF THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM, OR REINFORCE THE NEAREST ADJACENT HANGERS AND RELATED CARRYING CHANNELS AS REQUIRED TO SPAN THE REQUIRED DISTANCE. 6. CENTER SYSTEM ON ROOM AXIS ACCORDING TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. 7. ANCHORAGE: a. PROVIDE ALL ANCHORS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE CEILING SYSTEM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. b. DO NOT FASTEN TO THE UPPER FLUTES OF METAL DECKING. DO NOT USE FASTENERS IN STEEL DECK WHICH PENETRATE MORE THAN 1 INCH. c. VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL CONDUIT IN POURED CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION BEFORE MAKING ATTACHMENTS. 8. INSTALL EDGE MOLDING AT INTERSECTION OF CEILING AND VERTICAL SURFACES, USING LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTHS. MITER CORNERS. PROVIDE EDGE MOLDINGS AT JUNCTIONS WITH OTHER INTERRUPTIONS. FABRICATE EDGE MOLDINGS TO FIT THE SURFACES ENCOUNTERED. i rr" i Ml ON 9. FORM EXPANSION JOINTS AS DETAILED. MAINTAIN VISUAL CLOSURE. 10. FIT ACOUSTIC LAY -IN PANELS IN PLACE, FREE FROM DAMAGED EDGES OR OTHER DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE AND FUNCTION. FIT BORDER UNITS NEATLY AGAINST ABUTTING SURFACES. SCRIBE AND MILL RECESSED REGULAR EDGE INTO PARTIAL BORDER UNITS SUPPORTED AT EDGE BY WALL MOLDING. 11. ADJUST SAGS OR TWISTS WHICH DEVELOP IN THE CEILING SYSTEM AND REPLACE PARTS WHICH ARE DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE. 12. INSTALL HOLD-DOWN CLIPS TO RETAIN PANELS TIGHT TO GRID SYSTEM WITHIN 20 FT OF AN EXTERIOR DOOR. 13. TOLERANCES: 14. VARIATION FROM FLAT AND LEVEL SURFACE: 1/8 INCH IN 12 FT. 15. VARIATION FROM PLUMB OF GRID MEMBERS CAUSED BY ECCENTRIC LOADS: TWO DEGREES MAXIMUM. E. PERFORMANCE 1. SEISMIC PERFORMANCE: ACOUSTICAL CEILING SHALL WITHSTAND THE EFFECTS OF EARTHQUAKE MOTIONS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO ASCE/SEI 7. 2. SURFACE -BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: COMPLY WITH ASTM E 84; TESTING BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. IDENTIFY PRODUCTS WITH APPROPRIATE MARKINGS OF APPLICABLE TESTING AGENCY. 3. FLAME -SPREAD INDEX: COMPLY WITH ASTM E 1264 FOR CLASS A MATERIALS. 4. SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX: [50] [450] OR LESS. 5. FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS: COMPLY WITH ASTM E 119; TESTING BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. IDENTIFY PRODUCTS WITH APPROPRIATE MARKINGS OF APPLICABLE TESTING AGENCY. 6. SEISMIC STRUTS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COMPRESSION STRUTS DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE LATERAL FORCES. 7. SEISMIC CLIPS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SEISMIC CLIPS DESIGNED AND SPACED TO SECURE ACOUSTICAL TILES IN -PLACE. 096500 RESILIENT FLOORING A. SUMMARY: 1. RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING. 2. RESILIENT BASE. B. SUBMITTALS: 1. SUBMIT PRODUCT LITERATURE FOR EACH PRODUCT PROPOSED, INCLUDING BASE, RESILIENT FLOORING, TRANSITION STRIPS, AND ADHESIVES. 2. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT SAMPLES OF EACH TYPE OF RESILIENT FLOORING, AND EACH TYPE OF RUBBER BASE FOR COLOR SELECTION BY THE INTERIOR DESIGNER. C. MATERIALS: 1. RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS 2. RUBBER BASE: a. RESILIENT BASE: ASTM F1861, TYPE TPR THERMOPLASTIC RUBBER; 1/8 INCH THICK; ROLL STOCK; COVED AND STRAIGHT BASE AS SPECIFIED; 4 INCH HEIGHT, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. ACCESSORIES: a. SUBFLOOR FILLER: PORTLAND CEMENT BASED LATEX FILLER, MIXED WITH WATER TO PRODUCE A SELF LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT, OR CEMENTITIOUS PASTE, AS APPROPRIATE TO PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. b. ADHESIVES: TYPES RECOMMENDED BY RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE MANUFACTURERS FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION. c. TRANSITION STRIPS: VINYL; PRODUCTS AS INDICATED; COLOR AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD. d. ALL OTHER MATERIALS NOT SPECIFICALLY DESCRIBED, BUT REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND PROPER INSTALLATION OF RESILIENT FLOORING, SHALL BE ONLY AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE MATERIAL TO WHICH IT IS APPLIED AND SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT. D. GENERAL RESILIENT FLOORING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. INSTALL SUBFLOOR FILLER TO FILL LOW SPOTS, CRACKS, CONSTRUCTION JOINTS, HOLES AND OTHER DEFECTS, AND AS REQUIRED TO ADJUST LEVEL TO MEET ADJACENT FINISHES. FEATHER TO MAXIMUM SLOPE OF 1/8 INCH IN 3 FEET; FLOAT TO SMOOTH, FLAT, HARD SURFACE. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC OVER FILLER. 2. INSTALL ALL RESILIENT FLOORING WHERE SCHEDULED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, INSTALL RESILIENT FLOORING WITH JOINTS AND SEAMS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 4. TERMINATE RESILIENT FLOORING AT CENTERLINE OF DOOR AT DOOR OPENINGS WHERE ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH IS DISSIMILAR, AND WHERE NO THRESHOLD IS INDICATED. 5. INSTALL EDGE STRIPS AT UNPROTECTED OR EXPOSED EDGES WHERE FLOORING TERMINATES. 6. SCRIBE FLOORING TO WALLS, COLUMNS, CABINETS, FLOOR OUTLETS AND OTHER APPURTENANCES TO PRODUCE TIGHT JOINTS. 7. CLEAN SUBSTRATE. SPREAD CEMENT EVENLY IN QUANTITY RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER TO ENSURE ADHESION OVER ENTIRE AREA OF INSTALLATION. SPREAD ONLY ENOUGH ADHESIVE TO PERMIT INSTALLATION OF FLOORING BEFORE INITIAL SET, 8. SET FLOORING IN PLACE, PRESS WITH HEAVY ROLLER TO ENSURE FULL ADHESION. 9. SEAL JOINT BETWEEN FLOORING AND ADJACENT MATERIALS AT RESTROOMS, BATHROOMS, KITCHENS, AND OTHER MOIST AREAS WITH CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT. E. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SHEET FLOORING: 1. INSTALL SHEET FLOORING TO A MINIMUM 1/3 FULL MATERIAL WIDTH, WITH LENGTH OF SHEET PARALLEL TO LENGTH OF ROOM. WHERE CUTTING IS REQUIRED, DOUBLE CUT AND WELD AS SPECIFIED. TRIM IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2. SEAMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. 3. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, LAY FLOORING WITH SEAMS PARALLEL TO BUILDING LINES TO PRODUCE MINIMUM NUMBER OF SEAMS. 4. SPECIAL FLASHED COVED BASE REQUIREMENTS: a. PROVIDE COVE FILLET AT INTERSECTION OF FLOOR AND WALL TO EASE TRANSITION. b. MITER CUT, FIT, AND HEAT WELD ALL SEAMS, JOINTS, PENETRATIONS, AND TRANSITIONS. EXTEND FLOORING TO ELEVATION ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR LEVEL AS INDICATED. c. CUT TOP EXPOSED EDGE STRAIGHT AND LEVEL. d. CAP TOP EDGE WITH CAP TRIM. MITER ALL TRIM CORNER JOINTS. INSTALL TRIM IN MAXIMUM PRACTICAL LENGTHS WITH NO PIECE SHORTER THAN 18 INCHES FOR CONTINUOUS RUNS LONGER THAN 18 INCHES. F. RUBBER BASE INSTALLATION: 1. ADHESIVELY INSTALL RESILIENT BASE TIGHTLY TO WALL AND FLOOR SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. FIT JOINTS TIGHT, VERTICAL, AND IN ACCURATE ALIGNMENT. INSTALL BASE IN MAXIMUM LENGTHS, WITH MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS IN EACH RUN, NO SECTION MAY BE SHORTER THAN 48 INCHES, EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY WALL CONDITIONS. 3. INSTALL BASE TO WALLS, COLUMNS, AND CASEWORK TOE KICKS IN ALL AREAS WHERE RESILIENT BASE IS SCHEDULED. 4. MITER OR COPE INSIDE CORNERS FOR ACCURATE FIT. SCRIBE AND FIT TO DOOR FRAMES AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. 5. OUTSIDE CORNERS: a. SCORE BACK OF BASE MATERIAL WITH GROOVING TOOL AND ACCURATELY ALIGN TO CORNER. b. FIRMLY ADHERE TO WALL AT BOTH SIDES OF CORNER, WITH NO VISIBLE GAPS AT TOP OF BASE. c. STRETCH TOE OF COVED BASE FOR SMOOTH TRANSITION AROUND CORNER, WITH TOE IN UNIFORM CONTACT WITH THE FINISH FLOORING. 6. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE FROM SURFACES WITHOUT DAMAGE. G. CLEANING 1. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE FROM FLOOR, BASE, AND WALL SURFACES WITHOUT DAMAGE. 2. CLEAN BASE AND FLOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 096813 CARPETING A. QUALITY ASSURANCE: CARPET INSTALLER SHALL HAVE MINIMUM OF 3 YEARS EXPERIENCE IN CARPET INSTALLATIONS OF SIMILAR SIZE AND SCOPE. B. WARRANTY: FURNISH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD 5-YEAR WARRANTY AGAINST WEAR AND DETERIORATION. C. MATERIALS: 1. CARPET: AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. PAD: AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. WALK -OFF MAT: AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. 4. ACCESSORIES: a. CARPET GRIPPERS: ROBERTS ARCHITECTURAL "22-333", OR APPROVED. b. PAD TAPE: NON -PAPER TAPE RECOMMENDED BY PAD MANUFACTURER. c. EDGE STRIPS: REDUCER STRIPS; SIZE AND CONFIGURATION AS APPROPRIATE FOR CONDITIONS; COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD LINE. d. WALK -OFF MAT SCREED: SCHLUTER; ALUMINUM; PROFILE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AND TO SUIT JOB CONDITIONS. } -:00INt�, e. ADHESIVES: TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY CARPET, MAT OR SCREED MANUFACTURER FOR INTENDED USE. USE WATERPROOF ADHESIVE AT WALK -OFF MAT. f. LATEX UNDERLAYMENT: WHITE PREMIX LATEX FILLER. g. BACKING: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. D. PREPARATION: 1. CLEAN FLOORS OF DUST, DIRT, SOLVENTS, OIL, GREASE, PAINT, PLASTER, AND OTHER SUBSTANCES WHICH WOULD BE DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER PERFORMANCE OF ADHESIVE AND CARPET. 2. FILL LOW SPOTS AND CRACKS OVER 1/8 INCH IN WIDTH WITH LATEX UNDERLAYMENT. E. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL CARPETS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. VERIFY MATCHING OF CARPET PRIOR TO CUTTING AND ENSURE THAT THERE IS NO VISIBLE VARIATION BETWEEN DYE LOTS. 3. CUT CARPET, WHERE REQUIRED IN A MANNER TO ALLOW PROPER SEAM AND PATTERN MATCH. ENSURE CUTS ARE STRAIGHT AND TRUE AND UNFRAYED. 4. MAKE SEAMS STRAIGHT AND UNIFORM. 5. SEAMING SHALL BE BY HAND SEWING OR WITH HOT MELT TAPE METHODS. 6. DO NOT CHANGE RUN OF PILE IN ANY ONE ROOM. 7. ENSURE MONOLITHIC COLOR, PATTERN AND TEXTURE MATCH WITHIN EACH DISTINCT ROOM. 8. INSTALL EDGING STRIPS WHERE CARPET TERMINATES AT OTHER FLOOR COVERINGS. USE FULL LENGTH PIECES ONLY. BUTT TIGHT TO VERTICAL SURFACES. WHERE SPLICING CANNOT BE AVOIDED, BUTT ENDS TIGHT, FLUSH, AND ACCURATELY ALIGNED. F. REMNANTS: UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR SELECTION OF CARPET REMAINING AFTER TRIMMING. CAREFULLY WRAP AND MARK SEPARATELY THE SELECTED REMNANTS. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF REMAINDER AT A LEGAL OFF -SITE LOCATION. G.CLEANUP: 1. THE PREMISES SHALL BE KEPT FREE FROM UNNECESSARY ACCUMULATION OF TOOLS, EQUIPMENT AND SURPLUS MATERIALS DURING THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK. 2. REMOVE THREADS WITH SHARP SCISSORS. REMOVE SPOTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SPOT REMOVER. 3. THOROUGHLY POWER VACUUM ENTIRE SURFACE USING EQUIPMENT WITH MOTOR DRIVEN BRUSHES. 097733 REINFORCED PLASTIC PANEL WALL COVERINGS A.SUMMARY: FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER PANEL (FRP) WALL COVERING. B. SUBMITTALS: PRODUCT DATA, INCLUDING ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS. C.PANEL SYSTEM COMPONENTS: 1. PANEL MATERIAL: a. MARLITE (AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS). b. PANEL TYPE: AS SCHEDULED IN THE FINISH LEGEND. c. THICKNESS: 3/32 INCH. d. SIZE: 48 INCHES X LENGTH REQUIRED FOR CONDITIONS INDICATED. e. FIRE RATING: MAXIMUM 25/450 FLAME SPREAD / SMOKE DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84. 2. MOLDINGS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PVC CAP, CORNER, AND DIVISION MOLDINGS; COLOR TO MATCH PANELS. OMIT BOTTOM TRIM WHERE PANEL ABUTS FLASH COVED BASE. 3. PANEL AND MOLDING INSTALLATION ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY THE FRP PANEL MANUFACTURER. 4. SEALANT: FLEXIBLE WATERPROOF SILICONE SEALANT FOR BEDDING PANEL EDGES; WHITE COLOR. D. INSTALLATION 1. CUTTING AND FITTING a. CUT PANELS ACCURATELY TO SIZE WITH PROPER ALLOWANCE FOR EXPANSION AND MOLDINGS. b. SAND OR FILE ALL EDGES SMOOTH WITHOUT CHIPPING. c. CUT OPENINGS FOR PENETRATIONS IN ACCURATE LOCATION WITH APPROXIMATE 1/8-INCH CLEARANCE AROUND PENETRATIONS. 2. ESTABLISH CENTERLINE OF EACH DISTINCT FLAT AREA TO BE COVERED. TRIM DIVISION MOLDINGS TO MATE WITH BASE MOLDINGS; INSTALL IN SOLID BED OF ADHESIVE, EITHER ON CENTERLINE, OR OFFSET 24 INCHES FROM CENTER, AS NECESSARY TO MAXIMIZE PANEL WIDTHS AT CORNERS. MOLDING SHALL BE INSTALLED STRAIGHT AND PLUMB. 3. CUT TOP CAP AND DIVISION OR CORNER MOLDINGS TO SHAPE, WITH EDGES TRIMMED TO FIT TO ADJACENT MOLDINGS. 4. APPLY SEALANT INTO INSTALLED MOLDINGS IN SEQUENCE WITH PANEL INSTALLATION. 5. APPLY ADHESIVE TO BACKS OF PANELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 6. MAINTAIN LINES AND LEVELS OF PANEL EDGES AND MOLDINGS. 7. INSTALL PANELS TIGHT TO FLASH -COVED BASE TRIM. 8. ALLOW 1/8-INCH GAP BETWEEN TOP CAP, CORNER, OR DIVISION MOLDING POSTS, AND PANEL EDGE; ALL EDGES SHALL BE FIRMLY BEDDED TO THE MOLDINGS IN SEALANT. 9. PROMPTLY REMOVE SEALANT SQUEEZE OUT WITH A DAMP CLOTH, AS WORK PROGRESSES; REMOVE ADHESIVE WITH APPROPRIATE SOLVENT. 10. INSTALL SEALANT BEHIND FLANGES AND AT PENETRATIONS THROUGH PANELING, AND BETWEEN TOP CAP OF PANEL AND SUBSTRATE. 11. CLEANING: REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE FROM FACE OF LAMINATE USING SOLVENT RECOMMENDED B MANUFACTURER, 098100 ACOUSTIC INSULATION A.SUMMARY: ACOUSTIC INSULATION AND SEALANTS. B. MATERIALS: 1. MANUFACTURERS: JOHNS MANVILLE "SOUND CONTROL BATTS", CERTAINTEED "GREENGUARD CERTIFIED", OWNS CORNING "SOUND CONTROL BATTS." 2. ACOUSTIC INSULATION: ASTM C665, TYPE I; UNFACED GLASS FIBER BATTS, BLANKETS, OR ROLLS; MINIMUM FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION RATING OF 25/50 PER ASTM E84; MINIMUM 3-INCH THICK, UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE TO MEET THE STC REQUIREMENTS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED; WIDTHS TO FRICTION -FIT BETWEEN STUDS, WHERE INDICATED FOR INSTALLATION IN STUD WALLS. 3. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT: NON -HARDENING, NON -SKINNING, FOR USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH GYPSUM BOARD; SIMILAR TO USG "ACOUSTICAL SEALANT." 4. ACCESSORIES: FURNISH OTHER ACCESSORIES SUCH AS FASTENERS AND RETAINERS, NOT SPECIFICALLY DESCRIBED, BUT REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. C.INSULATION: 1. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AND AS INDICATED. 2. TRIM INSULATION NEATLY TO FIT SPACES..INSTALL WITHOUT GAPS OR VOIDS. D. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH ACOUSTICAL ASSEMBLIES, EXCEPT FOR PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION TO RECEIVE FIRESTOPPING. 099000 PAINTING AND COATING A.SUMMARY: SITE APPLIED PAINT COATINGS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. APPLICATOR: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN COMMERCIAL PAINTING AND FINISHING WITH A MINIMUM OF THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 2. VISUAL STANDARDS: EACH DISTINCT AREA OF THE FINISHED WORK SHALL BE FREE OF VARIATIONS IN COLOR AND SHEEN, ORANGE PEEL, RUNS, SAGS, BLISTERING, CHECKING, CRACKING, SCRATCHES, DUST, DIRT, BUGS, AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS. C.SITE CONDITIONS: 1. WEATHER CONDITIONS: a. DO NO EXTERIOR WORK ON UNPROTECTED SURFACES WHEN RAINING, OR OTHER MOISTURE IS PRESENT OR EXPECTED, OR BEFORE APPLIED PAINTS CAN DRY OR ATTAIN PROPER CURE. b. ALLOW WETTED SURFACES TO DRY AND ATTAIN TEMPERATURES AND CONDITION SPECIFIED HEREINAFTER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH PREVIOUSLY STARTED WORK. 2. TEMPERATURE: a. DO NO PAINTING WORK WHEN SURFACE AND AIR TEMPERATURES ARE BELOW 40 DEGREES F OR BELOW THOSE TEMPERATURES RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE MATERIAL TYPE USED. b. MINIMUM TEMPERATURES FOR LATEX FINISHES: 45 DEGREES F FOR INTERIOR WORK AND 50 DEGREES F. FOR EXTERIOR WORK, UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE. 3. LIGHTING: MAINTAIN A LIGHTING LEVEL OF MINIMUM 50 FOOT-CANDLES ON THE SURFACES TO BE PAINTED OR FINISHED. 4. VENTILATION: PROVIDE ADEQUATE CONTINUOUS VENTILATION. D. MAINTENANCE: 1. FURNISH OVERAGE OF PAINT MATERIALS EQUAL TO 10 PERCENT MINIMUM OF QUANTITY OF EACH PAINT AND TRANSPARENT FINISH SYSTEM COMPONENT, COLOR AND SHEEN REQUIRED FOR THE WORK, BUT FURNISH NOT MORE THAN FIVE FULL ONE GALLON CANS, NOR LESS THAN TWO FULL ONE QUART CANS, OF EACH TYPE. OVERRUNS IN EXCESS OF FIVE GALLONS MAY BE FURNISHED TO T-MOBILE AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. OVERAGE SHALL BE TAKEN FROM THE BATCH MIX FURNISHED FOR THE WORK. OVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED IN COMPLETELY FILLED, PROPERLY LABELED, SEALED CANS. T Mobile 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003, THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT: rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM VVVVVV.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21.11.212680 oo LOUas �,, ✓ ..v OS-1 (1100 4 Sr�REo 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: N W Lu wv Q r Lo W > M C� J J J = � V J m J. J LJ.IJ= 0 CO o.qa JC-4 W m ti N J J ,Q V DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: 4 3 M 1 A705 I I I ii I I 1 U 1 I 4 3 2 1 UI Ill <I DIYISI N 9 FINISHES C � . O E �T E. MATERIALS: 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: PAINTS NOT SPECIFICALLY LISTED SHALL BE "FIRST QUALITY" COMMERCIAL PRODUCTS FROM ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT COMPANY. b. ICI PAINTS NORTH AMERICA 2. ACRYLIC WALL SIZE: ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. ICI DEVOE "WONDERPRIME" DR51701 VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER/SEALER. b. ICI DULUX "ULTRA -HIDE" 1060 VAPOR BARRIER PRIMER/SEALER. c. BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT COMPANY "MOORE'S WALL -GRIP 203." F. SURFACE PREPARATION: 1. PREPARE SURFACES BY REMOVING ALL DIRT, DUST, GREASE, OIL, MOISTURE, AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS WHICH WILL IMPAIR THE PROPER ADHESION OF THE FINISH. 2. FERROUS METAL SHOP PRIMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS: CLEAN PREVIOUSLY PRIMED SURFACES WITH NON -PETROLEUM BASED SOLVENT TO REMOVE OIL AND GREASE. REMOVE LOOSE RUST, BLISTERED AND PEELING PAINT TO BARE METAL BY SCRAPING, SANDING, AND WIRE BRUSHING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SSPC-SP2 AND SSPC-SP3. IMMEDIATELY APPLY TOUCH UP PRIME DAMAGED OR ABRADED SURFACES. LIGHTLY SAND ALL SHOP PRIME PAINTED SURFACES TO RECEIVE PAINT FINISH. 3. GALVANIZED FERROUS METAL: CLEAN WITH NON -PETROLEUM BASED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SSPC-SP1; ABRADE SURFACE WITH 3M "SCOTCHBRITE HEAVY DUTY" (BROWN) PAD, AS NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE SUFFICIENT PROFILE FOR PAINT ADHESION. 4. UNPRIMED FERROUS METAL: a. SOLVENT CLEAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SSPC SP-1. b. COMMERCIAL BLAST PER SSPC SP6. 5. WOOD - OPAQUE PAINT FINISH: a. SPOT COAT KNOTS, PITCH STREAKS, AND SAPPY SECTIONS WITH SEALER. b. FILL ALL NAIL HOLES AND CRACKS. SAND FILLER SMOOTH AND LEVEL WITH WOOD SURFACE. 6. WOOD - TRANSPARENT FINISH: FILL ALL EXPOSED FINISH NAIL HOLES AND CRACKS WITH MATCHING COLOR FILLER AFTER PRIME COAT IS APPLIED. SAND FILLER SMOOTH AND LEVEL WITH ADJACENT SURFACES. 7. CONCRETE AND CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS: REMOVE ALL CONTAMINANTS BY WASHING AND WIRE BRUSHING. SANDBLAST IF NECESSARY. 8. GYPSUM PLASTER AND WALL BOARD: REMOVE ALL LIGHT DUST AND DIRT. 9. EXISTING FINISHED SURFACES TO BE REPAINTED: a. REMOVE LOOSE, BLISTERED, SCALED, OR CRAZED FINISHES TO BARE SUBSTRATE; FEATHER NEW WORK INTO EXISTING WORK. PREPARE SURFACES TO THE NEAREST BREAK LINE IF NECESSARY TO BLEND NEW FINISHES WITH OLD FINISHES. b. WASH AND RINSE SURFACES WITH TRISODIUM PHOSPHATE AND WATER OR OTHER SOLUTION REQUIRED TO REMOVE REMAINING FILM WAX OIL GREASE, SMOKE OR FOREIGN MATTER WHICH WILL IMPAIR BOND OR CAUSE BLEED THROUGH OF NEWLY APPLIED FINISHES. c. LIGHTLY SAND, OR APPLY A LIQUID DEGLOSSER ON EXISTING SEMI -GLOSS AND HIGH -GLOSS FINISHES BEFORE REFINISHING. G. SPECIAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. UNLESS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED OTHERWISE, FOLLOW PAINT MANUFACTURER'S LABEL DIRECTIONS FOR GENERAL APPLICATION PROCEDURES AND COVERAGE RATES. 2. DO NOT APPLY FINISHES ON SURFACES THAT ARE NOT SUFFICIENTLY DRY. MAKE SURE EACH COAT OF FINISH IS DRY AND HARD BEFORE A FOLLOWING COAT IS APPLIED UNLESS THE MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS STATE OTHERWISE. 3. TINT FILLER TO MATCH STAIN WHEN CLEAR FINISHES ARE SPECIFIED; WORK FILLER WELL INTO GRAIN AND, BEFORE IT HAS SET, WORKING PERPENDICULARLY TO THE GRAIN, WIPE THE EXCESS FROM THE SURFACE. 4. OPAQUE FINISHES: a. APPLY NUMBER OF COATS SCHEDULED FOR EACH APPLICATION, EXCEPT THAT ADDITIONAL FINISH COATS SHALL BE APPLIED AS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE HIDING OF SUBSTRATE COLORS. b. APPLY PRIMER COATS UN -TINTED. WHERE MORE THAN ONE COAT OF PAINT IS REQUIRED, TINT EACH SUCCEEDING COAT UP TO THE FINAL COAT SIMILAR IN TINT, BUT SLIGHTLY LIGHTER IN VALUE (SHADE). c. SAND LIGHTLY BETWEEN COATS IF NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED FINISH; SAND BETWEEN ALL COATS APPLIED TO WOOD SUBSTRATES. 5. ROLLERS FOR APPLICATION AND BACKROLLING OF LATEX PAINTS SHALL HAVE A NAP OF 3/8 INCH OR LESS. 6. WHERE ROLLER TEXTURE IS SCHEDULED FOR APPLICATION TO GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES, FINISH COATS MAY BE ROLLER APPLIED, OR SPRAY APPLIED AND BACKROLLED AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. 7. FACTORY PRIMED SURFACES: APPLY SCHEDULED FINISH SYSTEM, LESS PRIMER COAT, EXCEPT AS NECESSARY TO FOR PATCHING DAMAGE TO FACTORY PRIME COATING. 8. EXCEPT WHERE SCHEDULED OR INDICATED OTHERWISE, THE INTENT IS TO PAINT ALL NEW ROOMS AND AREAS. 9. EXISTING AREAS WHICH HAVE NOT BEEN REMODELED OR DO NOT HAVE PATCHED SURFACES ARE NOT TO BE REPAINTED. WHERE EXISTING SURFACES HAVE BEEN REMODELED OR PATCHED THE ENTIRE ROOM IS TO BE REPAINTED, INCLUDING THE ASSOCIATED ACCESS PANELS, ELECTRICAL PANELS, HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES (BOTH SIDES), AND SIMILAR ELEMENTS WITHIN THE ROOM. H. INTERIOR SYSTEMS: 1. GYPSUM BOARD - LATEX SYSTEM: a. SYSTEM: THREE COATS - FIRST COAT LATEX PRIMER SEALER (UN -TINTED), SECOND AND THIRD COAT LATEX PAINT. b. SHEEN: ROLLER TEXTURE, SATIN SHEEN, EXCEPT PROVIDE FLAT SHEEN AT LIGHT COVES, CEILINGS, SKYLIGHT AREAS, CLERESTORY AREAS, INTERIOR FASCIAS, AND OTHER LIGHT SENSITIVE SURFACES. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF EACH SHEEN WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. c. APPLICATION: i. USE ON ALL EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES, INCLUDING THE EXPOSED PORTIONS OF WALL SURFACES BETWEEN ADJACENT WALL -MOUNTED FIXTURES. ii, PROVIDE PRIME COAT ONLY BEHIND PERMANENTLY MOUNTED MECHANICALLY WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES. iii. DO NOT APPLY PRIMER OR PAINT COATINGS TO SURFACES TO RECEIVE ADHESIVELY MOUNTED MIRRORS OR TILE. 2. GYPSUM BOARD - SURFACES TO RECEIVE WALL COVERING: APPLY ONE COAT OF ACRYLIC WALL SIZE. I. COLOR SCHEDULE: PROVIDE PAINT COLORS TO MATCH THOSE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. WHERE A PAINT COLOR IS LISTED FROM A SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER, PAINT PRODUCTS FROM OTHER APPROVED MANUFACTURERS MAY BE USED, PROVIDED THE COLOR EXACTLY MATCHES THE SPECIFIED COLOR, AND THE PAINT SYSTEM MEETS THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. WHERE NO PAINT COLOR IS INDICATED, PROVIDE COLOR AND SHEEN AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. 1. INSTALL SEALANT BEHIND FLANGES AND AT PENETRATIONS THROUGH PANELING, AND BETWEEN TOP CAP OF PANEL AND SUBSTRATE. 2. CLEANING: REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE FROM FACE OF LAMINATE USING SOLVENT RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. Df�'imb 1 q SP ci TtfES 101402 REST ROOM SIGNAGE A. SUMMARY: 1. CODE -REQUIRED INTERIOR SIGNAGE. 2. INSTALLATION OF SIGNAGE. B. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: 1. ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE: PROVIDE ACRYLIC PLASTIC REVERSE SILK SCREENED SIGNS WITH INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY, RAISED LETTERS, AND BRAILLE, AT ACCESSIBLE TOILET FACILITIES; ONE FOR EACH SEX. C. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: SIGNAGE SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES. D. MATERIALS: 1. PLASTIC SHEET: 1/8 INCH THICK ACRYLIC SHEET; LOW GLOSS FINISH. 2. DOUBLE STICK TAPE: 3M "SCOTCH BRAND #665" DOUBLE -STICK, DOUBLE -COATED TAPE, 1/4" WIDE. SECTION 10810 -TOILET ACCESSORIES A. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. CONFORM TO APPLICABLE ACCESSIBILITY CODE FOR LOCATING ACCESSORIES. B. MATERIALS 1. STAINLESS STEEL: SHEET - IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A 167, TYPE 304. 2. STAINLESS STEEL: TUBING - IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A 269. 3. GALVANIZED STEEL: IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A 366. 4. MIRROR GLASS: IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 1036, TYPE L, CLASS 1, QUALITY Q1. DIVISION 10SPECIALTIES, tONT. C. ACCESSORIES 1. FASTENERS: STAINLESS STEEL WHERE EXPOSED, HOT DIP GALVANIZED WHERE CONCEALED; TYPE BEST SUITED TO SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS. 2. FRAMED MIRROR: BOBRICK B-1652436 3. WASTE RECEPTACLE: PROVIDED BY T-MOBILE, INSTALLED BY G.C.. 4. SEAT COVER DISPENSER: HEALTH GUARDS ITEM# 420660, MODEL #HG12-FURNISHED BY T-MOBILES VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. 5. GRAB BAR: BOBRICK B-6806 6. AUTOMATIC HAND DRYER: EXCEL XL-BW WITH ADA RECSEED MOUNTING KIT 40502. FIXED NOZZLE, WHITE FINISH. FURNISHED BY T-MOBILE'S VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. 7. 7. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER: BOBRICK B-76857 D. FABRICATION 1. USE STAINLESS STEEL FOR EXPOSED SURFACES; GALVANIZED STEEL MAY BE USED IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS. FORM EXPOSED SURFACES FROM SINGLE SHEET OF STOCK, FREE FROM JOINTS, AND FLAT WITHOUT DISTORTION. WELD JOINTS OF FABRICATED COMPONENTS AND GRIND SMOOTH. FABRICATE GRAB BARS OF TUBING, FREE OF VISIBLE JOINTS, RETURN TO WALL WITH END ATTACHMENT FLANGES. KNURL GRIP SURFACES. FABRICATE SOAP DISPENSERS TO OPERATE WITH LESS THAN 5 POUND FORCE. PROVIDE HANGERS, ADAPTERS, ANCHOR PLATES AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. KEY LOCKS ALIKE; FURNISH SIX (6) KEYS. 2. FRAMED MIRRORS: ONE COAT OF ORGANIC MIRROR BACKING COMPOUND TO THE BACK SURFACE OF THE GLASS. 3. BACKING: GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL. ISOLATE GLASS FROM FRAME AND BACKING WITH RESILIENT, WATERPROOF PADDING 4. FINISHES: a. STAINLESS STEEL: NO.4 SATIN. b. GALVANIZING: ASTM A 123 TO 1.25 OUNCES PER SQUARE FOOT. c. CHROME PLATING: ASTM B 456, TYPE SC 2, POLISHED FINISH 5. SHOP ASSEMBLE UNITS AND PACKAGE COMPLETE WITH ANCHORS AND FITTINGS. E. INSTALLATION 1. SET PLUMB AND LEVEL, SQUARE AND RIGIDLY ANCHORED. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 104416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS A. SUBMITTALS: PRODUCT LITERATURE, INCLUDING EXTINGUISHER DIMENSIONS. B. EXTINGUISHERS: MULTI -PURPOSE DRY CHEMICAL TYPE: HEAVY DUTY DOT STEEL TANK; UL RATING 2A-10B;C, 5 LB CAPACITY, FM APPROVED; RED ENAMEL FINISH; PRESSURE GAGE; METAL VALVES AND SIPHON TUBES. C. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS: 1. TYPE ONE OF THE EMER POTTER-R: FOLLOWING): INC.-DV-VB-RR OR O 0 INC #7023 #7023-DV-VB-RR-FRC AT RATED CONSTRUCTION, LARSEN'S MANUFACTURING COMPANY #2409-R3 OR #FS-2409-R3 AT RATED CONSTRUCTION, J.L INDUSTRIES #1817V17 OR #1817V17 FIRE-FX AT RATED CONSTRUCTION. 2. STYLE: SEMI -RECESSED (APPROXIMATELY 2-1/2" PROJECTION; ROLLED EDGE); STEEL FRAME AND DOOR WITH CONTEMPORARY 2 INCH WIDE DOUBLE STRENGTH GLASS INSERT. 3. FINISH: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD BAKED WHITE ENAMEL INTERIOR; FURNISH TO SECTION 099000 FOR FIELD PAINTING. 4. LETTERING: BLACK LETTERING IN VERTICAL FORMAT. D. FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKETS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD J-TYPE. PROVIDE AT FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATIONS WHERE NO CABINET IS INDICATED. E. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL BRACKETS 48 INCHES FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO TOP OF BRACKET. 2. SECURE RIGIDLY IN PLACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 3. INSTALL CABINETS PLUMB AND LEVEL IN WALL OPENINGS IN LOCATIONS AS INDICATED. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, INSTALL 30 INCHES FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO INSIDE BOTTOM OF CABINET. 4. WHEN RECESSED CABINETS ARE INSTALLED IN FIRE RATED WALLS, MAINTAIN FIRE RESISTANCE RATING CONTINUOUSLY BEHIND THE CABINET. 5. INSTALL IN LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 105623 WIRE STORAGE SHELVING A. GENERAL: SHELVING SHALL CARRY THE APPROVAL OF THE NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION (NSF) B. PRODUCT: APPROVED PRODUCTS BELOW (OR EQUAL): a. ALERA WIRE SHELVING 48" X 24" X 72" b. METRO SUPER ERECTA® (SES) 48" X 24" X 72" C. MATERIAL: SHELVES SHALL BE BRIGHT BASIC CARBON STEEL WIRE. POSTS SHALL BE COLD ROLLED CARBON STEEL TUBING, ELECTRIC WELDED. PLASTIC CLIPS MATERIAL SHALL BE ABS. D. FINISH: BRIGHT PLATED E. SHELVES: CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE OF OPEN WIRE DESIGN OFFERING GREATER LIGHT PENETRATION AND VISIBILITY, LIGHTER WEIGHT, AIR CIRCULATION AND MINIMAL DUST AND DIRT ACCUMULATION. F. FABRICATION: FACE RIBS SHALL RUN FRONT TO BACK EQUALLY SPACED ON 20.6MM CENTERS AND TO BE OF 3AMM WIRE. EACH SIDE (FOUR) OF SHELF SHALL CONSIST OF A CORRUGATED, REINFORCING TRUSS OF 4,5MM WIRE. AT THE FRONT AND BACK OF THE SHELF, THIS CORRUGATED REINFORCING SHALL BE WELDED TO 6.2MM RIB WIRE RUNNING PERPENDICULAR AND ABOVE THE FACE RIBS. A 6.2MM RIB WIRE SHALL BE WELDED TO THE BOTTOM OF THE TRUSS. AT THE ENDS OF THE SHELF, THE CORRUGATED REINFORCING TRUSS SHALL BE WELDED TO PARALLEL 6.2MM WIRE RIBS. DEPENDING UPON THE WIDTH AND LENGTH OF THE SHELF, IT SHALL HAVE THREE OR FIVE LONGITUDINAL RIBS (6.2 MM) WELDED TO THE FACE RIBS. IN ADDITION, CERTAIN LONGER LENGTHS SHALL HAVE ONE OR TWO CORRUGATED REINFORCING TRUSSES (6.2MM) WELDED TO THE UNDERSIDE. AT EACH CORNER OF THE SHELF THERE SHALL BE A TAPERED, CONICAL FITTING MADE OF 2.6MM COLD ROLLED STEEL TO THE PARALLEL RIB SUPPORTS. THE FITTING SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE THE VERTICAL SUPPORTS. THE CORRUGATED TRUSS SHALL BE IN THE SHAPE OF THE LETTER "W." G. POSTS: SHALL OF 1" O.D. ROUND STEEL TUBING, 1.5 MM THICK. THEY SHALL HAVE ROLLED GROOVES SPACED AT 1" O.C. ALONG THEIR LENGTH. THE TOPOF THE POST SHALL HAVE A FINISHED PLASTIC CAP. A DIE CAST THREADED INSERT WITH AN ADJUSTABLE LEVELING FOOT SHALL BE SHIPPED LOOSE FOR LATER INSERTION INTO THE POST BOTTOM. H. METHOD OF ASSEMBLY: SHALL BE OF THE FRUSTAL-CONICAL DESIGN INCORPORATING A TWO PART TAPERED PLASTIC CLIP. ENGAGEMENT AND LOCKING SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED WITH A PROTRUDING BEAD ON THE INNER CIRCUMFERENCE OF THE PLASTIC CLIP WHICH WILL MATCH THE GROOVE IN THE POST. TWO PLASTIC CLIPS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO EACH CORNER POST FOR EACH SHELF. BOTH THE CLIPS AND THE CORNER FITTING OF THE SHELVES SHALL HAVE THE IDENTICAL TAPER TO CREATE A WEDGE EFFECT, THEREBY LOCKING THE SHELF SECURELY IN A RIGID POSITION. NO SCREWS OR OTHER FITTINGS SHALL BE REQUIRED TO EFFECT THIS ASSEMBLY. SHELVES SHALL BE VERTICALLY ADJUSTABLE IN 1" INCREMENTS. I. LOAD CAPACITY: 800 LBS. PER SHELF EVENLY DISTRIBUTED. MAXIMUM LOAD PER ASSEMBLED UNIT NOT TO EXCEED 2,000 LBS. J. CASTORS: SHALL BE ZINC PLATE ROUND STEM CASTER WITH POLYURETHANE TREAD AND WHEEL DIMENSIONS OF 5" X 1 %". WIRE SHELF CARTS ARE STANDARD WITH (2) SWIVEL AND (2) SWIVEL LOCKING CASTORS. K. SEISMIC ANCHORAGE: WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE AND/OR JURISDICTION HAVING GOVERNANCE, PROVIDE CROSS -BRACING AND ANCHOR PLATES FOR SUPER ERECTA® (SES) PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS, E3NISIt3N 11-NOT USA DI' LS#C f.1,1 Fl f f I H: O 0124813 -ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES A. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. B. PRODUCTS 1. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS IN [THE U.S. ARCHITECTURAL & TRANSPORTATION BARRIERS COMPLIANCE BOARD'S ADA-ABA ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES FOR BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES] AND [ICC A117.1] I-V `I ` N .F Nf HIN - C NT, t� 1S C� �! �f� � ��, a 2. RESILIENT ENTRANCE MAT: RETAIN "MANUFACTURERS" PARAGRAPH AND LIST OF MANUFACTURERS BELOW TO REQUIRE PRODUCTS FROM MANUFACTURERS LISTED OR A COMPARABLE PRODUCT FROM OTHER MANUFACTURERS. 3. MANUFACTURERS: a. LEGACY NOP BY MATS INC., PO BOX 839,37 SHUMAN AVENUE, STOUGHTON, MA, 02072; TELEPHONE 800-MATS-INC (800-628-7462) OR 781-344-1536; FAX 781-344-1537; WWW.MATSINC.COM. b. FOR VESTIBULES OR WHERE LOWER PROFILE IS REQUIRED: SUPREME NOP BY MATS INC. 4. RECESSED FRAMES: AS SHOWN IN DRAWINGS. 5. COLOR: MILL FINISH C. EXECUTION 1. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES AND CONDITIONS WHERE FLOOR MATS WILL BE INSTALLED. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE CORRECTED. SUB FLOOR SHALL BE CLEAN AND DRY, AND WITHIN ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCES. 2. INSTALLATION a. INSTALL RECESSED MAT FRAMES TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. SET MAT TOPS AT HEIGHT RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR MOST EFFECTIVE CLEANING ACTION; COORDINATE TOPS OF MAT SURFACES WITH BOTTOMS OF DOORS THAT SWING ACROSS MATS TO PROVIDE CLEARANCE BETWEEN DOOR AND MAT. b. INSTALL NECESSARY SHIMS, SPACERS, AND ANCHORAGES FOR PROPER LOCATION, AND SECURE ATTACHMENT OF FRAMES. 3. INSTALL GROUT AND FILL AROUND FRAMES AND, IF REQUIRED TO SET MAT TOPS AT PROPER ELEVATIONS, IN RECESSES UNDER MATS. FINISH GROUT AND FILL SMOOTH AND LEVEL. D. PROTECTION 4. AFTER COMPLETING FRAME INSTALLATION AND CONCRETE WORK, PROVIDE TEMPORARY FILLER OF PLYWOOD OR FIBERBOARD IN RECESSES AND COVER FRAMES WITH PLYWOOD PROTECTIVE FLOORING. MAINTAIN PROTECTION UNTIL CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC HAS ENDED AND PROJECT IS NEAR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. DIVISION`13 -NOT USED DIYISICiN 14 *AN07 USED DIVISION 'IICI, fly f=ffE SECTION 15000 - MECHANICAL, PLUMBING & FIRE PROTECTION A. MECHANICAL 1. INSTALLATION AND MATERIALS OF ALL SYSTEMS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY, COUNTY, STATE, AND NATIONAL CODES. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR AND REQUIRED TO VISIT THE SITE, VERIFY DIMENSIONAL DATA AND REVIEW EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. ANY CONFLICTS WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. 3. A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED. THIS IS DEFINED AS ONE WHICH HAS BEEN FURNISHED, MOUNTED, INSTALLED, AND PLACED IN OPERATION, BALANCED FOR AIR AND WATER, TESTED FOR CONFORMANCE TO THE CAPACITIES CORRESPONDING TO THE DESIGN CRITERIA. 4. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED AND ADJUSTED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, TESTED FOR SEQUENCE OF CONTROL INCLUDING FAIL SAFE AND LIFE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS AND AVAILABLE IN A CLEAN CONDITION. 5. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF ALL VISIBLE DEVICES WITH THE LIGHTING PLAN. B. DESIGN CRITERIA - HVAC SYSTEM 1. MAINTAIN AN AVERAGE TEMPERATURE OF 68 TO 70 DEGREES DURING THE WINTER. 75 TO 77 DEGREES DURING THE SUMMER. 2. INTERIOR ZONES SHALL BE DESIGNED TO SERVE 1,800 SQUARE FEET EACH. EXTERIOR ZONES SHALL BE DESIGNED TO SERVE 700 SQUARE FEET EACH. 3. EXHAUST ALL TOILET ROOMS TO THE OUTSIDE AT A RATE OF 2 CFM PER SQ. FT. C. DESIGN CRITERIA - PLUMBING SYSTEM 1. PROVIDE COMPLETE PLUMBING SYSTEMS NECESSARY TO OPERATE THE DEVICES SHOWN IN THESE DOCUMENTS. D. DESIGN CRITERIA - FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM 1. PROVIDE THE NECESSARY FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS TO GIVE COMPLETE PROTECTION AS REQUIRED BY CODE. E. MEP / SPRINKLER NOTES 1. ALL FIRE SPRINKLER WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A BASE BUILDING APPROVED CONTRACTOR. SPRINKLER HEADS IN GYPSUM BOARD AND MALL FRONTS SHALL BE CONCEALED HEAD TYPE. SEMI -RECESSED OR CONCEALED TYPE MAY BE USED IN LAY -IN CEILINGS VISIBLE TO CUSTOMERS. SURFACE MOUNTED HEADS ARE ACCEPTABLE IN THE BACK AREA. 2. FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A STATE LICENSED DESIGNER. 3. PAINT ALL DIFFUSERS AND GRILLS TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. 4. BATTERY PACKS FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTS SHALL BE REMOTE OR RECESSED. 5. IF CEILING ACCESS PANELS ARE REQUIRED, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. 6. ALL TRACK LIGHTS MOUNTED ON P1 FINISH SHALL BE WHITE. 7. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF DEMISING WALLS, CLEAR HEIGHTS, COLUMNS, MALL FRONTS AND ANY OTHER SIGNIFICANT COMPONENTS WITH THOSE INDICATED ON THE PLAN. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DIFFERENCES. 8. CEILING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON SHEET A-3 ARE INTENDED TO REPRESENT AN "IF POSSIBLE" SCENARIO. IF THE EXISTING STRUCTURE, MAJOR DUCTWORK OR OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS PROHIBIT THE REFERENCED HEIGHTS, PROVIDE AS MUCH HEIGHT AS POSSIBLE, MAINTAINING A 6" DIFFERENCE FROM THE GYPSUM BOARD SURROUND TO THE LAY -IN CEILING. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF THE DIFFERENCES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. Df VII+DN "I I=ARE DIVISION 16 SECTION 16720 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. GENERAL 1. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT A. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SHALL APPLY TO AND FORM PART OF THIS DIVISION. 2. SCOPE: A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND RELATED SERVICES NECESSARY TO FURNISH, INSTALL AND CONNECT A COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. B. A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES AND/OR AS REQUIRED BY THE AHJ. C. PROVIDE COMPLETE SYSTEM DESIGN AND SUBMITTAL INCLUDING PRODUCT DATA AND SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT TO T-MOBILE FOR APPROVAL. UPON T-MOBILE APPROVAL, SUBMIT TO THE AHJ FOR APPROVAL AND PERMIT. COORDINATE ALL INSPECTIONS AND PERFORM SYSTEM TESTING PER THE AHJ REQUIREMENTS. B. PRODUCTS 1. COMPLY WITH NFPA 72 AND THE NEC AS APPLICABLE TO CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION OF FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES. PROVIDE COMPONENTS AND SYSTEMS WHICH ARE UL LISTED AND LABELED FOR FIRE ALARM. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES WHICH ARE FM APPROVED. COMPLY WITH STATE AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS AS APPLICABLE. 1 IRE ALARfW C N DIVISION .6 F � "T 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: EDWARDS, NOTIFIER, SIEMENS, SIMPLEX. WHERE PART OF THE LANDLORD SYSTEM PROVIDE DEVICES MANUFACTURED BY AND COMPATIBLE WITH LANDLORD SYSTEM. 3. WHERE PART OF THE LANDLORD SYSTEM PROVIDE DEVICES MANUFACTURED BY AND COMPATIBLE WITH LANDLORD SYSTEM. COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS AS ESTABLISHED BY THE AHJ AND LANDLORD FOR TENANT SPACES. 4. THE SYSTEM SHALL OPERATE AS A LOW VOLTAGE, INTELLIGENT, POINT IDENTIFICATION FIRE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. THE FIRE DETECTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL MONITOR INTELLIGENT (ANALOG) AND ADDRESSABLE (DIGITAL) DEVICES, TRADITIONAL INITIATING DEVICES, POINT IDENTIFY THE ALARM LOCATION AND TRANSMIT A SIGNAL TO THE MONITORING AGENCY. 5. AN ALARM SHALL BE DISPLAYED ON AN 80 CHARACTER ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY AT THE MAIN PANEL. WHEN REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, PROVIDE REMOTE 80 CHARACTER KEYPAD ANNUNCIATOR AT APPROVED LOCATION. 6. PROVIDE REQUIRED INTERFACE CONNECTION TO FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TAMPER SWITCHES, FLOW SWITCHES AND HIGH/LOW AIR PRESSURE ALARM SWITCHES. INCLUDE CONNECTION TO TAMPER SWITCHES IN EXTERIOR VAULTS. 7. PROVIDE CONNECTION FROM DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS TO FAN STARTER CONTROL CIRCUIT. FANS SHALL BE SHUT DOWN ON LOCAL DETECTION ONLY. PROVIDE INTERFACE RELAY TO CONTROL SYSTEM. 8. PROVIDE F.A. POWER AND FIRE CLOSURE SIGNAL CONNECTION TO ALL FIRE SHUTTERS IN CORRIDORS. SHUTTERS SHALL BE POWERED FROM FIRE ALARM PANEL. 9. PROVIDE MANUAL STATIONS WHERE REQUIRED. MANUAL STATIONS SHALL BE DIE-CAST ALUMINUM WITH WHITE LETTERING AND RED FINISH. EQUIP WITH PLASTIC GUARDS. 10. PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS WHERE REQUIRED. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE WITH VISUAL INDICATION OF DETECTOR ACTUATION. DETECTORS SHALL BE ADDRESSABLE AND INTELLIGENT TYPE. 11. DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE AND SHALL OPERATE AT AIR VELOCITIES OF 300 FEET PER MINUTE TO 2000 FEET PER MINUTE. AN INTEGRAL FILTER SYSTEM SHALL BE INCLUDED TO REDUCE DUST AND RESIDUE ACCUMULATION. AN AIR FLOW MONITOR SHALL BE INCLUDED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE AND DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW THROUGH THE DETECTOR. PROVIDE FOR ALL FAN SUPPLYING AIR TO BUILDING WITH CFM TOTALS OF 2000 CFM OR GREATER. PROVIDE AT SUPPLY AND/OR RETURN DUCT AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. 12. HORN/STROBES SHALL BE SOLID STATE CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL PRO DUCE A BROADBAND HORN SOUND OUTPUT OF 96 DBA (103 PEAK DBA) AT 10 FEET IN AN ANECHOIC CHAMBER. THE STROBES SHALL PRODUCE 8000 PEAK CANDLEPOWER AT ONE FLASH PER SECOND. C. EXECUTION: 1. INSTALLATION: a. PROVIDE THE SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. ALL WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL THE PROVISIONS OF NEC: ARTICLE 760 A AND C, POWER -LIMITED FIRE PROTECTIVE SIGNALING CIRCUITS OR, IF REQUIRED, MAY BE RECLASSIFIED AS NON -POWER LIMITED AND WIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC: ARTICLE 760 A AND B. UPON COMPLETION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SO CERTIFY IN WRITING TO T-MOBILE AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR. b. THE SUPPLIER SHALL HAVE THE CAPABILITIES OF RESPONDING TO A SERVICE CALL WITH A FACTORY TRAINED TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE WITHIN 24 HOURS. ALSO, THIS SUPPLIER SHALL MAINTAIN AN ADEQUATE STOCK OF ALL PARTS NECESSARY FOR THE REPAIR OF THIS EQUIPMENT ON HAND AT ALL TIMES. c. THE SYSTEM, UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR, SHALL BE CHECKED OUT AND ALL CONNECTIONS TO INITIATING AND INDICATING DEVICES SHALL BE SUPERVISED BY FACTORY TRAINED TECHNICIANS IN THE EMPLOY OF A FACTORY FRANCHISED DEALER FOR THE PRODUCT INSTALLED. EACH INDIVIDUAL DEVICE SHALL BE CHECKED OUT AND TESTED FOR OPERATION BY A FACTORY TRAINED TECHNICIAN. d. THE COMPLETED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE FULLY TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72H BY THE CONTRACTOR IN THE PRESENCE OF T-MOBILE'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL. UPON COMPLETION OF A SUCCESSFUL TEST, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SO CERTIFY IN WRITING TO T-MOBILE. Mobi'le'D 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.T-Mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN'ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE SUITE 103 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 DESIGN@FUZIONVE.COM WWW.FUZIONVE.COM VENDOR PROJECT NO: 21,11.212680 O F F(0 ' a! • ��PM LOUIS P1 ✓C ti, ReD AR 02/10/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER N W Q Q r Z ! M W C� W J J = � V O J m J 0 W J = 00 � N W -tiN J J ,Q V DATE: February 5, 2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: LEO V. SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS 4 3 M 1 SHEET NUMBER: ii II IIII I u � _ 1L�1 1 1 I J I i _ i IV __ I _ I � I i t I I 1 I I I u i I � I i _ ,, .- T�„�L—__,��,,4—u�• „��o.al_u,��. a >� , �� _ . �,�,,,FI - �. _ � ,�. � . � � , _ _ .. _ ._. .. I III 4 I 3 I 2 I) MTN Mobile or U We Q 5020CC ROUND DAMPER OR 830ACC RECTANGULAR OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER — 80B-- 120 I—= F — —_ (E)RTU-1 $�� — — L235 — — — — g 77- — S RTU-1 3 — O L 0 EM — — — — L2117 — — — — — -- — — — — — o — — n t .( . L= R — 2 36 -- — -- — R — 2 -- — - —= gRt _ 7 \ c 2 _— 06 03 S RTU-1 — ------— fLZ)LO - -- -- - -- I . - 11L ==A2 L236 -- l— ®EM R R 221 RTU-2 L236 .732 —71 2 T T R — - 2 — -- 30 CE — 04 - p — — ___... Fr - JL — J RTU-1 (E)RTU-2� 1 7 O -----�-- ---- L233 co 01 x — O �� — S \ I R R i - 3 BT-U-2_— ---- -- ---- -- ---- 212 -- ---- -- ---- -- - - —J --- L212 - --- ~ 10 3i0 ---- O L230 -- EM I O RIGID DUCTWORK FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK FLEXIBLE CASING AND WIRE (50'-0" MAXIMUM) RACK & PINION • OPERATOR 3" P1 COVER PLATE I CEILING DIFFUSER CONCEALED REGULATOR KIT 6-32 SCREWS, TAMPER PROOF OPTIONAL SOCKET WRENCH NOTE: 1) COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING MOUNTED CONCEALED REGULATOR WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 2) THE YOUNG REGULATOR 270-301EZ BOWDEN CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO BE IMBEDDED IN THE CEILING FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED SURFACE. DAMPER POSITION INDICATOR VISIBLE UNDER COVER PLATE. 3) CABLE SHALL CONSIST OF BOWDEN CABLE 0.054" STAINLESS STEEL CONTROL WIRE ENCAPSULATED IN 1/16" FLEXIBLE GALVANIZED SPIRAL WIRE SHEATH. 4) LOCKING RACK AND PINION GEAR DRIVE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 14 GAUGE STEEL AND SHALL BE USED TO CONVERT ROTARY MOTION INTO PUSH-PULL MOTION. 5) CONTROL SHAFT SHALL BE "D"-STYLE FLATTENED 1/4" DIAMETER WITH 265- ROTATION PROVIDING 1-1/2" LINEAR TRAVEL CAPABILITY. 270-301 EZ BOWDEN CABLE CONTROL SYSTEM NTS Q21 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN V %J % 1 /4" = V-0" GRILLE, REGISTER AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE MODULE FACE SIZE FRAME SYMBOL MANUFACTURER MODEL SERVICE FINISH MOUNTING N.C. NOTES (L" X W") (L" X W") TYPE OA SUPPLY DIFFUSER 24" X 24" 24" X 24" SEE PLANS BLACK IRON CEILING <35 A, B, C, D TITUS TMSA BO 12" X 12" 12" X 12" SEE PLANS #26 WHITE CEILING <35 A, B, C, D TITUS TMSA SUPPLY DIFFUSER CO TITUS TITUS 350R 50F 12" X 10" 12" X 10" SEE PLANS #26 WHITE 24" X 24" 24" X 24" SEE PLANS BLACK IRON SIDEWALL CEILING <35 <35 A, D, E A, B, C RETURN GRILLE —RETURN GRILLE DO E EXISTING SUPPLY DIFFUSER EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DUCT IF REQUIRED. R RELOCATED SUPPLY DIFFUSER DUCT SIZE TO MATCH EXISTING. MAXIMUM 6-0" ON FLEX DUCT RUNS. �E 1 1 EXISTING RETURN GRILLE EXISTING TO REMAIN RELOCATED RETURN GRILLE EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DUCT IF REQUIRED. DUCT SIZE TO MATCH EXISTING R NOTES: A. HAVE BAKED ENAMEL. C. BRANCH DUCT SIZE SHALL BE SAME AS NECK SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E. MOUNT TOP OF GRILLE 6" BELOW FRAME AND FACE BLADES SHALL B. COORDINATE EXACT FRAME MOUNTING TYPE WITH ARCHITECTURAL CEILING PLAN. D. SELECT TMSA DIFFUSER PER NECK SIZE. SEE PLANS. FINISHED CEILING. EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE PERFORMANCE ELECTRICAL APPROX. -------- AIR FLOW (CFM) EXT. STATIC (IN W. C.) FAN SPEED (RPM) SONES VOLTS/O/HZ. 115/1/60 SYMBOL MANUFACTURER MODEL FV-11-15VKL1 TYPE CEILING DRIVE TYPE FAN MOTOR HP WEIGHT (LBS.) NOTES L202 PANASONIC DIRECT 110 .1 .8 14 KEYED NOTES O NOTES NOT USED. EXISTING SUPPLY DIFFUSER/RETURN GRILLE TO BE RELOCATED TO TILE SHOWN. PROVIDE 2 ADDITIONAL DUCTWORK AND INSULATION TO MATCH EXISTING IF REQUIRED FOR NEW LOCATION. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ENTOUCH one MASTER CONTROLLER THERMOSTAT AND ZONE 3 TEMPERATURE SENSOR(S). MOUNT THERMOSTAT @ 48" A.F.F. AND SENSOR(S) @ 60" A.F.F. RT TO PROVIDE AND PULL CATS CABLE FROM ET1 THERMOSTAT TO OPEN PORT ON CUSTOMER NETWORK SWITCH. PROVIDE NEW SUPPLY DIFFUSER AND BRANCH DUCT WORK AND CONNECT TO EXISTING MAIN SUPPLY DUCT. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPER AND BALANCE TO CFM SHOWN. IF 4 DAMPER IS NOT ACCESSIBLE, PROVIDE YOUNG REGULATOR BOWDEN CONTROL. BODEN CONTROL TO BE MOUNTED AT BOH CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. PROVIDE NEW TRANSFER GRILLE THROUGH INVENTORY/TELCO ROOM WALL. INSTALL TOP 5 OF GRILLE 6" BELOW FINISHED CEILING. PROVIDE MESH SCREENING OVER OPENING IN WALL. SEE SCHEDULE FOR SIZE. 6 NEW CEILING EXHAUST FAN/LIGHT COMBO PROVIDED WITH THE LIGHTING PACKAGE. ROUTE EXHAUST DUCT TO EXISTING VENT SERVING THE EXISTING TOILET ROOM. IF NOT EXISTING UNDERCUT DOOR A MINIMUM OF 1" (MAXIMUM 1-1/4".) 7 8 NOT USED. 9 NOT USED. REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST FAN AND BRANCH DUCT. 10 GENERAL NOTES A. EXISTING SALES FLOOR SUPPLY DIFFUSERS AND RETURN GRILLES TO BE PAINTED BENJAMIN MOORE "BLACK IRON" MATTED IN THE FIELD. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT ENTIRE DUCT SYSTEM INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DIFFUSERS, DUCTWORK, INSULATION, AND DAMPERS. CLEAN, REPAIR, AND REPLACE AS NECESSARY. C. REPLACE FILTERS W/ MERV-13 PRIOR TO TURNOVER. 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.t-mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT. 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM. ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT: rmUZION 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE design@fuzionad.com SUITE 103 (480) 463 - 4764 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 www.fuzionad.com ,,.�1!Ilkllll/l/ N1v9S J kp iu 1 /28/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: Dennis J. Lewis, PE 2010 Kitty Hawk Drive Xenia, OH 45385 937-219-9498 N W Q W Z cM W � M Uj� J m Q � J �00� oZ$ N = C) ~ W J N m J Q 0 DATE: 01.13.2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: XXX SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: m 10 1 1 •jr. 4 3 2 m I A " !1 11 1 1 Ill I , II® !1! q wlll 12NM1! will I!lll ! ' II 1 11 11111111111 111, ' 1 1 ' � ! ' 1 I.! " �_ ---� 1 _ 1 _1 1 1 111 ! JL_: A. 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 T Mobile () I J LL J m J J Q C� rn M 0 c N Q LL 1 .0 ry U 0 N N O N 0 0 2 H c0 M ro N a N N N WIRING SYMBOLS L DUPLEX RJ45 JACK X2 W/ 2 CAT5e WIRES L QUADPLEX RJ45 JACK X4 W/ 4 CAT5e WIRES X1 * OVERHEAD AP CABLING X1@ OVERHEAD SHOPPER TRACKER CABLING N N + r- N N ILL. Q I! +48- _ — - - 11 1 �-- N N N N + + + N N N O N O N�- LL.Q 3Q LL_ RTU-1 I10 S - iin l I I II ! X1 i FW125 +22" B-1 B 3-- B-3'_ _ B-3�(�D +,, FW123 +22"!, +15 +42" +1 A-12 3 I RTU-1 10 9'-1" I403 1 I, 12 l�- `► FW124 +22„ O A-18 7 I B - , I\ B 11 x 19 18 FW123 +22" u +7„� �lr A-18 +1 to I\ A 11 I - U i I� I I LEA] FF420 ----- ' � _ I GFCI GFC! FW122 +22" B-9 8 11 l i A-18 - - - -i , B-7 +44 +�$I �I ---°I� FAF 51 GFCJ I �I B FW121 +22°,I 1 01&1 T T A-18 GFCI RTU-2 10 10 RTU-1 S - +44" RTU-2 10 I, 2 X1 0l I I B-2 16 bo , B 1 9 A-9 15'-6" � POWER FLOOR PLAN 0,01 V't % 1 /4" = V-0" KEYED NOTES NOTES 1 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE(S). LOCATE 18" FROM TOP OF WINDOW (NEC 210.62). PROVIDE ONLY IF NOT ALREADY EXISTING. 2 PROVIDE OVERHEAD AP CABLING ABOVE CEILING W/ SERVICE LOOP. COORDINATE W/ AP VENDOR FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. T-0" MIN. 3 PROVIDE CIRCUIT(S) AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AS REQ'D TO J-BOX ABOVE CEILING FOR TRENCH TO FLOOR FIXTURES. SAW CUT (TRENCH) TO FF420/FF421 FIXTURE LEG. it CONDUIT SCHEDULE: FF420/FF421: (1) 3/4" DEDICATED POWER & (1) 1" DATA • ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE: ALL CONDUIT. PROVIDE UNDER -SLAB CONDUIT VIA SAW CUT (TRENCH) FOR POWER TO ACCESS HOLE WITH BEND RADIUS STUBBED INTO FIXTURE WITH AN APPROVED UL LISTED 90 DEGREE CONNECTOR. PROVIDE POWER FROM ELECTRICAL PANEL. LEAVE FLEX CONNECTION ASSEMBLY COILED 4 AND TAPED AS REQ'D UNTIL FIXTURE INSTALLATION. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL QUAD SURGE PROTECTED RECEPTACLES INTO BLANK J-BOXES AND PROVIDE APPROVED FLEX CONNECTION ASSEMBLY TO POWER SOURCE AFTER FIXTURE INSTALLATION. PROVIDE PULL STRING(S) FROM TELEPHONE BOARD TO SURFACE CONDUIT STUB -UP FOR CAT5E DATA CABLING AND RJ45 JACKS BY OWNERS VENDOR. • OWNERS VENDOR TO PROVIDE: CAT5E DATA CABLING, RJ45 JACKS AND PLASTIC GROMMET TO FIT 3/4" KNOCK OUTS IN BLANK DUPLEX J-BOXES AS REQ'D. ROUTE CABLING THROUGH CASEWORK AND MAKE CONNECTIONS TO RJ45 JACKS, TYP. SAW CUT (TRENCH) TO FF221 FIXTURE LEG. • CONDUIT SCHEDULE: FF221: (1) 3/4" DEDICATED POWER & (1) 1" DATA • ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE: ALL CONDUIT. PROVIDE UNDER -SLAB CONDUIT VIA SAW CUT (TRENCH) FOR POWER TO ACCESS HOLE WITH BEND RADIUS STUBBED INTO FIXTURE WITH AN APPROVED UL LISTED 90 DEGREE CONNECTOR. PROVIDE POWER FROM ELECTRICAL PANEL. LEAVE FLEX CONNECTION ASSEMBLY COILED 5 AND TAPED AS REQ'D UNTIL FIXTURE INSTALLATION. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL QUAD SURGE PROTECTED RECEPTACLES INTO BLANK J-BOXES AND PROVIDE APPROVED FLEX CONNECTION ASSEMBLY TO POWER SOURCE AFTER FIXTURE INSTALLATION. PROVIDE PULL STRING(S) FROM TELEPHONE BOARD TO SURFACE CONDUIT STUB -UP FOR CAI DATA CABLING AND RJ45 JACKS BY OWNERS VENDOR. • OWNERS VENDOR TO PROVIDE: CAT5E DATA CABLING, RJ45 JACKS AND PLASTIC GROMMET TO FIT 3/4" KNOCK OUTS IN BLANK DUPLEX J-BOXES AS REQ'D. ROUTE CABLING THROUGH CASEWORK AND MAKE CONNECTIONS TO RJ45 JACKS, TYP. SAW CUT (TRENCH) TO FF220 FIXTURE FLOOR BOX. • CONDUIT SCHEDULE: FF220: (1) 3/4" DEDICATED POWER 6 • FLOOR BOX SCHEDULE: LEGRAND WIREMOLD RACHET-PRO #RPNFB W/ #RFP7CTCBK COVER AND ASSOCIATED ADAPTORS. • ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE: ALL CONDUIT. PROVIDE UNDER -SLAB CONDUIT VIA SAW CUT (TRENCH) FOR POWER TO PREWIRED FLOOR BOX. PROVIDE POWER FROM ELECTRICAL PANEL TO PREWIRED 20A RECEPTACLE IN FLOOR BOX. 00 N N + + + v7 N O CN I N— N 'SL�Q LL_ �< I I _ - _ II; x1 ll' B—*0 I ''1 CY -- — _ FF309 A-1 -I . w� - A 3 i I !I - 26-1" 8'-5" 2' 1" I ! FF220 'A-1 xi j B-4 B-4—� X1 'Iti I I I h �i► FF309 Tr' — LI IA-3 w Ili III � . 5 III. ill 7 III' II' 1'1 f f A-9 -- I --- II I I I ' 6'-2" 6 -8 6 -8' 6-2" 4'-l" i ii _ - -X---- - - ----- -- 00 It � 04 �0 �N 3a �N �N LL- Q LL_ Q LL_ Q LL Q KEYED NOTES NOTES SAW CUT (TRENCH) TO FIXTURE LEG(S) UNDER FF309 FIXTURE. SEE WIRING DETAILS ON SHEET E502. • CONDUIT SCHEDULE: FF309: (1) 3/4" GENERAL POWER, (1) 3/4" DATA • ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE: CONDUIT AND POWER CIRCUIT FROM PANEL TO FIXTURE LEG STUB IN. PROVIDE APPROVED BX CABLE CONNECTION ASSEMBLY AND EXTEND CIRCUIT TO BLANK DUPLEX J-BOX INSIDE FIXTURE. BLANK DUPLEX J-BOX CAN BE INSTALLED IN EITHER SIDE OF FIXTURE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO 7 PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH FINAL CONNECTION TO POWER SOURCE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONDUIT & PULL STRING FROM TELEPHONE BOARD TO FIXTURE LEG STUB IN FOR DATA CABLING AND RJ45 CONNECTION BY OWNERS VENDOR. BLANK DUPLEX J-BOXES ARE PROVIDED AND SHIPPED LOOSE BY THE FIXTURE MANUFACTURER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL IN FIELD. • OWNERS VENDOR TO PROVIDE: CAT5E CABLING FOR DATA FROM TELCO CLOSET TO FIXTURE. PROVIDE PLASTIC GROMMETS TO FIT 3/4" KNOCK OUTS IN BLANK DUPLEX J-BOXES AS REQ'D. PROVIDE RJ45 CONNECTORS AND TERMINATE CONNECTORS ON BOTH SIDES OF CAT5E CABLING. ROUTE CABLING THROUGH CASEWORK AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION TO PC WITHIN FIXTURE. 8 PROVIDE DATA BOX ABOVE CEILING FOR SHOPPER TRACKER. OWNERS VENDOR WILL EXTEND CABLING BACK TO TELEPHONE BACK BOARD. 9 ROUGH IN FOR ADT KEYPAD. MOUNT AT 48" A.F.F COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH SECURITY COMPANY. - - - - - - - ------- -_- -- - - -. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ENTOUCH.ONE MASTER CONTROLLER THERMOSTAT AND ZONE TEMPERATURE SENSOR(S). 1 O MOUNT THERMOSTAT 48" A.F.F. AND SENSOR(S) 60" A.F.F. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. SEE ONE -LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E301.T.G.C. TO PROVIDE ALL NEC CLEARANCES. 11 12 EXISTING TELEPHONE BACKBOARD AND DATA RACK TO REMAIN. MAINTAIN EXISTING RECEPTACLES, PLUG STRIPS, ETC AND ASSOCIATED CIRCUITING. 13 (NOT USED) 14 (NOT USED) (NOT USED) PROVIDE CONNECTION TO AUTOMATIC HAND DRYER AT 34" AFF, (HAND DRYER FURNISHED BY OWNER THROUGH 15 16 LIGHTING VENDOR.) SEE ARCH DETAILS FOR LOCATION. 17 MOUNT GFI RECEPTACLE PER MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDATION/ TEMPLATE. REFER TO MONITOR MOUNTING DETAILS ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. VERIFY AND RE -USE EXISTING BOH GENERAL RECEPTACLES IF WITHIN 5'-0" OF LOCATIONS SHOWN. G.C. TO 18 19 RELOCATE AND UTILIZE EXISTING RECEPTACLES WHENEVER POSSIBLE AND SUPPLEMENT IF REQUIRED. ! C)CO, !I 36" 1. LOCATE InVue 52 cm EXCLUSION ZONE MANAGER 36" FROM ENTRY DOOR(S) 2. PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEXT TO InVue 52 cm EXCLUSION ZONE MANAGER Al EXCLUSION �ZO�NEMANAGER CLG DTL GENERAL NOTES A. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES AND PROVIDE A TYPE -WRITTEN PANEL SCHEDULE INSIDE THE ELECTRICAL PANEL. B. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CURRENTLY ADOPTED CODES, ORDINANCES, AND AMENDMENTS. C. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED BY A RECOGNIZED TESTING LAB (i.e. U.L., ETC.) D. PROVIDE PLENUM RATED WIRING WHERE REQUIRED. COMPLY WITH NEC 300.22, E. PROPERLY GROUND RECEPTACLES, BOXES AND COVER PLATES INSTALLED IN FIXTURES PER NEC 250 AND 406. F. NO BX, AC OR ROMEX TYPE WIRING ALLOWED IN WALLS. G. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. WHEN REQUIRED, IT IS THE OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY TO CONTRACT WITH A COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODES. 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.t-mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U S C AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT: roUZION 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE design@fuzionad.com SUITE 103 (480) 463 - 4764 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 www.fuzionad.com \`\\IIIII1II///// 78144 STATE p0 It G 0 AL CONSULTING ENGINEER: Eric M. Aielli, PE 435 Schenck Ave Oakwood, OH 45409 937.486.4233 eric@phase3eng.com N w Q E"— LO Z co W > M U_jJ _j o0 LL U�_j Q < _1 W = 00 0Nloor � 0~ w J N m J �Q V DATE: 01.13.2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: CNM SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: POWER FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: El 01 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 4 3 2 i W J ILL J m J J Q 0 W 0 rn M O c o Q �N LL I U 0 J N ' N 0 N a� :a 0 2 H rn M O N U C N N a. B-6 B-14 EM INVERTER -SALES z B-14 8 ),v L206 L235 1735 R-14 B-14 - i 00 I m B-12 i L236 90ZI i- 0 03 8 B-14 I if 00 Go I II m J B-12 L236 f L � I I m00 allo J - -- B -12 L236 j - -- B-10 I -12 CID 1 - --- 5A ,I I LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN 1/4" = 1'-01, O L230 EM B-10 TYPO L221 EM L221 L221 EM B-10 B-8 B-10 � r r L221 L221 L221 B-8 B-8 B-8 L221 EMI L221 L221 EM B-10 - B-8 - - B-10 O L230 EM B-10 I i I OL230 B-8 �B-10 8 oil O L230 EM 1 B-10 I -- - F -- - 1 I KEYED NOTES NOTES 1 EXISTING SIGN AND SIGN CIRCUIT TO REMAIN. CONNECT EXISTING CIRCUIT TO ENTOUCH.ONE SIGN CONTACTOR. ENTOUCH.ONE LIGHTING CONTROL BOX (LCB). INSTALL ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL PANEL. PROVIDE RIB SPDT 2 RELAYS AND CONTACTORS AS REQUIRED. SEE WIRING DETAIL ON SHEET E114. 3 ENTOUCH.ONE DIMMING & LOAD CONTROLLER (DLC) FOR AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL CONTROL OF SALES FLOOR LIGHTING. MOUNT AT 42" AFF. SEE SWITCH BANK DETAIL ON SHEET E113 & E114. 4 WALL MOUNTED DIMMER OCCUPANCY SENSOR. SET MODE TO AUTOMATICALLY TURN LIGHTS ON TO NO MORE THAN 50% PERCENT POWER PER SECTION C405.2.1. 5 CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S). 6 CEILING MOUNTED VENTILATION FAN WITH LED LIGHT. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR. 7 ALL SALES FLOOR LIGHT FIXTURES LABELED EM, EMERGENCY EGRESS) TO BL,WIRED TO THE LED MINI -INVERTER. REFER TO WIRING DIAGRAM(S) INCLUDED WITH EQUIPMENT-. ---___ ALL DUAL HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHTS ARE TO BE WIRED TO LOCAL CIRCUIT ON AN UNSWITCHED LEG AHEAD OF 8 ANY LOCAL SWITCHING OR CONTROLS. DUAL HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHTS ARE PROVIDED WITH A 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACK-UP. 9 ALL EXIT SIGNS ARE TO BE WIRED TO LOCAL CIRCUIT ON AN UNSWITCHED LEG AHEAD OF ANY LOCAL SWITCHING OR CONTROLS. EXIT SIGNS ARE PROVIDED WITH A 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACK-UP. PROVIDE LINE VOLTAGE WALL SWITCH TO OVERRIDE LIGHTING CONTROLS AT LIGHT FIXTURE ADJACENT TO THE 10 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER NEC 110.26(D) 11 LED MINI -INVERTER FOR SALES EMERGENCY LIGHTING. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S WIRING DIAGRAM(S) INCLUDED WITH EQUIPMENT. 1 1 TYP GENERAL NOTES A. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED BY A RECOGNIZED TESTING LAB (i.e. U.L., ETC.) B. LUMINAIRES IN CONTACT WITH INSULATION SHALL BE U.L. LISTED FOR THERMAL BARRIER OR PROVIDED WITH 3" MINIMUM CLEARANCE. C. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT ALL LIGHTING EXPOSED TO THE PLENUM IS PLENUM RATED. D. ALL RECESSED LUMINAIRES IN SALES AREA SHALL BE CENTERED IN/ON CEILING TILE. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORT PER MFG. RECOMMENDATIONS FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE FOR ALL LUMINAIRES ATTACHED TO HUNG CEILINGS. E. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR ACTUAL LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS. F. ALL EXIT SIGNS AND DUAL HEAD EMERGENCY LIGHTS TO HAVE 90 MIN. BATTERY BACKUP. G. T.G.C. TO VERIFY EXIT DISCHARGE LIGHTING MEETS CODE. WHERE REQUIRED T.G.C. SHALL PROVIDE CODE COMPLIANT EXIT DISCHARGE LIGHTING IF NOT PRESENT. WHEN REQUIRED, IT IS THE OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CONTRACT WITH A COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODES. 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.t-mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC, 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION. THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT. roUZION 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE design@fuzionad.com SUITE 103 (480) 463 - 4764 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 www,fuzionad.com G Mii SFF� E 78144 ;orZ STATE 01 At- �Itieltioly CONSULTING ENGINEER: Eric M. Aielli, PE 435 Schenck Ave Oakwood, OH 45409 937.486.4233 eric@phase3eng.com N W LL I d- Z (y) LL!0M ) LL J m Q J U) C) _j Q � J L LJ = 06 N r Q ~ 0- JLLJ N m J J Q C� DATE: 01.13.2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: CNM SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE. - LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: E 111 2 3 2 1 I I_!. t I I I 16 _ I 4 I 3 I 2 a m J LL. 0 J m J J 0 W U) I 0 co O M O c N Q LL- u U 0 J N N O N N O 2 I rn M O N U C N N_ CL T 2 LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEDULES CALLOUT SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MODEL NOTES DLC DLC 0-10V DIMMING ENTOUCH DIMMING & LOAD CONTROLLER D2 LEGRAND WATTSTOPPER LMDM-101-W 0-10V DIMMING BOH WALL MOUNTED DIMMING WALL SWITCH Cat 5e CABLES W/ RJ45 LMDC-100 CONNECTRS Cat 5e CABLES OS OS LEGRAND WATTSTOPPER CEILING MNTD OCCUPANCY SENSOR W/ RJ45 LEGRAND WATTSTOPPER CONNECTRS RC LMRC-211 0-10V DIMMING ON/OFF/0-10V DIMMING 120V ROOM CONTROLLER LUTRON MAESTRO DIMMER SENSOR D3 �3 MS-Z101-WH 0-10V DIMMING INVENTORY SENSOR SWITCH WALL MNTD WSD-PDT-WH 8A OS O$ 80OW OCCUPANCY SENSOR LED EMERGENCY LIGHTING INVERTER SCHEDULE - SALES DESCRIPTION MODEL EMERGI-LITE: NOTES 40OW MINI 90 MIN. BATTERY BACKUP INVERTER EMU-400 INPUT NEUTRAL _- LINE 120Vac 120Vac SWITCHED - \ - ', r� LINE 120Vac UNSWITCHED _J - r RELAY CTRL CIRCUIT BOARD INVERTER CTRL INVERTER +BATTERY 11+BATTERY NOTES: 120V EMERGENCY 1. THE ABOVE WIRING DIAGRAM HAS BEEN LIGHTING LOAD SIMPLIFIED FOR CLARITY. ACTUAL POSITION OF LED COMPONENTS WILL VARY. 2. *LOCATION OF SWITCH FOR INVERTER MODULE. 3. FOR REFERENCE ONLY. SEE WIRING DIAGRAMS INCLUDED WITH EQUIPMENT. A4 SALES - MIN�11 VERTER WIRING�DlAGRAM NTS j t 1 .. • lee 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.t-mobile.com LED LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE CALLOUT SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MODEL LAMP WATTS BALLAST VOLTS MOUNTING NOTES L210 e s LUMENTURE TRACK ACCENT WITH BLACK FINISH, 90 CRI, T50M-30H-1100-22-B-J LED 14W ELECTRONIC 120V 1 P TRACK KB-24-B - LUMENTURE K BEAM SUSPENDED TRACK BLACK 4' e e e 3000K, ROUND APERTURE, 22 DEGREES, 14W, 1100 LUMENS T50M-30H-1100-22-B-J LED 120V 1 P TRACK LT4-B - CONTECH SURFACE MOUNT TRACK BLACK 4' KB-24-B - LUMENTURE K BEAM SUSPENDED TRACK BLACK 4' L211 LUMENTURE TRACK ACCENT WITH BLACK FINISH, 90 CRI, 14W ELECTRONIC 3000K, ROUND APERTURE, 22 DEGREES, 14W, 1100 LUMENS LUMENTURE TRACK ACCENT WITH BLACK FINISH, 90 CRI, 120V 1 P TRACK LT4-B - CONTECH SURFACE MOUNT TRACK BLACK 4' KB-28-B - LUMENTURE K BEAM SUSPENDED TRACK BLACK 8' L212 T50M-30H-1100-22-B-J LED 14W ELECTRONIC -� ® 3000K, ROUND APERTURE, 22 DEGREES, 14W, 1100 LUMENS LUMENTURE MONOPOINT ACCENT WITH BLACK FINISH, 90 CRI, T50M-30H-1100-22-B-J LT8-B - CONTECH SURFACE MOUNT TRACK BLACK 8' LA-18-B - CONTECH SURFACE MOUNT MONOPOINT BLACK L213 LED 14W ELECTRONIC 120V 1 P PENDANT/ 3000K, ROUND APERTURE, 22 DEGREES, 14W, 1100 LUMENS LUMENTURE TRACK WALL WASH WITH BLACK FINISH AND SURFACE LA1024-13- CONTECH EXTENSION ROD BLACK 24" KB-28-B - LUMENTURE K BEAM SUSPENDED TRACK BLACK 8' L214 TWW160-30H-1600-13-J-13 LED 17W ELECTRONIC 120V 1 P TRACK CROSS BAFFLE, 90 CRI, 3000K, 1600 LUMENS. LUMENTURE TRACK WALL WASH WITH BLACK FINISH AND TWW160-30H-1600-B-J-B TRACK LT8-B - CONTECH SURFACE MOUNT TRACK BLACK 8' KB-28-B - LUMENTURE K BEAM SUSPENDED TRACK BLACK 8' L215 LED 17W ELECTRONIC 120V 1 P CROSS BAFFLE, 90 CRI, 3000K, 1600 LUMENS. TWW160-30H-1600-B-J-B LED 120V 1 P TRACK LT8-B - CONTECH SURFACE MOUNT TRACK BLACK 8' KB-28-B - LUMENTURE K BEAM SUSPENDED TRACK BLACK 8' L216 LUMENTURE TRACK WALL WASH WITH BLACK FINISH AND 17W ELECTRONIC CROSS BAFFLE, 90 CRI, 3000K, 1600 LUMENS. CORONET PENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE LENGTH 4', I 120V 1P PENDANT/ LT8-B - CONTECH SURFACE MOUNT TRACK BLACK 8' 0-10V DIMMING L217 LS3 LED-4-30-LTG3-UNV-DB- LED 40W ELECTRONIC APPROXIMATELY 3" WIDE X 3.6" TALL, 3000K, 90 CRI, 769 BLK-AC(SM)-WW SURFACE LUMENS/FT, 10W/FT, AIR CRAFT CABLE MOUNT, WALL WASH OPTIC, BLACK FINISH LS3 LED-4-30-LTG3-UNV-DB- LED 40W ELECTRONIC 120V 1P PENDANT/ 90 MIN. EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP PROVIDED BY MINI L217-EM CORONET PENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE LENGTH 4', APPROXIMATELY 3" WIDE X 3.6" TALL, 3000K, 90 CRI, 769 BLK-AC(SM)-WW SURFACE INVERTER LUMENS/FT, 10W/FT, AIR CRAFT CABLE MOUNT, WALL WASH 0-10V DIMMING OPTIC, BLACK FINISH LS3 LED-8-30-LTG3-UNV-DB- LED 0-10V DIMMING L218 CORONET PENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE LENGTH 8', 80W ELECTRONIC 120V 1P PENDANT/ APPROXIMATELY 3" WIDE X 3.6" TALL, 3000K, 90 CRI, 769 BLK-AC(SM)-WW SURFACE LUMENS/FT, 10W/FT, AIR CRAFT CABLE MOUNT, WALL WASH OPTIC, BLACK FINISH CORONET PENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE LENGTH 8', LS3 LED-8-30-LTG3-UNV-DB- 90 MIN. EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP PROVIDED BY MINI L218-EM LED 80W ELECTRONIC 120V 1P PENDANT/ APPROXIMATELY 3" WIDE X 3.6" TALL, 3000K, 90 CRI, 769 BLK-AC(SM)-WW SURFACE INVERTER LUMENS/FT, 10W/FT, AIR CRAFT CABLE MOUNT, WALL WASH 0-10V DIMMING OPTIC, BLACK FINISH L219 CORONET PENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE LENGTH 24", LS1 LED-2-30-LTG2-UNV-DB- LED 10W ELECTRONIC 120V 1P PENDANT/ 0-10V DIMMING APPROXIMATELY 2" WIDE X 3" TALL, 3000K, 90 CRI, 355 BLK-AC(SM)-SD SURFACE ® LUMENS/FT, 5W/FT, AIR CRAFT CABLE MOUNT, BLACK FINISH CORONET PENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE LENGTH 24", L219-EM LS1 LED-2-30-LTG2-UNV-DB- LED 10W ELECTRONIC 120V 1 P PENDANT/ 90 MIN. EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP PROVIDED BY MINI APPROXIMATELY 2" WIDE X 3" TALL, 3000K, 90 CRI, 355 BLK-AC(SM)-SD SURFACE INVERTER LUMENS/FT, 5W/FT, AIR CRAFT CABLE MOUNT, BLACK FINISH 0-10V DIMMING L220 CORONET PENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE LENGTH 48", LS1 LED-4-30-LTG2-UNV-DB- LED 20W ELECTRONIC 120V 1P PENDANT/ 0-10V DIMMING APPROXIMATELY 2" WIDE X 3" TALL, 3000K, 90 CRI, 355 BLK-AC(SM)-SD SURFACE LUMENS/FT, 5W/FT, AIR CRAFT CABLE MOUNT, BLACK FINISH L220-EM 120V 1 P PENDANT/ 90 MIN, EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP PROVIDED BY MINI CORONET PENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE LENGTH 48", LS1 LED-4-30-LTG2-UNV-DB- LED 20W ELECTRONIC APPROXIMATELY 2" WIDE X 3" TALL, 3000K, 90 CRI, 355 BLK-AC(SM)-SD SURFACE INVERTER LUMENS/FT, 5W/FT, AIR CRAFT CABLE MOUNT, BLACK FINISH 0-10V DIMMING L221 LED 40W 120V 1P PENDANT/ 0-10V DIMMING CORONET PENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE LENGTH 96", LS1 LED-8-30-LTG2-UNV-DB- ELECTRONIC APPROXIMATELY 2" WIDE X 3" TALL, 3000K, 90 CRI, 355 BLK-AC(SM)-SD SURFACE LUMENS/FT, 5W/FT, AIR CRAFT CABLE MOUNT, BLACK FINISH 40W ELECTRONIC 120V 1 P PENDANT/ 90 MIN. EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP PROVIDED BY MINI L221-EM CORONET PENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE LENGTH 96", LS1 LED-8-30-LTG2-UNV-DB- LED APPROXIMATELY 2" WIDE X 3" TALL, 3000K, 90 CRI, 355 BLK-AC(SM)-SD SURFACE INVERTER LUMENS/FT, 5W/FT, AIR CRAFT CABLE MOUNT, BLACK FINISH SOLAIS PENDANT CYLINDER DOWNLIGHT, 40 DEGREE BEAM, RECESSED 0-10V DIMMING L222 XC3-Xm20-40c-30H-1400-CB/BK LED 22AW ELECTRONIC 120V 1 P 0 3000K, 1100 LUMENS, 90 CRI, BLACK SPECULAR CONE AND BLACK EXTERIOR FINISH L222-EM LED 22AW 90 MIN. EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP PROVIDED BY MINI SOLAIS PENDANT CYLINDER DOWNLIGHT, 40 DEGREE BEAM, XC3-Xm20-40c-30H-1400-CB/BK ELECTRONIC 120V 1 P RECESSED 0 3000K, 1100 LUMENS, 90 CRI, BLACK SPECULAR CONE AND INVERTER BLACK EXTERIOR FINISH L230 SOLAIS RECESSED DOWNLIGHT, 40 DEGREE BEAM, 3000K, YR4nc-D-Ym24-40c-30H-1400- LED 25AW ELECTRONIC 120V 1P RECESSED � 1400 LUMENS, 90 CRI, BLACK CONE AND BLACK TRIM I RECESSED D SOLAIS DOWNLIGHT, 40 DEGREE BEAM, 3000K, BK/BK MIN. EMERGENCY BATTERY E Y BACKUP PROVIDED BY MINI - L230 EM YR4nc-D-Ym24-40c-30H-1400- LED 25AW T ELECTRONIC90 120V 1 P RECESSED 1400 LUMENS, 90 CRI, BLACK CONE AND BLACK TRIM SOLAIS RECESSED 2X2 FLAT PANEL GENERAL LIGHT WITH BK/BK FP22-30K-100%-WH INVERTER 0-10V DIMMING L232 LED 35W ELECTRONIC 120V 1 P RECESSED 3000K, 4400 LUMENS, 80 CRI, WHITE FINISH SOLAIS SURFACE MOUNTED 2X2 FLAT PANEL GENERAL 35W ELECTRONIC 0-10V DIMMING L231 FP22-30K-100%-WH-FP22-SM2 LED 120V 1 P SURFACE SURFACE LIGHT WITH 3000K, 4400 LUMENS, 80 CRI, WHITE FINISH L233 PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR BROAN LED FAN/LIGHT QTXE110150DCL LED 8.3W ELECTRONIC 120V 1 P RECESSED L234 ELECTRONIC VERIFY LENGTH NEEDED OVER MIRROR AFX SURFACE MOUNT WALL FIXTURE WITH 3000K, 22W, BARV2403L30D2BK LED 22W 120V 1P SURFACE 1125 LUMENS, BLACK FINISH, 24" LONG LED 30AW ELECTRONIC 0-10V DIMMING L235 COLUMBIA 4' LED LENSED STRIP 3K 3800 LUMEN MPS-4-30-MW-C-W-ED-U 120V 1 P SURFACE L236 (�J BUZZI SHADE 44" ROUND FELT PENDANT BLACK EXTERIOR AND FUSHCIA INTERIOR L-RAL9005-FE-ANTHRACITE 68-FA-FUSHICA 77 LED 19W ELECTRONIC 120V 1 P PENDANT LED 3W 90 MIN. EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP L205A CONTECH MULTI FACE RED LTR SILVER HOUSING RECESSED REXA-MF-R-EM-S ELECTRONIC 120V 1 P SURFACE SALES AND SURFACE MOUNT EXIT W/ BATTERY CERG LED L205B DUAL LITE WHITE THERMOPLASTIC EXIT, UNIVERSAL FACE, 3AW ELECTRONIC 120V 1P RECESSED 90 MIN. EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP BOH RED OR GREEN LED EMERGENCY EXIT, NICAD BATTERY 120V 1 P 90 MIN. EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP L206 DUAL LITE LED EMERGENCY REMOTE, 2 LAMP HEADS, 88 LMS EV2D LED (2)1 W 2W ELECTRONIC SURFACE 4-11, PER LED, WALL, CEILING MOUNT, 120V, 277V, WHITE HOUSING, DAMP LOCATION NOT ALL FIXTURES NECESSARILY USED AT THIS LOCATION. TBD - COMPLETE LIGHTING PACKAGE IS OWNER FURNISHED, GC INSTALLED. CONTACT TBD FOR COMPLETE LIGHTING PACKAGE INCLUDING ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, AND TVSS. REFER TO TBD INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT: rmuzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE design@fuzionad,com SUITE 103 (480) 463 - 4764 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 www.fuzionad.com 78144 it p STATE ' 0 ��ij/� .�0. 10p'• � AL O - CONSULTING ENGINEER: Eric M. Aielli, PE 435 Schenck Ave Oakwood, OH 45409 937.486,4233 eric@phase3eng.com N w Q Lo z 0 Cr)L1.1 U>LL ---I m U_j 0 < J 00 06 N�- 0 ~ a- _j N m J J rQ V DATE: 01.13.2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: CNM SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: LUMINAIRE SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER: 4 2 4 U m Q c� M O !V N N U C a)0 N N 1 til_ __11 , _ _ 3 CONTROL NOTES LIGHTING CONTROL , LL_ , I I I I I I _ ___ _ _ L 1 11 Ll ,. 11 1 0 _ _ _ 1. THE LIGHTING IN EACH ENCLOSED ROOM (TELCO, INVENTORY, MEN'S RESTROOM, WOMEN'S RESTROOM) SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY LOCAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S). 2. THE REMAINDER OF THE LIGHTING SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM AND SHALL INCLUDE A 365 DAY ASTRONOMICAL TIMECLOCK. THE TIME CLOCK SHALL HAVE A NON-VOLATILE PROGRAM MEMORY. EACH LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY SHALL HAVE AN INTEGRAL OVERRIDE SWITCH THAT ALLOWS FOR INDEPENDENT OVERRIDE. 3. THERE SHALL BE TWO ON/OFF SWITCHES (CONTROL FUNCTIONS) FOR THE AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM, DEFINED BELOW: O GENERAL LIGHTING FUNCTION (MANUAL ON/SCHEDULED OFF) A. SWITCH SHALL CONTROL ALL GENERAL LIGHTING LOCATED IN THE SALES AREA AND BACK OF HOUSE (BOH). WHEN PRESSED TO THE ON POSITION, ALL LIGHTING SHALL BE ENERGIZED. ONCE ENERGIZED, THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL AUTOMATICALLY DE -ENERGIZE ALL LIGHTING AT STORE CLOSE, UNLESS SWITCH IS PRESSED TO THE OFF POSITION PRIOR TO STORE CLOSE. B. SWITCH SHALL ALSO OPERATE AS A TIMED OVERRIDE. WHEN PRESSED TO THE ON POSITION BEYOND STORE CLOSE, ALL LIGHTING SHALL BE ENERGIZED FOR A MAXIMUM DURATION OF 2 HOURS. C. ALL LIGHTING SHALL BE PROGRAMMED WITH BLINK FUNCTION; 5 MINUTES PRIOR TO AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF. O ACCENT LIGHTING FUNCTION (MANUAL ON/SCHEDULED OFF) A. SWITCH SHALL CONTROL ALL ACCENT, FIXTURE (CASEWORK), SIGNAGE , AND SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING. WHEN PRESSED TO THE ON POSITION, ALL LIGHTING SHALL BE ENERGIZED 30 MINUTES PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. ONCE ENERGIZED, THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL AUTOMATICALLY DE -ENERGIZE ALL LIGHTING AT STORE CLOSE, UNLESS SWITCH IS PRESSED TO THE OFF POSITION PRIOR TO STORE CLOSE. B. SWITCH SHALL ALSO OPERATE AS A TIMED OVERRIDE. WHEN PRESSED TO THE ON POSITION BEYOND STORE CLOSE, ALL LIGHTING SHALL BE ENERGIZED FOR A MAXIMUM DURATION OF 2 HOURS. O SECURITY LIGHTING FUNCTION (AUTOMATIC ON/MANUAL OFF) A. ALARM CONDITION FROM SECURITY SYSTEM SHALL ENERGIZE ALL GENERAL LIGHTING. LIGHTING SHALL REMAIN ENERGIZED UNTIL MANUALLY DE -ENERGIZED. 4. THREE PROGRAMMED TIMED SET POINTS SHALL BE SET FOR THIS SYSTEM. A. STORE OPEN B. STORE CLOSE C. 30 MINUTES PRIOR TO STORE OPENING 5. VERIFY ALL TIMED SET POINTS WITH OWNER AND ADJUST ACCORDINGLY PER MFG RECOMMENDATIONS. 6. A DAYLIGHTING SWITCH WILL BE IMPLEMENTED AS REQUIRED BY ENERGY CODES. 7. INITIAL PROGRAMMING OF THIS SYSTEM SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR, PER MFG. RECOMMENDATIONS. NOTE: ALL LIGHTING FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL BE WIRED TO OBTAIN THE ABOVE CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS. COORDINATE PROGRAMMING OF AUTOMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM WITH MFG. PRIOR TO INSTALLING. HVAC CONTROL 1. EACH HVAC UNIT WILL BE CONTROLLED DIRECTLY FROM A PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT. THE SYSTEM WILL BE CYCLED TO MAINTAIN THE ZONE TEMPERATURE SET POINT. 2. THE TIME SCHEDULE FOR THE HVAC EQUIPMENT WILL BE SET TO ALLOW THE STORE TO BE AT OCCUPIED TEMPERATURES WHEN THE STORE OPENS FOR CUSTOMERS AND THEN TO UNOCCUPIED MODE WHEN THE STORE CLOSES. 3. THE HVAC WILL RETURN TO OCCUPIED MODE FOR 1 HOUR WHEN AN OVERRIDE BUTTON IS PRESSED, RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN 4. THE RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN WILL BE CONTROLLED WITH THE RESTROOM'S OCCUPANCY SENSORS; 10-MINUTE OFF -DELAY. 5. THE FAN WILL BESET TO RUN CONTINUOUS DURING STORE OPEN HOURS TO PROVIDE VENTILATION AND AIR CIRCULATION, 6. IN SETBACK OR UNOCCUPIED MODE, THE FAN WILL RUN ONLY WHEN THERE IS A CALL FOR HEATING OR COOLING. COOLING CONTROL 7. THE INITIAL SET POINT FOR OCCUPIED HOURS WILL BE 75 DEGREES. 8. THE INITIAL SET POINT FOR UNOCCUPIED HOURS WILL BE 85 DEGREES. 9. AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM WILL HAVE A MINIMUM ON AND MINIMUM OFF TIME OF TWO MINUTES TO PREVENT SHORT CYCLING. HEATING CONTROL 10. THE INITIAL SET POINT FOR OCCUPIED HOURS WILL BE 68 DEGREES. 11. THE INITIAL SET POINT FOR UNOCCUPIED HOURS WILL BE 55 DEGREES. A3 LIGHTING CONTROL/HVAC SEQUENCE OF OPERATION NTS 1% 2 1 - _. 1 L L. DESCRIPTION CONTROL FUNCTION INTERIOR SALES GENERAL LIGHTING O SALES ACCENT LIGHTING O EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 2O SWITCH SHALL BE PROGRAMMED FOR A MAXIMUM OPERATION * OF 2 HOURS WHEN ACTIVATED BEYOND STORE CLOSE. LIGHTING CONTROL FUNCTION MATRIX NTS GENERAL LTS 1. SWITCH ENABLES AUTOMATIC CONTROL OF ALL GENERAL LIGHTING DURING STORE HOURS. 2. LIGHTS SHALL BLINK 5 MINUTES PRIOR TO AUTOMATICALLY TURNING OFF. PRESS ON/OFF TO PROVIDE OVERRIDE OF LIGHTS. 3. ALARM CONDITION FROM ADT SECURITY SYSTEM TURNS ON ALL GENERAL LIGHTING. LIGHTS WILL REMAIN ON UNTIL MANUALLY TURNED OFF. ACCENT LTS 1. SWITCH ENABLES AUTOMATIC CONTROL OF ALL ACCENT LIGHTING DURING STORE HOURS. 2. PRESS ON/OFF TO PROVIDE OVERRIDE OF LIGHTS. SALES SALES SALES GENERAL GENERAL/EM DISPLAY 1 3 1 3 2O L2 L3 L4 SALES ENTOUCH DLC DIMMING & LOAD CONTROLLER SWITCHBANK DETAIL NTS BOH I2 LEGRAND WATTSTOPPER LMDM-101-W 0-10V DIMMING DIMMING SWITCH 1 T Mobiles 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.t-mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT: roUZION 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE design@fuzionad.com SUITE 103 (480) 463 - 4764 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 www.fuzionad.com \\G 1M I A�F��i 78144 STATE �00 AL 1 CONSULTING ENGINEER: Eric M. Aielli, PE 435 Schenck Ave Oakwood, OH 45409 937.486.4233 eric@phase3eng.com N W Q r LU Z0M W > M U_j-j J En U _j Q Q J_ LuLu 00 c � orjN= a. JLu N m J J Q 0 DATE: 01.13.2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: CNM SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: LIGHTING CONTROLS SHEET NUMBER: El 13 0 3 E 1 l 1 I I � I I I I I I 111 I I I I'J'•— ll l_I " I !1 II'I I I ... •! ! 1 L II 1'411 Id E�� I I 1. ! ! I I I I I I I I I 11 I I Y! 1.� _____--_>>L.I,I 4 3 I 2 I 1 Mobl" 12920 SE 38th STREET I BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.t-mobile.com 0 cn -J u- 0 J co J J Q CD CA M O C o Q �IV LL I v .5 a) U J CV (V O CV 0 1 cD rn rM O tin N �j O � N N 2 T i IMPORTANT NOTE: DO NOT EXCEED 30 AMPS PER LIGHTING CONTACTOR. 10 AMPS CANNOT BE EXCEEDED ON ANY INDIVIDUAL LIGHTING RELAY. EACH CIRCUIT SHOULD BE HALF THE AMPERAGE LOAD WHEN FULLY ENERGIZED. LOAD 1 IS NOT TO BE USED FOR LOAD CONTROL ON/OFF. A'fI LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEMATIC nv % NTS COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY_ ARCHITECT: rmUZION OUT TO 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE design@fuzionad.com LIGHTING SUITE 103 (48463 - 4764 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 www.fufuzionad.com LOAD ?OV I FROM LECTRICAL kNEL -ROM (AC NNSFORMER AC F TO VER DLC ` \1illdrl101 78144 p ' STATE 0 AL CONSULTING ENGINEER: Eric M. Aielli, PE 435 Schenck Ave Oakwood, OH 45409 937.486.4233 eric@phase3eng.com N W Q Z Q M W > M U J -j J m LL Uu) �Q� = WC7 0� 06 N�- Q ~ � J N m J J Q DATE: 01.13,2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: CNM SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: ENTOUCH LIGHTING CONTROLS SHEET NUMBER: El 14 V 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 I L 1 : ! I I I., I _!! I I 1 Ii®.I 1 1.111' 1W.I A[3 r-• ,. q, ,I I I I II. 11 1 I 4 3 I 2 1 T Mobile U m 0 0 ENTOUCH DLC 120VAC 24 VA IN OUT CTRL 13110 ' 130 IC�9O 1 UDI) 0 I)0 DIM 3 D 1►``j 1igs7f� ENTOUCH RDM ENTOUCH RDM SAME DLC CONTINUED ON PAGE 1 FOR WIRING TO RIB'S (LED LIGHTS). SALES DIM (+) DIM (-) Output 0-10 VDC _ output COMM. RDM SWITCH OPERATION NOTE: IF THE FIXTURES DO NOT DIM PROPERLY OR DO NOT RESPOND. MOVE THE DIP SWITCH TO THE UP POSITION FOR EACH FIXTURE OUTPUT. 10 mA PULL UP (UP) POSITION: ADDS 10mA TO DETECT LOAD FOR ACTIVATION. NORMAL (DOWN) POSITION: SENSES THE LOAD FOR ACTIVATION. LIGHT SCHEDULE DIM1 SALES DIM2 SPARE DIMS SPARE DIM4 SPARE 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.t-mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORM' UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUZION 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE design@fuzionad.com SUITE 103 (480) 463 - 4764 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 www.fuzionad.com 78144 1 STATE ' �0• �i/ � � O 10P• � O AL CONSULTING ENGINEER: Eric M. Aielli, PE 435 Schenck Ave Oakwood, OH 45409 937.486.4233 eric@phase3eng.com N W Q W H U") Z coW � CV-) C) J -� —j H U -� j Q � J W = cz$ N 0 ~ W J N m J Q C� DATE: 01.13.2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: CNM SAP NUMBER: 4SIR LIGHTING DIMMING CONTROL SCHEMATIC CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD A3NTS LDC SHEET TITLE: ENTOUCH LIGHTING CONTROLS SHEET NUMBER: El 15 4 I 3 I 2 I 1 4 I I I 1 1 1 11 1: 11 uI 1 11 1 I 1 1 i 11 I L 3 1 I I 1.! 11 ! -L_I L_ldd1:1-LE 11 IM"! III _I-!--_L i.I.1 _11 i�'I_.I 1 ! _ I -- __ It I'. I 1. :1!. _ _" 1 L_._...11 II ! 1 2 1 T Mobiles U co LL J m J J 0 Of 0 co rn M g 0 Q �N IL a U N N 0 N z 0 2 I H co o cU � N N d � 2 � A ROOM BOH VOLTS 208Y/120V 3P 4W AIC EXISTING MOUNTING SURFACE BUS AMPS 200 MAIN BKR MLO FED FROM UTILITY NEUTRAL 100% LUGS STANDARD NOTE CKT CKT LOAD KVA CKT CKT LOAD KVA # BKR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION A B C # BKR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION A B C 1 20/1 FF220, FF309 0.54 2 20/3 TVSS 0 3 20/1 FF221 0.36 4 0 5 20/1 FF420, FF421 0.54 6 0 7 20/1 [LCP] EX. SIGNAGE 1.2 8 20/1 FW115, FW116 0.72 9 20/1 CONVENIENCE RECEPT 0.72 10 20/1 RIGHT WALL RECEPTS 1.44 11 20/1 EX. DSD/RTU SVC REC 0.28 12 20/1 RIGHT WALL RECEPTS 1.44 13 50/3 EX. ROOF TOP UNIT 4 14 20/1 EX. DATA RACK/TBB 0.5 15 1 4 16 20/1 EX. UPS 0.2 17 1 4 18 20/1 BACK WALL RECEPTS 1.44 19 -/1 << SPACE >> 0 20 20/1 LEFT WALL RECEPTS 1.44 TOTAL CONNECTED KVA BY PHASE 1 8.4 6.72 7.7 CONN KVA CALC KVA CONN KVA CALC KVA LIGHTING 1.2 1.5 (125%) CONTINUOUS 0.8 1 (125%) LARGEST MOTOR 12 3 (25%) HEATING 12 12 (100%) RECEPTACLES 8.82 8.82 (50%>10) COOLING 12 0 (0%) TOTAL LOAD 26.3 BALANCED 3-PHASE LOAD 73.1 A REMARKS: [LCP] LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL [DG] DEDICATED GROUND [LD] PROVIDE LOCK -ON DEVICE EX. OR (EXIST) EXISTING CIRCUIT TO REMAIN [LO] PROVIDE LOCK -OFF DEVICE RELO. RELOCATE EXISTING CIRCUIT PANEL SCHEDULES NTS DIAGRAM BASED ON INFORMATION AVAILABLE AT TIME OF DESIGN. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. CONTACT ENGINEER IF CONDITIONS ARE DIFFERENT THAN AS SHOWN PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK (E) - EXISTING (N) - NEW EXTERIOR TENANT SPACE r-------------------------------� (E) 4#3/0, 1#6 GND IN 2"C -,-----------� F_ EXIST 7 � EXIST __1F - 1 - -1 (N) LIGHTING F - - 1 CONTROL DISC DISC ( EXIST EXIST PANEL SWITCH I SWITCH L PANEL PANEL �- LCP 1 250V, 3P 250V, 3P I "A"I I B., I `- - --I 200A FR 200A FR 1208Y/120V I MLO 1208Y/120V MLO 200A FU L_ J -I- 200A FU L_ J -I- 1200A I 1200A (E) 4#3/0, 1#6 GND TVSS GM8 GM8 F�� F� IN2"C _ __ L---J L---A (M 1 (M 1 (N) 3#12, 1#12 GND IN 1/2"C EXIST EXIST METER MET l"_"TR.1 (E) 4#3/0, 1#6 GND -------L� IN2"C - EXIST WIREWAY- 1- -�-- GRADE FINISHED FLOOR - �- (E) GND PER �__TO UTILITY NEC 250 ONE LINE DIAGRAM NTS B ROOM BOH VOLTS 208Y/120V 3P 4W AIC EXISTING MOUNTING SURFACE BUS AMPS 200 MAIN BKR MLO FED FROM UTILITY NEUTRAL 100% LUGS STANDARD NOTE CKT CKT LOAD KVA CKT CKT LOAD KVA A B C A B C # BKR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION # BKR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 20/1 BOH CONVENIENCE RECEPT 0.917 2 20/1 [LO] HAND DRYER 1.5 3 20/1 MNGR, RC, SAFE, TCRT 1.26 4 20/1 [LD] SHOW WINDOW REC 0.9 5 20/1 DASHBOARD, PRINTER REC 0.36 6 20/1 LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL 0.5 7 20/1 [LD] WATER HEATER 1.5 8 20/1 [LCP] LTG - SALES GENERAL 0.692 9 20/1 MICROWAVE 0.36 10 20/1 [LD] [LCP] LTG - SALES EM 0.334 11 20/1 EWC, REFRIGERATOR REC 0.36 12 20/1 [LCP] LTG - SALES DISPLAY 0.687 13 50/3 EX. ROOF TOP UNIT 4 14 20/1 [LD] [LCP] LTG - BOH/EM 0.404 15 1 4 16 -/1 << SPACE >> 0 17 1 4 18 -/1 << SPACE >> 0 19 20/1 EX. DSD/RTU SVC REC 0.28 20 -/1 << SPACE >> 0 TOTAL CONNECTED KVA BY PHASE 9.29 1 6.85 5.91 CONN KVA CALC KVA CONN KVA CALC KVA LIGHTING 2.12 2.65 (125%) RECEPTACLES 4.34 4.34 (50%>10) LARGEST MOTOR 12 3 (25%) CONTINUOUS 0.6 0.75 (125%) MOTORS 1.5 1.5 (100%) HEATING 13.5 13.5 (100%) COOLING 12 0 (0%) TOTAL LOAD 25.7 BALANCED 3-PHASE LOAD 71.4 A REMARKS: [LCP] LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL [DG] DEDICATED GROUND [LD] PROVIDE LOCK -ON DEVICE EX. OR (EXIST) EXISTING CIRCUIT TO REMAIN [LO] PROVIDE LOCK -OFF DEVICE RELO. RELOCATE EXISTING CIRCUIT GM8 SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION MODEL ENTOUCH.one GRID MONITOR ENERGY MONITORING DEVICE GM8 PROVIDE AND INSTALL PER ENTOUCH,one GM8-AT INSTALLATION GUIDE. TVSS SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION MODEL EATON SPC SERIES SPC100208Y3P ITVSS IS OWNER FURNISHED, GC INSTALLED AS PART OF THE LIGHTING I PACKAGE. GENERAL NOTES NOTE REGARDING EXAMINATION OF PREMISES/FIELD CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. ONCE ONSITE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH ANY CONDITIONS THAT MAY AFFECT HIS WORK IN ANY MANNER PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. IF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FINDS THAT THERE ARE DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THE INFORMATION SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS, GC IS TO NOTIFY THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE AND ARCHITECT OF THOSE DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. RFI SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. NOTE REGARDING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM: THE ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM INDICATED HAS BEEN PROPERLY DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE TENANT'S POWER REQUIREMENTS AND MEETS ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DETERMINE IF ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND WIRING IS SUITABLE FOR REUSE IN THE SYSTEM PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK NECESSARY TO RESULT IN A COMPLETE AND LEGAL INSTALLATION INCLUDING THE UPGRADING AND/OR MODIFICATION OF THE EXISTING SERVICE FEEDERS, CONDUITS AND TAP -INS EXTENDED TO PROPER POINT OF ORIGIN AS COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD. 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL METERING REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND UTILITY PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. 2. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT DISTANCE AND ROUTING OF SERVICE FEEDERS FROM LANDLORD DISTRIBUTION/SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT TO TENANT SPACE. 3. PROVIDE COMPLIANCE WITH NEC 110.26 "SPACES ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT." 4. PROVIDE COMPLIANCE WITH NEC 408.4 "CIRCUIT DIRECTORY OR CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION." 5. IT IS THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROPERLY BALANCE ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS BETWEEN THE PHASES OF THE SYSTEM REGARDLESS OF THE CIRCUITING INDICATED. 6. "ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION." 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ANY THIRD PARTY INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.t-mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmuzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE design@fuzionad.com SUITE 103 (480) 463 - 4764 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 www.fuzionad.com `\\\1111111/w// 44, 78144 1' STATE ?0•. i 0 AL ��tielti°�ti CONSULTING ENGINEER: Eric M. Aielli, PE 435 Schenck Ave Oakwood, OH 45409 937.486.4233 eric@phase3eng.com N W Q uj F-- � z M W � � U -L J m LL U_j 0 <LLI J 00 W J N m J r�n V DATE: 01.13.2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: CNM SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: ELECTRICAL PANELS SHEET NUMBER: E301 0 4 3 6 1 I 111 I1 1 1 L _ _I I I 1 _ I 1 I - - ' I 1 I 1 1 I I - - �- - It 11 4 3 2 1 MTN Mobl*lem U m J LL J m J J Q C� v v 0 co rn M 0 c 0 Q N LL I m x U 0 J CV (V O N :Q 0 m FL OL 0 N 0 G � N N (l rl ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE UNDERGROUND CONDUIT VIA SAW CUT (TRENCH) TO FIXTURE LEG. I I� • (1) 3/4" CONDUIT UNDER SLAB FOR POWER • (1) 3/4" CONDUIT UNDER SLAB FOR DATA • PROVIDE PULL STRING FROM TELEPHONE BOARD TO FIXTURE FOR FUTURE CAT5E DATA CABLING BY OWNERS VENDOR r FF309 (DIGITAL FRONT WINDOW) V`111" % 1" = 1'-0" AFF309 (DIGITAL �FRONT WINDOW) /--%'? % 1" = 1'-0" FF309 KEY NOTES 0 NOTES FINISH FLOOR 2 STEEL EXTRUDED FIXTURE BY OWNERS VENDOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONDUIT AND POWER CIRCUIT FROM PANEL TO FIXTURE LEG STUB IN. PROVIDE APPROVED BX CABLE CONNECTION ASSEMBLY AND EXTEND 3 CIRCUIT TO BLANK DUPLEX J-BOX INSIDE FIXTURE. BLANK DUPLEX J-BOX CAN BE INSTALLED IN EITHER SIDE OF FIXTURE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH FINAL CONNECTION TO POWER SOURCE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONDUIT & PULL 4 STRING FROM TELEPHONE BOARD TO FIXTURE FOR DATA CABLING AND RJ45 CONNECTION BY OWNERS VENDOR. OWNERS VENDOR TO PROVIDE CAT5E CABLING FOR DATA FROM TELCO CLOSET TO FIXTURE. PROVIDE PLASTIC GROMMETS TO FIT 3/4" KNOCK OUTS IN BLANK DUPLEX J-BOX 5 AS REQ'D. PROVIDE RJ45 CONNECTORS AND TERMINATE CONNECTORS ON BOTH SIDES OF CAT5E CABLING. ROUTE CABLING THROUGH CASEWORK AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION TO PC WITHIN FIXTURE. REFER TO FIXTURE MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION 6 INSTRUCTIONS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR ATTACHMENT AND HARDWARE. CONTACT FIXTURE MFR FOR QUESTIONS OR DISCREPANCIES. GENERAL NOTES BLANK DUPLEX J-BOXES ARE PROVIDED AND SHIPPED A LOOSE BY THE FIXTURE MANUFACTURER, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL IN FIELD. 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.t-mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUZION 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE design@fuzionad.com SUITE 103 (480) 463 - 4764 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 www.fuzionad.com 011M I A ll/i C �c e H S 78144 • STATE = ��ijO�, .�O 1pP• •C� O Al. CONSULTING ENGINEER: Eric M. Aielli, PE 435 Schenck Ave Oakwood, OH 45409 937.486.4233 eric@phase3eng.com N W Q W I— LO Z 0 cM W � M U>LL -I J CO U(6 �(_ �0� od N 0 ~ W J N m J J Q CD DATE: 01.13.2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: CNM 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: FIXTURE FEED WIRING DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: E502 4 1 3 1 2 1 R9 4 II I I' I I I _ I I III I I d 111 II --!IL 1 II 1 II1 _ 1 1 1 57 _._'_LI__! III A I I . ' 1 I ! I 1 11 `h 2 1 I I W I I I 1' 1 T Mobfler IWE m J LL J m J J 1 rn M O C O Q �N O u_ I -v N U J N N O N N Section # Final Inspection Complies?- I Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID L C408.2,5. Furnished O&M instructions for ^ ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 systems and equipment to the ❑Does Not [FI17]3 building owner or designated ❑Not Observable representative. []Not Applicable C405.3.2 Interior installed lamp and fixture ❑Complies See the Interior Lighting fixture schedule for values. [FI1811 lighting power is consistent with what ❑Does Not is shown on the approved lighting ❑Not Observable plans, demonstrating proposed watts ❑Not Applicable are less than or equal to allowed watts. C408.3 Lighting systems have been tested to ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [FI3311 ensure proper calibration, adjustment, ❑Does Not programming, and operation. ❑Not Observable Location on plans/spec: GC TO PROVIDE ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 Hi h impact Tier 1 i Medium Im act Tier 2 3 Low Im act Tier 3 �� 9 p ( ) r T p ( ) T p ( ) Project Title: T-Mobile - 4SIR Report date: 01/28/22 Data filename: Page 6 of 6 Section # Rough -in Electrical Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .Ip C405.23, Daylight zones provided with ❑Complies Exception: Sidelit zones on first floor in Group A-2 and M C405.2.3. " individual controls that control the ❑Does Not occupancies. 1, lights independent of general area ❑Not Observable C405.23. lighting. See code section C405.2.3 ❑Not 2 Daylight -responsive controls for Applicable (EL23]2 applicable spaces, C405.2.3.1 Daylight responsive control function and section C405.2.3.2 Sidelit zone. C405.2.4 Separate lighting control devices for ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [EL26]1 specific uses installed per approved ❑Does Not lighting plans. 1. Display and accent ❑Not Observable Location on plans/spec: E111, E112, E113, E601 lighting, lighting in display cases, ❑Not Applicable supplemental task lighting and lighting equipment for sale shall have occupancy sensor control. 2) Sleeping units shall have auto off controls. Additional Comments/Assumptions: rl High Impact (Tier 1) 2TMedium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact (Tier 3) Project Title: T-Mobile - 4SIR Report date: 01/28/22 Data filename: Page 5 of 6 SHEET 7 OF 7 IS BLANK C408.3 FUNCTIONAL TESTING SYMBOL DESCRIPTION OF FUNCTIONAL TEST TO BE PERFORMED COMPLIES? YES/NO DESCRIPTION OF DEFICIENCIES, DETAILS OF CORRECTIVE MEASURES. OS ALL OCCUPANT SENSORS HAVE BEEN LOCATED AND AIMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS: 02 0$ STATUS INDICATORS ON WALL SWITCHES ARE OPERATING PROPERLY. THE CONTROLLED LIGHTS TURN OFF OR DOWN TO THE PERMITTED LEVEL WITHIN THE REQUIRED TIME. OS �2 AUTO -ON OCCUPANCY SENSORS TURN LIGHTS ON TO NO MORE THAN 50% BRIGHTNESS WHEN OCCUPANT ENTERS THE SPACE. 0$ MANUAL -ON OCCUPANT SENSOR CONTROLS TURN LIGHTS ON ONLY WHEN ACTIVATED. LIGHTS ARE NOT INCORRECTLY TURNED ON BY MOVEMENT IN ADJACENT AREAS OR BY HVAC OPERATION. CONFIRM LCP IS PROGRAMMED WITH ACCURATE TIME/DATE, WEEKDAY, WEEKEND AND HOLIDAY SCHEDULES, AND SET-UP AND PREFERENCE PROGRAM SETTINGS. PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION OF LCP PROGRAMMING TO OWNER. VERY THAT OVERRIDE TIME LIMIT IS SET TO NOT MORE THAN 2HRS. SIMULATE OCCUPIED CONDITION AND VERIFY AND DOCUMENT THE FOLLOWING: 1. ALL LIGHTS CAN BE TURNED ON AND OFF BY THEIR RESPECTIVE AREA CONTROL SWITCH. 2. THE SWITCH ONLY OPERATES LIGHTING IN THE ENCLOSED SPACE IN WHICH THE SWITCH IS LOCATED. (NOT APPLICABLE TO SALES FLOOR LIGHTING). SIMULATE UNOCCUPIED CONDITION AND VERIFY AND DOCUMENT THE FOLLOWING: 1. NONEXEMPT LIGHTING TURNS OFF. 2. MANUAL OVERRIDE SWITCH ALLOWS ONLY THE LIGHTS IN THE ENCLOSED SPACE WHERE THE OVERRIDE SWITCH IS LOCATED TO TURN ON OR REMAIN ON UNTIL THE NEXT SCHEDULED SHUTOFF OCCURS. COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Inspection Checklist Energy Code: 2020 Florida Building Code, Energy Conservation Requirements: 13.0% were addressed directly in the COMcheck software Text in the "Comments/Assumptions" column is provided by the user in the COMcheck Requirements screen. For each requirement, the user certifies that a code requirement will be met and how that is documented, or that an exception is being claimed. Where compliance is itemized in a separate table, a reference to that table is provided. Section # Plan Review Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C103.2 Plans, specifications, and/or ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [PR411 calculations provide all information ❑Does Not with which compliance can be ❑Not Observable Location on plans/spec: E111, E112, E113, E601 determined for the interior lighting and electrical systems and equipment ❑Not Applicable and document where exceptions to the standard are claimed. Information provided should Include interior lighting power calculations, wattage of bulbs and ballasts, transformers and control devices. Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 High Impact (Tier l) �TMedium Impact (Tier 2) 3 ILow Impact (Tier 3) Project Title: T-Mobile - 4SIR Report date: 01/28/22 Data filename: Page 3 of 6 Section # Rough -in Electrical Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C405.2.2. Spaces required to have light- ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 reduction controls have a manual ❑Does Not [EL22]I control that allows the occupant to ❑Not Observable Location on plans/spec: E111, E112, E113, E601 reduce the connected lighting load in ❑Not Applicable a reasonably uniform illumination pattern >= 50 percent. C405.2.1, Occupancy sensors installed in ❑Complies Requirement will be met. C405.2.1. classrooms/lecture/training rooms, ❑Does Not 1 conference/meeting/multipurpose ❑Not Observable Location on plans/spec: E111, E112, E113, E601 [EL18]1 rooms, copy/print rooms, ❑Not Applicable lounges/breakrooms, enclosed offices, open plan office areas, restrooms, storage rooms, locker rooms, warehouse storage areas, and other spaces <= 300 sgft that are enclosed by floor -to -ceiling height partitions. Reference section language C405.2.1.2 for control function in warehouses and section C405.2.1.3 for open plan office spaces. C405.2.1. Occupancy sensors control function in ❑Complies Exception. Requirement does not apply. 2 warehouses: In warehouses, the ❑Does Not [EL1911 lighting In aisleways and open areas is ❑Not Observable controlled with occupant sensors that ❑Not Applicable • automatically reduce lighting power by 50% or more when the areas are unoccupied. The occupant sensors control lighting in each aisleway independently and do not control lighting beyond the aisleway being controlled by the sensor. C405.2.1. Occupant sensor control function in ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. 3 open plan office areas: Occupant ❑Does Not [EL2011 sensor controls in open office spaces ❑Not Observable >= 300 sq.ft. have controls 1) configured so that general lighting can ❑Not Applicable pp be controlled separately in control zones with floor areas — 600 sq.ft. within the space, 2) automatically turn off general lighting in all control zones within 20 minutes after all occupants have left the space, 3) are configured so that general lighting power in each control zone Is reduced by >= 80% of the full zone general lighting power within 20 minutes of all occupants leaving that control zone, and 4) are configured such that any daylight responsive control will activate space general lighting or control zone general lighting only when occupancy for the same area is detected. C405.2.2, Each area not served by occupancy _ ❑Complies Exception: Within mall concourses, auditoriums, sales areas, C405.12. 'sensors (per C405.2.1) have time- ❑Does Not manufacturing or sports arenas. 11 C405.2.2. switch controls and functions detailed in sections C405.2.2.1 and C405.2.2.2. ❑Not Observable Location on plans/spec: E111, E112, E113, E601 2 ❑Not Applicable pp [EL21]2 111 High Impact (Tier 1) TMedium Impact (Tier ij 3 Low Impact (Tier 3) Project Title: T-Mobile - 4SIR Data filename: Report date: 01/28/22 Page 4 of 6 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Interior Lighting Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2020 Florida Building Code, Energy Conservation Project Title: T-Mobile - 4SIR Project Type: Alteration Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: 7248 Gall Blvd T-MOBILE Eric Aielli Zephyrhillis, Florida 33541 12920 SE 38th STREET 435 Schenck Ave BELLEVUE 98006 Oakwood 45409 eric@phase3eng.com Allowed Interior Lighting Power A B C D Area Category Floor Area Allowed Allowed (ft2) Watts / ft2 Watts 1-SALES (Retail:Sales Area) 1653 1.22 2017 2-BOH (Common Space Types:Storage) 703 0.63 443 Total Allowed Watts = 2460 Proposed Interior Lighting Power A B C D E Fixture ID : Description / Lamp / Wattage Per Lamp / Ballast Lamps/ # of Fixture (C X D) Fixture Fixture Watt. SALES (Retail: Sales Area. 1653 sq.ft.) Track Lighting: 5A CLD: SEE E112: Wattage based on current limiting device 0 0 600 600 capacity LED: L218: SEE E112: Other: 1 2 80 160 LED: L221: SEE E112: Other: 1 15 40 600 LED: L230: SEE E112: Other: 1 6 26 156 LED: L236: SEE E112: Other: 1 3 29 87 LED: L217: SEE E112: Other: 1 2 40 80 BOd (Common Spy Tunes: storage. 703 sq.ft.) LED: L232: SEE E112: Other: 1 7 35 245 LED: L233: SEE E112: Other: 1 1 25 25 LED: L234: SEE E112: Other: 1 1 22 22 LED: L235: SEE E112: Other: 1 2 31 62 Total Proposed Watts = 2037 Interior Lighting PASSES Interior Lighting Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed interior lighting alteration project represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed interior lighting systems have been designed to meet the 2020 Florida Building Code, Energy Conservation requirements in COMcheck Version COMcheckWeb and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Inspection Checklist. Project Title: T-Mobile - 4SIR Report date: 01/28/22 Data filename: Page 1 of 6 Name - Title Signature Date Project Title: T-Mobile - 4SIR Data filename: Report date: 01/28/22 Page 2 of 6 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.t-mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC, 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN, UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT: rmuzioN 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE design@fuzionad.com SUITE 103 (480) 463 - 4764 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 www.fuzionad.com �.\\tv�`\G Mc -- <<i ��• i % 78144 1 _ - , 1 f STATE �j 0 AL CONSULTING ENGINEER: Eric M. Aielli, PE 435 Schenck Ave Oakwood, OH 45409 937.486.4233 eric@phase3eng.com N \W LO Z M W � M U>LL -� _ J 00 U-J� Q Q J_ W(00 06 N 2 MJW N W J V DATE: 01.13.2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: EMA SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: ENERGY CALCULATIONS SHEET NUMBER: E601 4 3 KA 1 4 1 9 1 2 1 I 1 I I 1 .11 . T Mobiles VI 8 W 0 rn M 0 c o �N ILL. 1 N U J N N 0 N 0 0 2 F� co rn M O N in N � o N N ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1600 1.0 SCOPE 1.1 THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION SHALL BE MADE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. CONSULT LANDLORD'S DESIGN CRITERIA. 1.2 THE DRAWINGS AND THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED ADDITIONAL TO ARCHITECT AND MECHANICAL ENGINEER'S SPECIFICATIONS. ANY DISCREPANCY OR CONTRADICTION SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. 1.3 ARCHITECT'S GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ARE PART OF THIS CONTRACT. AND THEY SHALL BE APPLIED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS (ELECTRICAL, ETC..). 1.4 ONCE ONSITE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH ANY CONDITIONS THAT MAY AFFECT HIS WORK IN ANY MANNER PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. (MEASUREMENTS - PARTICULAR CONDITIONS, ETC...) GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY TENANT REPRESENTATIVE AND ARCHITECT OF ANY SUCH CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 1.5 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL NECESSARY CHECKING AND ADJUSTMENTS TO COMPLY WITH THE INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS. 1.6 THE DRAWINGS SHOW THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF THE EQUIPMENT. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THESE LOCATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION. 1.7 GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S TENDER SHALL INCLUDE THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES, ALL DRAWINGS APPROVAL COSTS AND ALL INSPECTION COSTS REQUIRED BY ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 1.8 EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE THE WORK IN EVERY DETAIL. EVEN THOUGH NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR CALLED FOR IN THIS SPECIFICATION. 1.9 THE ELECTRICAL TRADE SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE TRADE SHALL ALSO PROVIDE ANY ITEMS AND/OR LABOR THAT ARE OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY OR REASONABLY IMPLIED TO COMPLETE ALL WORK. 1.10 ALL ELECTRICAL WORK TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT EDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC), NFPA AND ALL LOCAL CODES ADOPTED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY. 1.11 ALL RUBBISH'S AND GARBAGE SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE JOB SITE AT THE END OF EVERY WORKDAY. AT THE CONTRACT COMPLETION, ALL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE JOB SITE SHALL BE LEFT IN A CLEAN CONDITION. 2.0 GUARANTEE 2.1 EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE HIS WORK AND INSTALLATION REGARDING HIS CONTRACT. THE S O CO C ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, ALL DEFECTS AND THIS DURING A TWELVE MONTHS PERIOD, STARTING AT THE PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE TENANT. AS LONG AS THE DEFECTS IS NOT DUE TO A BAD USE OR NORMAL WEAR. 3.0 TAXES 3.1 EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL APPLICABLE TAXES, FOR LABOR AND MATERIAL INCLUDED IN HIS TENDER 4.0 TEMPORARY SERVICES 4.1 ALL TEMPORARY LIGHTING (MIN. 20OLUX WITH MH HALIDE FIXTURE) AND POWER DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR AFTER AGREEMENT WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE TAKEN FROM EXISTING PANEL SERVING THE SPACE, SUPPLY VOLTAGE AND AMPS AS REQUIRED. 5.0 SHOP DRAWINGS 5.1 PRIOR TO ORDERING OR INSTALLING ANY EQUIPMENT SUBMIT TO ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EACH ITEM OF EQUIPMENT. 6.0 ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT 6.1 PROPOSAL SHALL BE BASED ON SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL. 6.2 PROPOSAL FOR ALTERNATE TO SPECIFICATION SHALL INCLUDE MANUFACTURER NAME, MODEL AND COST MODIFICATION. 6.3 COST OF ANY CHANGE REQUIRED TO OTHER TRADES WORK DUE TO SUBSTITUTION OF ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT, SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE SUBCONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL CALLING FOR THIS SUBSTITUTION. EVEN IF THESE CHANGES APPEAR AFTER THE DEMAND FOR SUBSTITUTION. 6.4 ALTERNATE PROPOSALS WILL BE ACCEPTED OR REJECTED BEFORE CONTRACTS ARE AWARDED. NO CHANGES WILL BE ALLOWED AFTER THE CONTRACT IS SIGNED. 7.0 IDENTIFICATION 7.1 ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (SWITCHES, PANELS, CIRCUITS ETC..) MUST BE PROPERLY IDENTIFIED WITH LAMICOID NAME PLATES SCREWED ON PANELS AND HAVE A TYPED DIRECTORY AND INDICATE LOAD ON EACH CIRCUIT. 8.0 GROUND 8.1 THE GROUND SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND SHALL BE CONFORM TO NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. 9.0 PULLING AND JUNCTION BOXES 9.1 TRADE WILL PROVIDE PULLING AND JUNCTION BOXES WITH SCREWED PLATED COLOR MATCHED FOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES. 9.2 ALL BOXES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. 9.3 BACK TO BACK BOXES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 9.4 PULL BOXES SHALL BE LOCATED EVERY 100 FEET (30m) AND EVERY TWO 90 DEG. ELBOW. 9.5 ALL SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES FOR JUNCTION, SOCKETS, SWITCHES, FIXTURES ETC .... SHALL BE F.S. TYPE. 10.0 DRILLING 10.1 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DRILL OR CHIP THE FLOOR WHERE REQUIRED. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL SLEEVES IN CONCRETE SLAB, WHERE REQUIRED. 10.2 NO ELECTRICAL OR PNEUMATIC HAMMER SHOULD BE USED. 10.3 EXISTING CONCRETE COLUMNS ARE NOT TO BE CHANNELED OR NOTCHED. 11.0 WIRING AND CONDUIT 11.1 ALL WIRING, WILL BE COPPER TYPE, No.12 AWG MINIMUM, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 11.2 ALL SURFACE WIRING, SHALL BE THWN TYPE IN E.M.T. CONDUIT. ALL COUPLINGS TO BE RAIN TIGHT OR GALVANIZED SET CREW TYPE. 11.3 ALL WIRING AND CONDUIT, WILL BE RECESSED IN WALL OR CEILING (INCLUDING EXISTING ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS) UNLESS APPROVED BY LOCAL INSPECTOR AND JHA. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY. 11.4 ALL WIRING SHALL BE PARALLEL WITH ARCHITECTURAL LINES AND DESIGN. 11.5 FOR SUSPENDED CEILING, MC CABLE FOR 15 FEET (4.5m) IS ACCEPTED. MAIN WIRING TO BE THWN IN E.M.T. CONDUIT. 11.6 ALL EMPTY CONDUIT SHALL INCLUDE A PULLING WIRE No.12 AWG. -MAX. 6'-0" FLEXIBLE CONDUIT MAYBE USED FOR FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS ONLY. PLASTIC CONDUIT IS NOT ACCEPTED. 12.0 FIRE BARRIER 12.1 IN CASE OF CROSSING A FIRE BARRIER (FLOOR, WALL, OR CEILING) FILL GAP WITH APPROPRIATE MATERIAL. THIS MATERIAL SHALL BE EFFICIENT BARRIER FOR FLAME, FUME AND GAS. SEAL AT SMOKE WALL. 13.0 EXPANSION JOINT 13.1 EACH TIME ELECTRICAL CONDUIT PASS THROUGH AN EXPANSION JOINT OF THE BUILDING USE GALVANIZED STEEL SLIDING TYPE EXPANSION JOINT WITH CONTINUOUS COPPER GROUNDING. FLEXIBLE AT THESE LOCATIONS, 14.0 FIXTURES AND LAMPS 14.1 COMPLETE LIGHTING PACKAGE IS OWNER (OR LANDLORD) FURNISHED (REFER TO LEASE AGREEMENT), GC INSTALLED. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL FIXTURES, LAMPS AND CONTROLS PER MANUFACTURER SPECS AND EDSS (ENERGY DESIGN SERVICE SYSTEMS) INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 15.0 FIELD CONDITIONS 15.1 ENGINEER CAN RELOCATE ALL EQUIPMENT (FIXTURES, OUTLETS, ETC...), AT NO COST, IF DISPLACEMENT IS LESS THAN 10 FEET (3m), AND WRITTEN NOTICE IS SENT TO CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 15.2 CONFER WITH ALL OTHER TRADES AND ARRANGE EQUIPMENT IN PROPER RELATION WITH OTHER APPARATUS, DUCTS, PIPES, ETC. AND WITH BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES. 16.0 EXISTING CONDITIONS 16.1 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WORK AFFECTING OTHER TENANT SHALL BE DONE OFF BUSINESS HOURS (NIGHT OR WEEKEND). COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD. 16.2 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND DISPOSE ANY UNUSED MATERIAL. 16.3 ANY NON REUSED MATERIAL SHALL BE GIVEN BACK IN GOOD CONDITION TO LANDLORD 16.4 ANY DAMAGED WALL, FLOOR, CEILING, FINISHES SHALL BE REPAIRED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR THOSE REPAIRS SHALL MATCH EXISTING FINISHES. 17.0 COMMUNICATIONS 17.1 TENANT IS IN CHARGE FOR ANY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS. 17.2 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL, IF REQUIRED, TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD, 24"x24" PLYWOOD 3/4" THICK, AND CONDUIT AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 17.3 ALL WIRING, INCLUDING INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A SPECIALIZED CONTRACTOR, IN CHARGE OF THE TENANT. 18.0 FIRE ALARMS 18.1 EXISTING FIRE ALARM TO BE KEPT. TENANT'S FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR TO RELOCATE IF REQUIRED ANY EQUIPMENT AT NO COST. 18.2 ALL REQUIRED WORK RELATED TO LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS SHALL BE DONE AT NO EXTRA COST. RETAIN THE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S FORCES TO PERFORM FINAL CONNECTIONS, MODIFICATIONS AND PROVISION OF NEW INTERFACING DEVICES IN THE SYSTEM PANELS, ETC. 18.3 ENSURE FULL COMPATIBILITY OF ALL NEW DEVICES WITH EXISTING LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS. 18.4 TENANT'S FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER TEST AND CERTIFY LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS FOR PROPER OPERATION AT COMPLETION OF WORK. 19.0 COLOR CODE 120/208V 120/240V HIGH LEG 3P 4 N 277/480V PHASE A BLACK BLACK BROWN PHASE B RED ORANGE YELLOW -ORANGE PHASE C BLUE BLUE NEUTRAL WHITE WHITE GREY GROUND GREEN GREEN GREEN 20.0 SPECIAL NOTES 20.1 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE UNDERGROUND CONDUIT TO EC PROVIDED SURFACE MOUNTED J-BOXES, OWNER FURNISHED RECESSED FLOOR BOXES AND OWNER FURNISHED POKE-THRU BOXES AS INDICATED AND PROVIDE APPROVED FLEX CONNECTION ASSEMBLY. LEAVE FLEX CONNECTION ASSEMBLY COILED AND TAPED AS REQ'D UNTIL FIXTURE INSTALLATION. AFTER FIXTURE INSTALLATION EC TO INSTALL POWER RECEPTACLES IN PRE -INSTALLED BLANK BOXES INSIDE FIXTURE, PROVIDE POWER CIRCUIT FROM PANEL TO RECEPTACLES AND CONNECTION POWER SOURCE. EC TO PROVIDE PULL STRING FROM TELEPHONE BOARD TO ALL FIXTURE DESIGNATIONS FOR CAT5E DATA CABLING AND RJ45 JACKS BY OWNER'S VENDOR. SEE WIRING DETAILS ON E500 SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 20.2 ON ALL OUTLETS LOCATED IN POS COUNTERS, ETC..., ELECTRICAL TRADE SHALL ATTACH ALL CONDUITS TO THE FLOOR WITH APPROPRIATE CONNECTORS. GC MUST OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY TRENCHING OR CORE DRILLING. 20.3 RECEPTACLES, OUTLETS, ETC..., LOCATED AT THE CASH COUNTERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMMON BOXES. USE 1 GANG, 2 GANG, 3 GANG OR 4 GANG, ETC..., BOXES CAN SEPARATIONS AS PER CODE, AS REQUIRED. BOXES SUPPLIED, INSTALLED AND CONNECTED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 21.0 DEMOLITION 21.1 REMOVE AND TRANSPORT OUT OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITE ALL EQUIPMENT MADE OBSOLETE CONSECUTIVE TO THE WORK, INCLUDING WIRING, CONDUITS, BOXES, OUTLETS, SWITCHES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT, SUPERVISORY AND COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT. ALL ACCESSORIES BEING PART OF THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION. 21.2 REMOVE THE WIRING AND THE CONDUIT UP TO THE LAST PANEL OR BOX KEPT IN THE NETWORK. 21.3 PUT BACK IN SERVICE ALL FEEDERS, CONTROL OR COMMUNICATION CABLES WHEN THE CONTINUITY OF THOSE SERVICES IS INTERRUPTED BY THE WORK. 22.0 SPECIFICATIONS 22.1 DISCONNECT AS PER CUTLER -HAMMER 22.2 FUSES AS PER GOULD MODEL FUSE INSTALLATION HD WITH INTERIOR HD WITHOUT INTERIOR RD WITH EXTERIOR RD WITHOUT EXTERIOR GAGE MODEL SPARE QTY. 0 600A AJT 10% MINIMU 6) 22.3 SPLITTER BOXES AND TROUGHS, AS PER BEL, 14 GA STEEL WITH HINGED COVER CLOSED WITH SCREWS, TINNED COPPER BUS BARS, COMPLETE WITH SOLDERLESS TERMINALS. BARS SUPPORTED BY ISOLATORS. 22.4 TRANSFORMERS AS PER DELTA, DT (TRIPLE PHASE). 22.5 PANELS C/W DOORS AND LOCKS, AS PER CUTLER -HAMMER USAGE VOLTAGE MODEL LIGHTIN 120/208V 3PH PRL-1 BREAKERS WITH 10,000 A SYMMETRICAL INTERRUPTING CAPACITY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 22.6 OUTLETS AS PER LEVITON, MODEL NO. 5262, WHITE. 22.7 SWITCH N TYPE MODEL UNIPOLAR 5401/001 BIPOLAR 54502/001 THREE WA 54503/001 FOUR WA 54504/001 SYMBOLS LEGEND NOTE: NOT ALL SYMBOLS LISTED BELOW ARE SHOWN ON PLANS SWITCHING POWER DISTRIBUTION DEVICES GENERAL WIRING ENTOUCH.one DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER DL O ( C) l� PANELBOARD SURFACE MOUNTED MAXIMUM 72 P F OVERCURRENT PROTECTION TO TO O OVE CU !'1 HOMERUN - CONDUIT SYSTEM TO PANEL AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS SB SWITCH BANK I TRANSFORMER _ i _ CONDUIT SYSTEM UNDER FLOOR CONDUIT UP OS SWITCH j� DISCONNECT SWITCH METER DIMMER SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR - CEILING MOUNTED O ,� }, `Ff GFI nWp `f-I Q ®� TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD SEE DETAIL ON SHEET El01 JUNCTION BOX DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - 20A 18" AFF UNO QUADPLEX RECEPTACLE - 20A 18" AFF UNO RECEPTACLE WITH GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER WEATHERPROOF RECEPTACLE 18" AFF LINO 0$ OCCUPANCY SENSOR - WALL MOUNTED OPC PHOTOCELL - CEILING MOUNTED ABBREVIATIONS LCB LCB - LIGHTING CONTROL BOX BOH BACK OF HOUSE-_------_ - CIRCUIT BREAKER DAYLIGHT CB DL Tvs5 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR ® SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE JUNCTION BOX EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR -- -- - ----- - ------ EMERGENCY - - _ GENERAL CONTRACTOR TAGS EM GC BB X O DETAIL DESIGNATION: AA - DETAIL NUMBER BB - SHEET NUMBER SHEET NOTE DATA COMMUNICATION IG ISOLATED GROUND JB --- JHA JUNCTION BOX (J-BOX) ----------.-- -__ _. ___- _ .. JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY TELEPHONE / DATA - RJ45 JACK W/ CAT5e L XX WIRES. CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING, CABLE IS BY OWNER. LL LANDLORD MAIN LUG ONLY MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MLO MCB AA SECTION DESIGNATION: AA - DETAIL NUMBER BB -SHEET NUMBER �XX OVERHEAD AP CABLING ___._�. .. -__ _- _- _--- SECURITY / COMMUNICATION KP ROUGH -IN FOR ADT KEY PAD @ 48'A.F.F. TO THERMOSTAT 0 ZONE TEMPERATURE SENSOR OR ORANGE - --- - - SHOW WINDOW -- ---- -- TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR WHITE BB SW -- ---- --- TGC WH GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES A. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS. B. DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. ONCE ONSITE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. RFI SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER ONCE ONSITE FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN INTENT PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. D. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. E. RFI SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR ANY UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS THAT MAY EFFECT THE CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE OF WORK. MINOR VARIATIONS REQUIRED FOR ACCOMPLISHING THE INTENT OF THIS DESIGN SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE RFI. F. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED PERMITS. CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO ALL LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. G. VERIFY EXACT PLACEMENT OF ALL DEVICES SHOWN ON THE DOCUMENTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS PRIOR TO FINAL PLACEMENT. H. BECOME FAMILIAR WITH REQUIRED DEMOLITION WORK PRIOR TO BIDDING AND START OF WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE ALL DEMOLITION AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. I. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK ABOVE THE CEILING TO PROVIDE THE GREATEST POSSIBLE CLEARANCE FOR INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL. CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE RUN THROUGH TRUSSES WHERE POSSIBLE. J. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF DEVICES SERVING CASEWORK WITH FIXTURE CONTRACTOR. K. COORDINATE ALL LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT AND ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS WITH LOW VOLTAGE CONTRACTORS. L. SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, TRANSFORMERS AND CONTACTORS SHALL BE "LISTED" AND "IDENTIFIED" AS RATED FOR A MINIMUM OF 75°C CONDUCTOR TERMINATION. M. INCLUDE A COPPER EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR IN ALL RACEWAYS. SIZE RACEWAYS AS NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH NEC. N. ALL EMPTY CONDUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A PULL WIRE. 0. ALL 20A BRANCH CIRCUITS BETWEEN 100' AND 150' IN LENGTH, #10 AWG COPPER WIRE SHALL BE USED. FOR ALL 20A BRANCH CIRCUITS OVER 150' IN LENGTH, #8 AWG COPPER WIRE SHALL BE USED. P. ALL 20A BRANCH CIRCUITS LESS THAN 100' IN LENGTH, SHALL BE #12 COPPER CONDUCTORS, #12 GND., 3/4" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. TYPE MC CABLE MAY BE USED FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS ABOVE CEILINGS AND FOR FINAL FIXTURE CONNECTIONS. DO NOT USE TYPE MC EXPOSED UNLESS APPROVED BY LOCAL INSPECTOR AND JHA. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY. Q. CIRCUITING INDICATED ON PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC FOR CLARITY. CIRCUITING SHALL BE "THRU-WIRING" WHERE/WHEN POSSIBLE. MULTI -CONNECTIONS TO A SINGLE LIGHT FIXTURE FOR FIELD CONDITIONS OR VOLTAGE DROP FACTORS MAY BE REQUIRED (FIXTURES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED TO ACCOMMODATE "THRU-WIRING"), AND RELATED COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID. R. MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM. S. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED, CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITING SO THAT JUNCTION/BOXES ACCESS PANELS ARE NOT INSTALLED IN THESE DRYWALL CEILING AREAS. (THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN THESE DRYWALL CEILINGS IS NOT PERMITTED, ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THIS SITUATION). FIELD COORDINATE WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN TO AVOID CONFLICTS. JUNCTION BOXES MAY BE PLACED ABOVE LAY -IN CEILINGS. T, FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, PRIOR TO ORDERING RELATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. U. PLACEMENT OF ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE INTENTIONAL (I.E. CENTERED ON COLUMNS OR WALL FEATURES, OR TIGHT TO CORNER). IF RECEPTACLE IS NOT SHOWN IN A DESIRABLE LOCATION, FIELD VERIFY EXACT PLACEMENT OF RECEPTACLE WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. V. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY COMPONENTS TO MAKE A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. VERIFY ROW LENGTHS, FEED POINT AND MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ORDERING. W. TAKE ADEQUATE CARE TO CORRECTLY LOCATE ALL ELECTRICAL STUB OUTS, FLOOR BOXES, J-BOXES, TRACK, ETC. PRECISE LOCATIONS OF FLOOR OUTLETS AND J-BOXES IS VERY IMPORTANT. X. NO PIPING, DUCTS OR EQUIPMENT FOREIGN TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE LOCATED WITHIN THE DEDICATED SPACE ABOVE THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. NEC 110.34(f). Y. FUSES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH REJECTION TYPE FUSE HOLDERS. NEC 240.60B. Z. PROVIDE LOCK -ON DEVICE FOR CIRCUITS SUPPLYING EMERGENCY UNIT EQUIPMENT. NEC 700.18. AA. ATTAIN EXISTING BUILDING LOAD INFORMATION AND VERIFY AMPACITY AND DEMAND FOR BUILDING TO ENSURE THAT ALL LOADS (EXISTING AND NEW) DO NOT EXCEED THE AMPACITY OF THE SERVICE FEEDER(S) OR RATING OF THE SERVICE, PER NEC 220.40. AB. ALL DEDICATED RECEPTACLES SHALL BE RATED TO NOT LESS THAN THE RATING OF THE BRANCH CIRCUIT SERVING THE RECEPTACLE. AC. SUPPORT VERTICAL CABLE RUNS PER NEC 300.19. AD. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO LABEL ALL RECEPTACLES AND PROVIDE A TYPE -WRITTEN PANEL SCHEDULE INSIDE THE ELECTRICAL PANEL. 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.t-mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC, 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT rmUZION 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE design@fuzionad.com SUITE 103 (480) 463 - 4764 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 www.fuzionad.com \0\\111111///// 78144 P STATE 1 i 0 A%. �al�otiti CONSULTING ENGINEER: Eric M. Aielli, PE 435 Schenck Ave Oakwood, OH 45409 937.486.4233 eric@phase3eng.com CV LLl LIJ r F- LO Z cM w > M CU_jLL J m Q J ui(00 _N oZ504= 0 CL JLu N m J J rQ V DATE: 01.13.2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: CNM SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: E701 0 4 1.1 2 1 4 3 2 1 T Mobilolemo 0 ,. Q US S1 LAV EWC � &FWCO -- PLUMBING SANITARY FLOOR PLAN 1/4" = 1 '-0" 1/4 I 1-112" \\ 2" i I 1-1/2" 6 S1 T \ 2,\ �I� I EWC WBy I lI 1-112" US I i 3„ / 1-1I T WCO I I O 2, LAV WCO 3 ♦ 2" WCO #3 I 2" 2„ 2" 2" I FD WC I 3" 3" O 4" A4 WASTE & VENT ISOMETRIC 4- NTS WC 3/4" CW O rF LAV � 11 PLUMBING DOMESTIC WATER FLOOR PLAN 1/4" = V-0" 112" OEM 0- ( 112" 4O�J WH I 1/4 S1 L OUS L WB A3 WATER RISER DIAGRAM NTS WC 112" - 112" 112" EWC I KEYED NOTES 0 NOTES PROVIDE SANITARY PIPING TO NEW PLUMBING FIXTURES. CONNECT NEW PIPING TO EXISTING 4" SANITARY LINE 1 SERVING THE EXISTING TOILET ROOM. FIELD VERIFY CONNECTION LOCATION, INVERT, AND DIRECTION OF FLOW PRIOR TO BID. PROVIDE NEW DOMESTIC HOT/COLD WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING. CONNECT TO EXISTING WATER LINES SERVING THE 2 EXISTING TOILET ROOM. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION PRIOR TO BID. COORDINATE ALL METER REQUIREMENTS AND METER LOCATION WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE. PROVIDE NEW VENT PIPING. CONNECT TO EXISTING VENT 3 PIPING SYSTEM SERVING THE THE EXISTING TOILET ROOM. FIELD VERIFY CONNECTION LOCATION PRIOR TO BID. PROVIDE NEW SHELF MOUNTED ELECTRIC WATER HEATER. 4 CONNECT TO EXISTING WATER PIPING. PIPE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE TO MOP SINK. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET P501. 5 PROVIDE NEW AUTOMATIC TRAP PRIMER FOR TOILET ROOM FLOOR DRAIN. PROVIDE 1/4" COPPER WATER LINE FROM (US) SINK TO QUENCH WATER BOTTLE FILLER W/ ANGLE STOP IN WALL 6 CONNECT 1/4" WATER LINE FROM ANGLE STOP TO DISPENSER. PROVIDE ASSE 1022 BACKFLOW VALVE AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE 1/4" DRAIN HOSE FOR R.O. WATER TO (S1) SINK DRAIN - PLUMBING FIXTURE DATA S1- SINK - "ELKAY" GECR25213, SELF RIMMING, 20 GA 304 SS, 25x21-1/4, 5 3/8 DEEP, 3 HOLES, 4" O.C. PROVIDE WITH PEERLESS MODEL P299568LF FAUCET AND AERATOR RP72862 (1.0 GPM). PROVIDE "POWERS" E480 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE (ASSE 1070, CSA B125.3 CERTIFIED). SET MAX. TEMP. TO 100' F. WC WATER CLOSET - "AMERICAN STANDARD" MODEL 238AA.114 (LEFT) 238AA.115 (RIGHT) VORMAX UHET RIGHT HEIGHT ELONGATED TOILET (1.0 GPF). COLOR: WHITE. SEAT: #5055A.65C ELONGATED SLOW CLOSE SOLID PLASTIC SEAT AND COVER. ADA COMPLIANT, FLOOR MOUNTED. COORDINATE HANDLE SIDE REQ'D BEFORE ORDERING LAV LAVATORY - "AMERICAN STANDARD" LUCERNE, ADA COMPLIANT, WALL MOUNTED. PROVIDE WITH "AMERICAN STANDARD" NEXTGEN SELECTRONIC INTEGRATED PROXIMITY LAVATORY FAUCET (0.35 GPM). DC POWERED 775B.203. OFFSET TRAP WITH INSULATED "TRAP WRAP" PROTECTIVE KIT 50OR BY BROCAR- PROVIDE THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE 605XTMV1070 (ASSE 1070 CERTIFIED DOWN TO 0.35 GPM). SET MAX TEMP. TO 100' F. FD FLOOR DRAIN - "ZURN" MODEL FD-2212-P, CAST IRON, POLISHED BRONZE, INSTALL FLUSH WITH FLOOR. PROVIDE "PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS" P2-500 AUTOMATIC TRAP PRIMER WITH ANTI SIPHON PORTS, SERVES 2 FLOOR DRAINS EA., 1/2" CONNECTION. EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER WITH EZH2O BOTTLE FILLING _ STATION - ELKAY MODEL EZSTL8WSLK, BARRIER FREE, 8 GALLONS PER HOUR, 115V/60Hz, 370W. WH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER - A.O. SMITH "PROMAX" MODEL EJSC-10, 10 GALLON, 120110, 1650W ELEMENT, 18" TALL, 16" DIA., 3/4" INLET/OUTLET, 45 LB& US UTILITY SINK - FLORESTONE SC UTILITY WITH "CHICAGO FAUCET" 911-IS369CP LEVER HANDLES. RCF FAUCET WITH 892-GABCP ELEVATED VACUUM BREAKER. WB WATER BOTTLE FILLER - QUENCH MODEL# Q4FS BOTTLE -FREE HOT AND COLD WATER DISPENSER. 0.71 GALLON CHILLED WATER TANK, 0.4 GALLON HOT WATER TANK,115V/60HZ, CORD AND PLUG. PIPING MATERIALS SANITARY (BELOW GRADE) - PVC SCHEDULE 40 OR SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON. JOINING - SOLVENT WELDED ASTM D2564 WATER PIPING (ABOVE GRADE) - ASTM B88, TYPE L HARD DRAWN COPPER. JOINING -ANSI/ASTM B32, "LEAD-FREE" SOLDER INSULATION - 3/4" OR LESS, 112" THICK FIBERGLASS, 1" OR MORE, 1" FIBERGLASS CONDENSATE PIPING (WHERE REQUIRED) - ASTM B306, COPPER. JOINING - SOLDER GRADE 50B INSULATION -112" THICK ARMAFLEX THREADED ON PIPE GENERAL NOTES A. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BID AND VERIFY ALL WORKING CONDITIONS, CLEARANCES, AND REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDING A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. NO CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT OR CONTRACT SUM WILL BE MADE DUE TO THE FAILURE TO THOROUGHLY EXAMINE THE SITE AND CONDITIONS. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SAW CUTTING REQUIRED FOR THIS JOB- COORDINATE BACKFILLING AND CONCRETE PATCHING RESPONSIBILITIES WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. WHEN REQUIRED, IT IS THE OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CONTRACT WITH A COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODES. 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.t-mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION. UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION. BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT: rmUZION 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE design@fuzionad.com SUITE 103 (480) 463 - 4764 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 www.fuzionad.com �,ttir.I111fl,4,Rj{// tif3s r ro * • Q^ STATE Or 1 /28/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER Dennis J. Lewis, PE 2010 Kitty Hawk Drive Xenia, OH 45385 937-219-9498 W d- I— Ln Z C) 00 W>c1l) U_j_j J � J u U —�_j Q Q _j cq- 06 CN C) IZ N m DATE: 01.13.2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: SAP NUMBER 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE. PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: p 10 1 I I'I i I � I I. I L_ I _ I I _ I I I II I I _ _ ■ 4 I 3 I ! 11 I 1 I I L �_'L -c-11 _' -11 2 _. ... _I 1 _ 1 I 1 1. L I I I I I I III 1 T Mobile or A W. Q TO H.W. & C.W. SUPPLY TO FI:.I UL,L-1.1 WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR SIZING CHART FIXTURE CONNECTION TO UNIT RATING SUPPLY LINE 3/4" 1-11 12-32 1.0 33-60 1 " 61-113 1" 114-154 1" 155-330 ill RUNOUTS TO LAST FIXTURE SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN GIBE REQUIRED FOR RESTORS — TO FIXTURES NOTE: USE TABLE 10-1 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE FOR FIXTURE UNITS, FOR SIZING WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS. TABLE APPLIES TO BOTH UPC & IPC. WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR NTS WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS PIPING TO LAST FIXTURE NOTE: 1. FIRST 8'-0" OF OUTLET PIPING TO BE INSULATED. 2. ALL HEAT TRACED OR EXTERNALLY HEATED PIPING TO BE INSULATED. HEAT TRAP (TYPICAL) CHECK VALVE (TYPICAL) 3 1/2" MIN. DHW DCW THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE. SET DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE TO 110°. DHW PIPING TO FIXTURES = U AS SHOWN ON PLANS. o PIPE HANGER WITHIN DCW SUPPLY TO 3" OF ELBOW. WATER HEATER. DCW BALL VALVE— j (TYPICAL) THERMOMETER n AUTOMATIC VACUUM RELIEF 111 VALVE (WHEN REQUIRED). PROVIDE PIPE UNION, DIELECTRIC IF REQUIRED FOR T PROVIDE PIPE UNION, DIELECTRIC DISSIMILAR METALS (TYPICAL). - r� ,- IF REQUIRED FOR DISSIMILAR METALS. PROVIDE ASME TEMPERATURE I , WELDED STEEL EXPANSION TANK WITH POLYPROPYLENE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE LINING, FDA APPROVED FOR DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE. RATED AT 210°F/150 PSIG. IF - PRECHARGE TANK TO MATCH WATER PRESSURE AS PER WATTS NO. 100XL-4-125. o TANK MANUFACTURER. EXPANSION TANK TO BE AMTROL - - ,I,-_- _�--- --- NO. ST-5 WITH UNION CONNECTION. ELECTRIC WATER HEATER. it 3/4 BUTYL DIAPHRAGM REFERTO SPECIFICATIONS AND SCHEDULE. PROVIDE HARD COPPER DRAIN FOR T&P/DRAIN PAN OUTLET. ROUTE DISCHARGE -J LINES FULL SIZE TO SERVICE SINK COMPLETE SET WATER HEATER ON WITH MINIMUM 2" AIR GAP. SHELF ABOVE UTILITY SINK. STEEL TONIC STRAP SHALL BE 2" WIDE 22 GAUGE SHEET METAL, FASTEN TO WALL W/ DRAIN VALVE BY WATER (2)1/4" DIA. x 2" SCREWS AT EACH END. HEATER MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL. SET TANK AS CLOSE TO WALL AS POSSIBLE. PROVIDE OATEY 34152 22" DIAMETER WOOD BLOCKS FOR SPACERS BETWEEN ALUMINUM DRAIN PAN WITH 1" WALL AND WATER HEATER. CPVC DRAIN FITTING REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS, SCHEDULES AND NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. VERIFY ALL CONNECTION SIZES AND LOCATIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS, FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF EXPANSION TANK. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZES. PROVIDE SEISMIC STRAP OR BRACING, HEAT TRAP AND AUTOMATIC VACUUM RELIEF VALVE WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. o� ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATER V L j NTS DOMESTIC COLD WATER LINE IN PLUMBING CHASE OR UNDER FIXTURE. MAKE BRANCH TO TRAP PRIMER OFF TOP OF THIS PIPE. TRAP PRIMER IN CHASE OR UNDER FIXTURE. INSTALL PRIMER h MINIMUM SIX INCHES ABOVE FLOOD RIM OF FIXTURE BEING TRAP PRIMER WITH SERVED. INTEGRAL VACUUM PROVIDE DISTRIBUTION UNITS WHERE MORE THAN ONE TRAP IS BREAKER. SERVED BY A PRIMER. PRIMER MAY BE LOCATED ABOVE CEILING WHERE ACCESSIBLE. IF PROVIDE COUPLING j! LOCATED IN A CHASE OR WALL, PROVIDE A HINGED, LOCKABLE, PRIME COATED ACCESS DOOR IN AN ACCESSIBLE BUT FLOOR INCONSPICUOUS PLACE. II, i 1/2" TYPE "K" SOFT COPPER TUBE BELOW FLOOR SLAB WITHOUT JOINTS. SLOPE TOWARD FLOOR DRAIN TRAP. PROVIDE FLOOR DRAIN OR FLOOR SINK P-TRAP WITH 1/2" ELASTOMERIC INSULATION FROM TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. TRAP TO ABOVE FLOOR SLAB. DETAIL SHOWS TRAP PRIMER INSTALLATION CONCEALED FOR PUBLIC AREAS, SUCH AS TOILETS. IN NON-PUBLIC AREAS, SUCH AS EQUIPMENT ROOMS, TRAP PRIMERS MAY BE INSTALLED THIS WAY ALSO, OR IN EASILY -ACCESSIBLE, EXPOSED BUT INCONSPICUOUS LOCATIONS, THEREBY OMITTING THE ACCESS DOOR. INSULATION ONLY ABOVE GROUND ON I'M" OR "L" COPPER. AUTOMATIC TRAP PRIMER 12920 SE 38th STREET BELLEVUE, WA 98006 www.t-mobile.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COPYRIGHTED AND SUBJECT TO COPYRIGHT PROTECTION AS AN "ARCHITECTURAL WORK" UNDER SEC. 102 OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT, 17 U.S.C. AS AMENDED JANUARY 2003. THE PROTECTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OVERALL FORM, ARRANGEMENT AND COMPOSITION OF SPACES AND ELEMENTS OF THE DESIGN. UNDER SUCH PROTECTION, UNAUTHORIZED USE OF THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY RESULT IN CESSATION OF CONSTRUCTION, BUILDING SEIZURE, AND/OR MONETARY LIABILITY. ARCHITECT: roUZION 9096 EAST BAHIA DRIVE design@fuzionad.com SUITE 103 (480) 463 - 4764 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85260 www.fuzionad.com 1 /28/2022 CONSULTING ENGINEER: Dennis J. Lewis, PE 2010 Kitty Hawk Drive Xenia, OH 45385 937-219-9498 N LLj Q �— Ln ZOM LLI>M U_LL J m U -I 0 <Lu J G ct 0 C JLIJ N m J J Q DATE: 01.13.2022 SCALE: AS NOTED DRAWN BY: XXX SAP NUMBER: 4SIR CORPORATE TENANT REBUILD LDC SHEET TITLE: PLUMBING DETAILS 4 3 NTS 1 SHEET NUMBER: P501